#1: JUST DESERTS FOR OBAMA: Why AZ’s Gov Had Every Right to Scold the Prez (Guest in CST):By now, everyone who pays even peripheral attention to current events has seen the photo (shown) that so clearly captures the tension between the personalities of President Barack Obama and Arizona Governor Jan Brewer.
Since it became public, much of the debate surrounding it centers on whether or not Brewer’s pointing at and, apparently, scolding Obama was a sign of disrespect towards the Office of the White House.
But, in her latest editorial on her organization’s website (see the link below), Phyllis Schlafly, the National Chairman of the Republican National Coalition for Life and founder of the pro-family Eagle Forum, would like to remind us all that the United States doesn’t have a king.
And, even if it did, this king deserves whatever lashing he got from Brewer, considering how he has not only turned his back on a state full of U.S. citizens, but his administration, behind its own Sheriff of Nottingham in Attorney General Eric Holder, is actively working against those citizens in their efforts to protect themselves.
From the scandalous Operation Fast & Furious, to Holder’s lawsuit blocking Arizona’s S.B. 1070, to the withdrawal of National Guard troops from the Mexican border, to the civil rights investigation of Maricopa County Sheriff Joe Arpaio, to a laundry list of backdoor amnesty tricks, Schlafly can explain why Brewer has every right to stand her ground in this photo.
Get Schlafly’s full op-ed at the link below. Then, call Special Guests to arrange an interview to discuss this topic further. While crystallized in this one singular photo, it is a story that is far from over.
MS. SCHLAFLY’S ARTICLE ON THIS TOPIC CAN BE FOUND AT:
Phyllis Schlafly has been a national leader of the conservative movement since the publication of her best-selling 1964 book, A Choice Not An Echo. She has been a leader of the pro-family movement since 1972, when she started her national volunteer organization now called Eagle Forum. In a ten-year battle, Mrs. Schlafly led the pro-family movement to victory over the principal legislative goal of the radical feminists, called the Equal Rights Amendment. An articulate and successful opponent of the radical feminist movement, she appears in debate on college campuses more frequently than any other conservative. She was named one of the 100 most important women of the 20th century by the Ladies’ Home Journal.
Mrs. Schlafly’s monthly newsletter called The Phyllis Schlafly Report is now in its 41st year. Her syndicated column appears in 100 newspapers, her radio commentaries are heard daily on 460 stations, and her radio talk show on education called "Eagle Forum Live" is heard weekly on 45 stations. Both can be heard on the Internet.
Mrs. Schlafly is the author or editor of 20 books on subjects as varied as family and feminism (The Power of the Positive Woman and Feminist Fantasies), nuclear strategy (Strike From Space and Kissinger on the Couch), education (Child Abuse in the Classroom), child care (Who Will Rock the Cradle?), and phonics (First Reader and Turbo Reader). Her most recent book: The Supremacists: The Tyranny of Judges and How to Stop It.
Mrs. Schlafly is a lawyer and served as a member of the Commission on the Bicentennial of the U.S. Constitution, 1985-1991, appointed by President Reagan. She has testified before more than 50 Congressional and State Legislative committees on constitutional, national defense, and family issues.
Mrs. Schlafly is a Phi Beta Kappa graduate of Washington University, received her J.D. from Washington University Law School, and received her Master's in Political Science from Harvard University.
Phyllis Schlafly is America's best-known advocate of the dignity and honor that we as a society owe to the role of full-time homemaker. The mother of six children, she was the 1992 Illinois Mother of the Year.
#2: THE MARKET OR YOU: WHICH ONE IS GETTING PLAYED?— Expert Advises Investors on Current Economic Yo-Yo (Guest in EST):For everyone from the most active investors to the common working stiff with a 401k, the longest lagging economic recovery since the Great Depression has been difficult enough without economists’ recent start-stop predictions about brighter days ahead.
Available for interviews to make some sense out of the mixed signals is financial analyst and business owner Phil Cioppa, widely known for his more steady and very thorough approach to assessing the economic climate.
Since November, an inching down of the unemployment rate and solid consumer Christmas spending had economists looking up. But, then, just this past week the Consumer Confidence Index dropped again and the whispers of a recovery gave way to predictions that 2012 was going to feel a lot like more of the same.
But, as of Friday (see the Bloomberg link below), the unemployment count dropped again to its lowest level in three years. Granted, many White House critics say it’s more a reflection of the job hunters who have given up rather than found work. Nonetheless, the stock market rallied.
So, is there a recovery in the works, or not? And, if there is, does it have legs? Or should investors cash in now before the floor drops out again?
Get a no-nonsense, straight-shooter, wide-angle-lens assessment from Phil Cioppa. Call Special Guests to schedule an interview right now.
Philip Cioppa is Managing Principal and Chief Investment Officer of Arbol Financial Strategies, LLC, www.arbolfinancialstrategies.com (Securities offered through LPL Financial, Member FINRA/SIPC). He specializes in asset management strategies, insurance planning and taxation issues for the firm.
Phil holds the series 7 and 66 registrations through LPL Financial and also has his FIC designation.
He is currently finishing coursework toward his CFP® designation. In addition, he is a Member of NAIFA and was a Million Dollar Roundtable Qualifier for 2009, 2010 and 2011.
An expert on the impact of national and global economic policies, issues and developments on everyday Americans, Phil has shared his knowledge and opinions on many national radio and TV shows, including The Tom Sullivan Show (Fox News Channel), FoxNews.com's Market Watch, The Brian Tracy Show, the Jim Bohannon Show, America in the Morning with Jim Bohannon, The Lars Larsen Show, and The Leslie Marshall Show, to name a few.
He has also done interviews with numerous local radio stations, including WGN, KSL, and KPNW, among others. In addition, TheStreet.com, MarketWatch, and the Dow Jones Newswire have all interviewed Phil and he has been a guest blogger for both Credit.com and ConsumerismCommentary.com.
Phil also hosts his own radio show, Finances With Phil, which airs weekly on WGCH-Radio in Greenwich, CT. And, he is currently completing work on a novel, as well as a work of nonfiction.
Prior to beginning his career in the financial services industry, Phil was a Catholic priest for 18 years. He left his parish in excellent standing to pursue new challenges in life.
#3: FACT-BASED FAITH: Author Reveals the Scientific Proof Behind the Messiah:Ironically, it’s a book not written for Christians. After all, they already have their faith.
Instead, author and retired decorated U.S. Army Colonel Steve Bauer explains he wrote his newest book—which makes a case confirming the Biblical accounts of Jesus—from a completely straight-up, calculating perspective. Literally.
Entitled The Math of Christ, Bauer’s work uses the fundamental tenets of science to prove conclusively that Jesus Christ fulfilled the prophecies about the coming Messiah for all people. And, while Christians are certainly welcome to read and share the book, he says he really had two specific audiences in mind.
“It’s actually written for those technical people who are too smart to accept faith as a sufficient basis for believing in (the Messiah), and for children challenged daily by science taught in public schools.”
And what a case Bauer makes, calling on, among other resources, the “Father of Mathematical Probability,” Dr. Emil Borel, to demonstrate how the odds of forty prophecies about the Messiah could not possibly have happened by accident—but, rather had to have been the result of a purposeful design.
“Quite simply,” he adds, “all the Rabbis have been wrong for 2,000 years!”
As a guest on your show, Bauer can offer a preview of the book and drill more deeply into a number of its different subjects, revealing how:
• Many prophecies in the Bible have already come true. • The Bible is full of scientific knowledge revealed centuries before man actually discovered the facts outlined in Bauer’s book. • The Earth was made specifically for man to live in based on the fact that life would be impossible even if very minor changes were made in its existence. • The entire history of the Jewish nation prophesies the coming of Christ, and its message sent to man centuries before is authenticated by God the Father.
Plus, most importantly, Bauer can speak to the material in his book that advises the reader about what he or she should do next, given the acceptance of his conclusions.
Call Special Guests now to schedule a fascinating interview with Colonel Steve Bauer, and hear the case for Jesus as Messiah like never before.
ABOUT COLONEL STEVE BAUER:
Author and lecturer, Colonel Stephen M. Bauer served longer as a Military Social Aide than anyone in the history of the White House. Under Presidents Nixon, Ford and Carter, he was responsible for supervising the conduct of numerous social and ceremonial functions for the First Family. He later held a staff position under Presidents Reagan and Bush. His books, At Ease in the White House and How to Sell to the United States Government are based on his experiences in working for these five Presidents.
Steve retired from the Army in 1993 after 28 years of service. His military career included a variety of assignments including infantry combat tours in Vietnam and the DMZ in Korea, and a tour with the President’s Honor Guard, as well as a number of positions on the business side of the Army.
Steve was born in Albany, Oregon, in an army family. He was a Distinguished Military Graduate from Texas A&M in 1965 with a BBA and from George Washington University in 1975 with an MBA in Government Procurement and Contracting. During an extended period in Washington, D.C., Steve performed collateral duty as a Military Social Aide at the White House from November 1971 to September 1977. He also had a direct part in several Presidential funerals.
Steve’s awards include the Presidential Service Badge, Combat Infantryman's Badge, Parachute Badge, Defense Distinguished Service Medal, Legion of Merit, Bronze Star, three Defense Meritorious Service Medals, Army Meritorious Service Medal, and two Army Commendation Medals among others. Steve and his wife Linda have two boys.
Linda and Steve co-authored Recipes from Historic Texas, Recipes from Historic America, Recipes from Historic Louisiana, Recipes from Historic Colorado, Recipes from Historic California and Recipes from Historic New England. A portion of the proceeds from the Louisiana book goes to hurricane relief. The National Press Club has featured several of these books at its annual author night.
Both Steve and Linda were honored as Champions of Literacy at an event that raised more than $150,000 for Literacy Advance in their hometown of Houston, Texas. They also were presenters at the Metropolitan Cooking & Entertainment Show in September 2011, along with Paula Deen, at the Reliant Center in Houston.
Steve has lectured on his White House experiences for the past 24 years, appearing on the Joan Rivers Show, the Joy Behar Show, and numerous news programs on Fox, CBS and NBC. Both Steve and Linda appeared on CNN News from Mombasa, Kenya, during the hijacking of the U.S. flagged freighter, the Alabama.
Col. Bauer has also been a featured speaker on many World Cruises, more than 30 international cruise ships, The Texas Book Festival, a variety of fundraisers for civic events, dozens of luncheon and dinner clubs, the George H. W. Bush Presidential Library, the CIA headquarters at Langley, and the Texas Legislative Wives Club.
#4: ‘SENIORS FEEL THE PAIN OF OBAMA’S ENERGY POLICIES,’ Dithering while China and Cuba Tap Our Oil Resources: “Older Americans are getting clobbered by the Obama Administration’s energy policies aimed at steadily increasing gasoline prices until they reach ‘the levels in Europe’,” according to Dan Weber, president and founder of the Association of Mature American Citizens [AMAC]. Mr. Obama’s aim is to wean America off of fossil fuels in favor of green projects, he explained.
DAN WEBER, who is available to be your Talk Show interview guest, has issued a challenge to the candidates running in the Republican primaries and caucuses in the coming months. He called on them to “address this critical issue, laying out a plan that will counter the damage already done and provide energy stability in the near-term and the long-term.”
The President and his Energy Secretary, Steven Chu, have established a “green agenda” when it comes to the nation’s future energy needs and they’ve already begun to execute on their strategy. “The facts speak for themselves,” says Weber.
“Most recently, President Obama abruptly stopped a bi-partisan movement in Congress to okay the Keystone XL Pipeline from Canada. This on top of the impediments he has put in place to stymie domestic production. The pipeline and increased drilling on shore and off shore would significantly reduce America’s dependence on oil from unfriendly sources who are able to manipulate prices at will, stabilizing prices going forward.
“But, it was Secretary Chu who let the cat out of the bag when he told the Wall Street Journal: ‘Somehow we have to figure out how to boost the price of gasoline to the levels in Europe’,” the AMAC chief adds.
It is important to note in this context that while the U.S. hesitates, the Chinese and the Cubans, two of the last Communist countries on the planet, have struck a deal to tap U.S. petroleum resources within sight of Key West, Florida, he notes. “We can’t drill for new oil in our own territorial waters, but the Commies have access to it by building rigs just a few miles farther out to sea.”
Higher gas prices have a domino effect on the cost of food and services that impacts seniors, particularly those who live on fixed incomes.
Weber tells the GOP candidates: “The pain is pervasive. Consider the fact that some ‘Meals-On-Wheels’ and ‘Access-a-Ride’ programs for the elderly, particularly in rural parts of the country, are being hit hard by the rising gas prices.
“What will happen if President Obama and Secretary Chu have their way and they achieve their goal of $8.00 a gallon? Our older Americans can’t afford it; the nation can’t afford it.”
ABOUT YOUR GUEST, DANIEL WEBER:
Daniel C. Weber founded the Association of Mature American Citizens (AMAC) in the summer of 2007.
As a boy, Dan’s first job was delivering newspapers for Newsday, the Long Island, New York, newspaper. The third child of five in a family with a moderate income, Dan learned early that if he wanted something he had to earn it.
Blessed with good teachers from both Catholic and public schools, Weber learned about honesty, decency, fairness and what “work ethic” was all about.
At age 16, and without any start-up money, Dan started his first business with three friends. The landscaping business he and his friends created enabled him to buy his first car, demonstrating the results of good, hard work and determination.
Two days after graduating from high school, Dan enlisted in the United States Air Force, where he served for four years before being honorably discharged. During his service, he was named “Airman of the Month” among more than 5,000 other personnel serving on the base.
Mr. Weber owned and operated a successful family insurance business for more than 30 years before retiring to form AMAC—an organization similar to the AARP. Except, Weber has a different focus. In his opinion, the United States is going through a period of drastic change that is tearing down the traditional values of our country.
In Weber’s view, the very Constitution we were founded on is being disregarded. Each year the power of government increases while individual freedoms are threatened. High taxes are causing working families to suffer. As Weber puts it, “It seems an individual’s right to practice their religion is attacked, only to be replaced by a strange social order.”
A proud defender of free enterprise, Dan Weber feels we have the greatest economic system ever devised by man. Presently, he is working to retain our private health care system and prevent the government from turning it into socialized medicine.
Average, everyday, mature Americans have made their voices clear. Weber says, “They want to belong to an organization that will represent their best interest and I want to help them.” Dan Weber sees AMAC as a way to unite citizens to defend our American way of life. To enrich the lives of AMAC’s members, Weber is assembling a package of benefits for Americans 50 that they cannot get anywhere else.
ABOUT AMAC...
The Association of Mature American Citizens [AMAC] is a vibrant, vital and conservative alternative to those traditional organizations, such as AARP, that dominate the choices for mature Americans who want a say in the future of the nation. Where those other organizations may boast of their power to set the agendas for their memberships, AMAC takes its marching orders from its members. We act and speak on their behalf, protecting their interests, and offering a conservative insight on how to best solve the problems they face today.
#5: EASY AS DON JUAN, TWO, THREE: Winning the Game of Love on Valentine’s Day:The craft of courtship isn’t mastered overnight. For that matter, even most married couples swing and miss on more than a few occasions, especially when it comes to the trickier events like this coming Valentine’s Day, when the stakes and the expectations are higher.
That’s why we can all use a coach like etiquette expert, Marie Dubuque—an unparalleled guru in interpersonal relationships and a wellspring of common-sensibility advice for all of us humans who often find ourselves bumbling through the game of love.
As a guest on your show, Ms. Dubuque can answer all of your audience’s most common courtship questions in the month of February, including:
• How long do you have to be dating to get someone a Valentine's Day gift and, then, what should it be? • What is—and what is not—a romantic Valentine's Day gift for your spouse? • What if you have no money and still want to do something special for your significant other? • Or, on the flip side, what if your date wants to go to an upscale restaurant you can't afford? • Is Valentine’s Day the wrong day to ask someone on a first date? • How can the ladies get their boyfriends to care more about Valentine’s Day without pressuring them about it? • Should Valentine’s Day ever compete with a couple’s wedding anniversary, or should it always play second fiddle to it?
For a refreshing interview that is both entertaining and, in the case of love, life-savingly useful, call Special Guests to book Marie Dubuque. After your audience gets a sense of how much easier life can be with her insight, you’ll find they’ll be asking you to have her back again.
ABOUT YOUR EXPERT GUEST, MARIE DUBUQUE:
Certified as a life coach and the author of two books, Marie Dubuque is your etiquette/social interaction expert. She is based in St. Louis, Missouri, happily married for 17 years, and loves to write and speak about dealing with “life’s tricky situations,” particularly those that couples and dating singles face. She also is a unique specialist with regard to examining “rudeness in the digital age.”
#6: TAMING OF THE CONSERVATIVE SHREW: New book exposes the sellout Ann Coulter has become in her own words: Principled conservatives are wondering how the candidate who signed into law taxpayer-funded abortions for just $50, promoted gay youth pride days as governor, and created the blueprint for Obamacare is winning the Republican presidential primary race?
Conservative best-selling author Gregg Jackson, and nationally-syndicated radio host Steve Deace, have the answer in their new book We Won't Get Fooled Again: Where the Christian Right Went Wrong and How to Make America Right Again.
In their new book, Jackson and Deace nail celebrity faux conservatives like Ann Coulter as the ones really to blame for the rise of Mitt Romney by using Coulter's own words.
"I've had a chance to interview, meet, or know many of the most well known leaders in American politics because of my day job, and the list of those I've talked with who are more insincere and phony than Ann Coulter is a really short one," says Deace. "She has made millions selling books such as Godless and Demonic to those who think neither the Bible nor the Constitution are living, breathing documents. And now for the past five years she's been using those resources Christians and conservatives have given her to whitewash and lie on behalf of arguably the most pro-homosexual, anti-life, big government governor in American history."
Jackson used to be personal friends with Coulter, and quotes from direct conversations he's had with Coulter to expose her hypocrisy.
"As our book shows, Coulter has known about Romney's fully documented ultra-liberal record http://greggjackson.com/blog/?p=471 for years and has intentionally white-washed it from the public, deceiving millions of Christians and conservatives in the process," Jackson said. "I know Coulter knows Romney's true record, because I shared it with her and those conversations are recorded in the book. The Christian/conservative grassroots deserves to know the truth about all the candidate's records, not only those favored by the RINO establishment or those in favor of the GOP embracing the homosexual agenda as Coulter is. Coulter is already schilling for New Jersey Governor Chris Christie, who just appointed a homosexual activist to his state's supreme court."
Producers and hosts interested in reading a free sample of We Won't Get Fooled Again can read the shocking and revealing chapter on Ann Coulter at www.wontgetfooled.com
ABOUT GREGG JACKSON…
Gregg Jackson is the national bestselling author of Conservative Comebacks to Liberal Lies which has sold over 60,000 copies since its release in 2006. It was also a featured selection of the Conservative Book Club for more than a year.
Five years later, the book is still selling both in stores such as Barnes & Noble, online through Amazon.com, and digitally through Kindle, iBooks, Nook, Sony and Kobo. Jackson is a former talk radio host on WRKO in Boston and KDAR in Los Angeles.
Gregg’s most recent book is "We Won't Get Fooled Again, Where the Christian Right Went Wrong and How to Make America Right Again," coauthored with Steve Deace.
An accomplished orator, Jackson speaks to groups and on college campuses nationwide. Jackson has written articles for The Wall Street Journal, The Washington Times, Human Events, and Townhall.com. Gregg Jackson lives with his wife and son in Denver, CO.
ABOUT GREGG’S CO-AUTHOR STEVE DEACE…
Steve Deace hosts a nationally syndicated radio program on Salem Radio Network for three hours each weeknight. The show airs live in the top 100 markets such as Atlanta, Salt Lake City, Charlotte, Richmond, Jacksonville, Raleigh-Durham, Greenville (SC), and Des Moines.
Deace is also the former host at legendary 1040-WHO in Iowa where he had the highest rated afternoon drive show in the history of the station.
Steve is co-author of the just released book, "We Won't Get Fooled Again, Where the Christian Right Went Wrong and How to Make America Right Again."
Steve has been featured on Fox News, CBS, MSNBC, Hugh Hewitt, ABC News, National Review, The New York Times, The Washington Post, Politico, Time, Newsweek, WORLD Magazine, The Atlantic, Los Angeles Times, Pittsburgh Post-Gazette, Reuters, Associated Press and The Atlanta Journal-Constitution.
Having written several columns for The Washington Times and World Net Daily, Steve is also currently a columnist for Townhall.com. Steve lives in Des Moines, IA with his wife and children.
ABOUT THE BOOK…
“We Won’t Get Fooled Again: Where the Fight for Righteousness in America Went Wrong and How to Make it Right Again” by Gregg Jackson and Steve Deace
”We Won’t Get Fooled Again” is an in-depth expose of the so-called Religious Right, the most reviled and feared voting bloc in the past 30 years of American politics. However, despite all of the attacks and the acclaim, there is little evidence the movement actually has accomplished any of its objectives, which is why Gregg and Steve sought out leaders in the movement to get their take on where the fight for righteousness in America went wrong.
INTERVIEW QUESTIONS ABOUT “WE WON’T GET FOOLED AGAIN”:
What are the major reasons the conservative/Christian Right movement has failed? “In the end, the movement failed to hold itself to the same Biblical standard it was attempting to impose on everyone else, and became so mired in compromise, hypocrisy, and a lack of accountability that it ended up becoming its own worst enemy.”
Why did you write the book? “Because both of us saw the need to expose a story that has only been talked about behind closed doors…and to hold ourselves to the same standard we hold liberals and Democrats with hopes that the next generation would learn from and not repeat the same mistakes of the past.”
Why should people read your book? “To gain a better understanding of why the Religious Right failed, what the consequences to the nation are for its failure (regardless of whether you share its views or not), why the principles the movement tried to stand for are still important, and how we can better stand for them in the future.”
Define righteousness. “Virtuous and moral behavior in accordance with God’s divinely revealed Natural Law, or "the Laws of Nature and of Nature's God" referred to in our Declaration of Independence.”
Who is the target audience? “Primarily self-identified conservatives and Christians. Secondarily, independently minded and left of center political junkies who are likely to find this never before told story of great interest.”
What makes you uniquely qualified to write the book? Both authors have had significant exposure to and direct involvement with many of the conservative and Christian leaders, lawyers, pundits and politicians discussed in the book and spent 3 plus years interviewing many of them for this book.
What are the major objections/criticisms of your book you anticipate? “Just 2 divisive shock jocks, just 2 religious zealots who aspire to an unrealistic standard.”
How would you answer your critics? “Readers should read the book with an open mind prior to rendering judgment and thoughtfully consider what those we interviewed for the book have to say and then come to their own conclusions. If you're a Christian, do the authors take a stance or suggest a strategy that is contrary to traditional Christian teaching? If you're not a Christian, then feel free to define your own moral standard as opposed to just opposing ours.”
What are 5 examples from your book that support your thesis? “Steve Baldwin (10 year exec director of the secretive conservative group, The Counsel on National Policy (CNP), claims he was purged because of his extensive efforts to educate and inform members about Romney’s far left wing record. Gary Glenn of the America Family Association goes into great detail of the attempts to stifle dissent within Religious Right circles for those who don't want to bow to the Republican Party establishment. Judge Roy Moore's story proves it wasn't just liberals opposed to the Ten Commandments, but the Bush Administration and its supporters within the Religious Right. Proof that the partial-birth abortion ban not only didn't save a single baby, but it actually provided a how-to manual for abortionists. Proof Ann Coulter and a whole host of leading ‘conservative’ pundits knew about Romney’s far left wing record and chose to support him anyhow.”
What is your conclusion? “The past strategy of embracing the premise of nearly everything the American Left believes (e.g. God is not sovereign, the Bile doesn't apply to governance, man's law trumps God's law, etc.) and trying to defeat the Left on their terms incrementally and pragmatically has been a colossal failure, and the country is now more Leftist than it was before the Religious Right came to prominence.”
Are you saying Christians shouldn’t participate in politics? “Not at all. In fact, in our intro we say just the opposite as do many of the conservative and Christian leaders interviewed for the book, but that Christians should do so only in obedience to and accordance with God’s Word.”
What is the #1 reason the “Right went wrong?” “Christians tried to overcome evil with a slightly lesser, more sanitized form of evil -- and played God's game by man's rules.”
How should Christians have voted in the last election? (Obama vs. McCain) “Christians should have supported a candidate from the very beginning in the primary process who truly represented their core biblical values and beliefs instead of trying figure out who was most ‘electable.’ Unprincipled ‘pragmatism’ is anything but pragmatic. McCain was the result of Christians, and most notably their leaders, not doing so. The solution is more basic than McCain or Obama. The solution was using the primary process to make sure you don't face this choice, because it's no choice at all. Christians -- and thus the United States -- losses no matter who wins that election. Obama and McCain were really two feathers of the same bird…Ditto the modern day GOP and Democrat Party.”
One of the co-authors of your book voted for Obama. How did doing so advance a conservative/Christian agenda? “Steve was merely voting for the “lesser of two evils” to make a point to his radio audience about the silliness of moral pragmatism.”
What are some things from your book that are going to really surprise your readers? “Some of the comments from nationally recognized conservative and Christian leaders, lawyers and pundits which contradict their stated values and beliefs and at times out one another.”
Is the book primarily about Romney? He seems to get more mentions than any other politician. “No, not at all. It just so happens the 2008 election cycle was the tipping point that alerted the authors and many Christians to the long-standing problems in the movement, and thus Romney becomes a symbol of those issues since his candidacy was in the eye of the 2008 storm. He is merely symptomatic of a much larger problem within the conservative/Christian movement in America. Unless those systemic problems are addressed, there will just be more Romneys in the future.”
When you talk about the conservative movement and the Christian Right, aren’t you referring to the same entity? “Yes, and herein lies one of the problems. Christians are supposed to be distinct from the world, in it but not of it. We are not to syncretize the Word of God with human philosophies or movements. Instead, we are to either overcome philosophies or movements that are not Christians or transform them. By making being a conservative the standard for righteousness, and not being a repentant and obedient follow of Christ the standard, the Christian Right unintentionally harmed the credibility of the Gospel by latching it onto a political system to gain position, as opposed to using its position in the political system to witness to the Gospel.”
#7: WILL YOU PLEASE BE MY VALENTINE? Etiquette Expert: Know Your Manners on Cupid’s Tricky Holiday: The game of love is no place for a rookie, but it has its way of making us all feel like one from time to time—especially under the make-or-break litmus test that is Valentine’s Day, when expectations and nerves can both run high.
That’s why we can all use a coach like etiquette expert, Marie Dubuque. With the big February 14 right around the corner, she’s geared up to provide your audience with some common-sensibility advice about how to navigate the holiday’s most perplexing relationship questions.
• How long do you have to be dating to get someone a Valentine's Day gift and, then, what should it be? • What is—and what is not—a romantic Valentine's Day gift for your spouse? • What if you have no money and still want to do something special for your significant other? • Or, on the flip side, what if your date wants to go to an upscale restaurant you can't afford? • Is Valentine’s Day the wrong day to ask someone on a first date? • How can the ladies get their boyfriends to care more about Valentine’s Day without pressuring them about it? • Should Valentine’s Day ever compete with a couple’s wedding anniversary, or should it always play second fiddle to it?
For a refreshing interview that is both entertaining and, in the case of love, life-savingly useful, call Special Guests to book Marie Dubuque.
After your audience gets a sense of how much easier life can be with her insight, you’ll find they’ll be asking you to have her back again. ABOUT YOUR EXPERT GUEST, MARIE DUBUQUE:
Certified as a life coach and the author of two books, Marie Dubuque is your etiquette/social interaction expert. She is based in St. Louis, Missouri, happily married for 17 years, and loves to write and speak about dealing with “life’s tricky situations,” particularly those that couples and dating singles face. She also is a unique specialist with regard to examining “rudeness in the digital age.”
#8: WHEN TWO HEARTS MEAT: Spicing Up Valentine’s Day With Omaha Steaks:It’s the quickest way to a man’s heart. But, of course, women enjoy a fine meal as well. And nothing combines flavor with class, both worthy of a romantic dinner for two, better than Omaha Steaks, America’s leading provider of direct, premium-quality steaks and assorted gourmet food packages.
With Valentine’s Day approaching, Omaha Steaks’ Senior Vice President, Todd Simon, is available for interviews to serve up all the details on the company’s unique quality-and-savings difference, the limited-time promotions hot off the grill for February and the easiest ways to order right now, just in time to say “I love you” the unconventional way.
“Let’s face it. Consumers are focused on economizing these days,” says Simon, “but, especially for couples that have been together a long time, they might also be looking for news ways to celebrate the traditional gift-giving occasions like Christmas, birthdays, wedding anniversaries and, yes, Valentine’s Day. Why not really surprise your significant other with a truly unique gift?”
Plus, the savings are big enough for anyone to love.
Omaha Steaks is a nearly 100-year-old, five generation family company located right in the heart of beef country—making it your audience’s premier source for the finest quality meats, available direct for fast delivery, unbeatable freshness and superior value.
Call Special Guest right now for a light-hearted, highly informative interview with a big payoff.
IN THE MEANTIME, OMAHA STEAKS ARE AVAILABLE BY CALLING OR VISITING:
800.228.9055 or online at: www.OmahaSteaks.com, or at one of more than 80 Omaha Steaks retail store locations nationwide.
ABOUT YOUR GUEST, TODD SIMON:
Todd Simon is a fifth-generation family owner of Omaha Steaks International, currently serving as Senior Vice President of Omaha Steaks International, Inc., and a Vice-Chairman of Omahasteaks.com, Inc.
Over the years, Simon has been responsible for and involved in all consumer sales and marketing of Omaha Steaks branded products and services in many channels, including Mail Order, Stores, Telemarketing, Internet, Incentives and business gifts.
A graduate of Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania, Simon has been with Omaha Steaks for more than 20 years. He is responsible for developing and implementing Omaha Steaks’ award-winning marketing programs, as well as the employee development efforts that make Omaha Steaks one of the finest customer service businesses in the country.
During these years, Simon has also been very involved with the community. In addition to his work with the Jewish Federation, he is active in the Direct Marketing Association, the National Retail Federation and the Young Presidents’ Organization. He is a frequent speaker at industry events nationally and internationally, and he sits on the Boards of the Bemis Center for Contemporary Arts, Jewish Family Services and R.E.S.P.E.C.T.2.
#9: WHAT IS THE BEST INVESTMENT STRATEGY FOR AMERICANS RIGHT NOW?: We’ve all heard the say, “90% of the people retire dead or dead broke.” But the reason old sayings are still with us is that they’re often true. Is this the case when it comes to the retirement in America? Unfortunately, it’s painfully true.
But there’s hope. Financial expert/author and Certified Financial Planner RON LARA says, “There is a ‘perfect storm’ that has come together in 2012 that even many savvy business people and their financial advisors don’t see without a strategic tax perspective applied to their investment plans.”
During your Talk Show interview with Ron, he shares that one of the vehicles Americans can take advantage right now is a charitable instrument. Stated Lara, “A Roth IRA may be tax free, but the transfer itself has a tax implication that can take 15 years or more to see the benefit. The solution, given where interest rates are right now, is to shelter your Roth conversion with charitable donations that are currently generating the largest tax deductions in history. With these charitable giving strategies you continue to receive the income from your gifts but you receive a tax deduction that in January 2012 is the largest in history due to the record low interest rates. But you have to have the right strategy, and many investors don’t.”
Ron’s most recent book is, “The Retirement Success Solution & Lessons I Learned from the Past Bear Market.”
For a fascinating interview with a lesson on how freedom-loving investors can do more to protect their wealth, call Special Guests to book a time slot with Ron Lara.
ABOUT RON LARA:
Ron is CEO of Lara, Shull & May, LLC. A seasoned and experienced professional, Ron founded Lara, Shull & May, Ltd. in 1981 based on his focus and determination to help clients create and implement a plan to achieve their lifetime goals. Specializing in tax efficient strategies to maximize wealth, his client base extends across the country as well as multi-generations of families.
Striving to supply the tools required to help individuals reach their goals, Ron has co-created two powerful investment strategy tools: The Lifetime Success Solution® and The Retirement Success Solution®. These financial planning programs help clients realize their goals and work from these to form a base plan to achieve them. In 2006, Ron authored the book The Retirement Success Solution, which details the steps necessary to achieve one’s retirement goals and offers expertise based on his more than 40 years of investment management experience.
In addition to his work helping clients reach their lifetime goals, Ron also manages the U.S. Treasury Bond Management Program as a co-founder of The Lara Group, Ltd. This program is based upon a mathematical model developed by Ron between 1985 and 1986. The Lara Group, Ltd. was formed in 1991 and continues to use a proprietary model to provide their clients with a systematic strategy for purchasing U.S. Treasury Bonds.
Ron is a 1968 graduate of the University of Maryland with a Bachelor of Science degree in Civil Engineering. Following his graduation, he served as Assistant District Engineer for Humble Oil and Refining Company until April 1969. He then served in the United States Army from 1969 until April 1971. Following his military service, Ron began his career in the financial services field with a local Washington, D.C., firm.
In 1977, Ron proudly became one of the first designated Certified Financial Planners (CFP) in the Washington, D.C., area. He used his investment skills and knowledge to establish Lara, Shull & May, Ltd. in 1981. Due to the firm’s success and strong reputation Lara, Shull & May partnered with Focus Financial Partners, LLC in October of 2007 to form Lara, Shull & May, LLC. Focus Financial Partners, LLC, is the leading partnership of independent fiduciary wealth management firms.
Ron’s numerous charitable affiliations have included memberships on the Board of Directors for the Fairfax Library Foundation, The Claude Moore Farm at Turkey Run and Joe Gibbs' Youth for Tomorrow home for at risk teenagers.
A native of the Washington, DC metropolitan area, Ron is married with five children and six grandchildren. Among his hobbies, Ron enjoys skiing, flying, tennis and attempting golf.
ABOUT THE BOOK…
Anyone preparing for retirement has a multitude of options when it comes to saving for it – stocks, bonds, IRAs, mutual funds, 401(K)s – to name but a few. To help you sort through this potentially confusing mix, Ron Lara has developed the Retirement Success Solution. Rather than just tell you how much money you need to retire, Ron takes a different approach. He determines the growth rate you need to earn on the assets you DO have. He then uses asset allocation to achieve that growth rate with the least amount of risk. In just a few hours Ron shows you how savvy tax and investment planning can help you realize all your lifetime and retirement goals. At the end of the day it’s your money and your retirement – if you don’t plan carefully, no one else will!
EXCERPT PREVIEW…
There’s no way around it: Planning for retirement is a vitally important step, as your ability to enjoy living following a life’s worth of work depends upon it.
However, preparing for retirement can be marred by all kinds of obstacles and pitfalls, many of which are related to the actual process of saving the money needed to retire comfortably. Does it always have to be this way? Absolutely not, because there are things you can do (and need to do now) to make sure you have the financial resources necessary at your disposal when they are needed most.
For 35 years, I have been working with clients, helping them develop and implement effective tax, savings and investment strategies. Early on in my career, my only concern was offering people investment plans designed to outpace inflation and provide some long-term growth. In the early ‘70s no one had heard of asset allocation. In short, the main idea was dollar cost averaging, which is the systematic investment of a specific dollar amount each month. For those individuals who invested in this manner, it lowered their average cost and rewarded them with impressive double-digit returns over the next thirty years.
But as I worked more with older clients, people who were nearing or already at retirement age, I began to see they needed to move their investment efforts beyond the dollar cost averaging approach that was so popular during the ’70s and ’80s. Throughout my career, financial-related forces – such as inflation, rising and falling interest rates, and rising/declining stock markets – have consistently made making a positive return on your investment a difficult proposition. For example, during the early ’80s high interest rates brought heavenly returns if you invested in fixed income investments, such as government bonds, municipal bonds and mortgage-backed bonds. Case in point, during the early ’80s government-backed Ginnie Mae bond yields peaked at 17 percent and money market funds yielded in excess of 20 percent, which is quite a contrast to the barely 1 percent yield on money market funds in early 2004. Keep in mind, however, the high inflation rates that came along with this period acted as a negative, long-term counterbalance to the money people thought they were making in these safe investment vehicles. In short, inflation was wiping out the purchasing power of the dollar.
But from the mid-’80s through the 1990s, dramatically declining interest rates helped create one of the greatest Bull Markets in U.S. market history. Fueled by tech stocks and Y2K concerns, the Dow Jones Industrial Average, the S & P and the NASDAQ all posted unbelievable, annual gains – all of which allowed investors to become accustomed to doubling and tripling their monies within one to two years on tech stocks and/or “hot” Internet start-ups.
By the mid-’90s, I was approaching 25 years in the financial services field and started to see the value of determining the growth rates my clients needed to earn in order to achieve their lifetime goals, which typically amounted to anywhere from 5 to 8 percent on their investable assets. To make this happen, I counseled clients to look at, and utilize, more conservative investment vehicles and to use asset allocation to reach the growth rate needed to achieve their retirement goals. Greed, however, was running rampant by the late-’90s and many clients were unhappy with even a 15 to 20 percent return, especially when their friends were doubling and tripling their money on high-flying equity holdings. But in March of 2000, the bubble burst and the biggest Bear Market since the Great Depression reared its ugly head. For example, the NASDAQ peaked at the 5,000 level in 2000, but in less than two years it had declined 75 percent, the largest drop of any equity index in the history of the U.S. stock market.
After watching investors lose millions of dollars during this downturn by trying to chase astronomical returns in equities, I realized how important our strategy of determining the growth rates that our clients needed to earn in order to achieve their lifetime goals had become. Even today, with market uncertainties brought about by a host of economic and political factors, my approach to investing has remained the same: I work with clients to determine the growth rate they will need and help them invest their money accordingly using asset allocation to achieve a growth rate that is calculated using a special retirement funding analysis developed by our firm (you can visit www.larashullmay.com for more details).
Why is it so important to determine the growth rate needed to achieve your retirement goals? The simple answer is this: Most investors take too much risk. If a couple can achieve ALL of their lifetime and retirement goals by earning just 4 percent, WHY take the risk of investing in the equity markets? Instead, why not just invest in U.S. Treasury Bonds and government-backed mortgage bonds at 4.8 percent and 5.5 percent respectively (at the time of this writing)?
Realistically, though, most people cannot achieve their retirement goals with a growth rate of less than 5 percent. Given this, I decided to write this book in order to encourage investors and other financial advisors to follow the strategies I have developed and used with great success. Bottom line, it is all about identifying a set of lifetime goals and then determining a growth rate needed on your investments to meet them. Is this possible in today’s up-and-down marketplace? Yes, it is; and I believe it can be accomplished by following a careful strategy that does two things: 1) determine the growth rate needed to achieve your retirement and lifetime goals; and 2) utilize asset allocation to attain your desired growth rate.
Great things are possible when it comes to saving for retirement. However, it takes careful planning and commitment to a solid strategy that always remains focused on your lifetime goals. Are you up to the challenge? Are you ready to possibly re-think your approach to retirement? These questions and more will need to be answered by the time you have completed this book.
So as you go through the following chapters, I encourage you to not only read, but get involved with the information I am sharing with you. Grab a pencil and paper and be ready to work. And be ready to put some careful thought into what the future holds. Just reading, and not doing the exercises or applying the information to your own situation, will do you no good.
With all this in mind, I wish you the best because your Retirement Success Solution is right in front of you!
#10: AMAC SAYS GOP CANDIDATES SHOULD LISTEN TO OLDER AMERICANS: The Association of Mature American Citizens [AMAC] is calling on the GOP candidates to focus on issues that are important to older Americans in their primary and caucus campaigns in the months ahead.
Conducting Talk Show interviews on this topic is AMAC founder DAN WEBER, who stated, “AMAC members represent a cross-section of over-fifty voters and they are indeed concerned with the character, initiative and leadership qualities of the candidates. But, they also want to know how they plan to fix Social Security, preserve Medicare Benefits, educate their children and grandchildren and ensure that they will have job opportunities,” says Dan Weber, president and founder of the group.”
Weber points out that AMAC is in a much better position to espouse the concerns of its membership than rival AARP because “our members set the Association’s program. They tell us what they consider important in their lives; we don’t set the agenda for them.”
For example, he says, AMAC continually polls its 250,000 constituents on key issues. “Most recently, they identified Social Security as their major concern, stated Weber,” adding, “A whopping 4,400 members and visitors to our Web site [www.amac.us] took that poll and the overwhelming majority – 95% of them – said that it’s time Congress and the President get the message: Social Security is broken, fix it now.”
Candidates take heed, warns Weber. There was a time when Social Security was considered the “third rail” of American politics and so candidates shied away from addressing the need for reform. “Today, campaigners who can’t articulate what they will do, if elected, to ensure the fund’s solvency are the ones who are in for a big shock.”
AMAC is promoting its own plan to save Social Security. Its solution calls for an increase in the age when people may start receiving Social Security benefits. It would also allow individuals to open their own Social Security IRAs with voluntary, tax-free, payroll deductions.
“Be my guest,” Weber says. “Any and all the candidates are welcome to contact AMAC and we’ll be glad to share our plan with them.”
ABOUT YOUR GUEST, DANIEL WEBER:
Daniel C. Weber founded the Association of Mature American Citizens (AMAC) in the summer of 2007.
As a boy, Dan’s first job was delivering newspapers for Newsday, the Long Island, New York, newspaper. The third child of five in a family with a moderate income, Dan learned early that if he wanted something he had to earn it.
Blessed with good teachers from both Catholic and public schools, Weber learned about honesty, decency, fairness and what “work ethic” was all about.
At age 16, and without any start-up money, Dan started his first business with three friends. The landscaping business he and his friends created enabled him to buy his first car, demonstrating the results of good, hard work and determination.
Two days after graduating from high school, Dan enlisted in the United States Air Force, where he served for four years before being honorably discharged. During his service, he was named “Airman of the Month” among more than 5,000 other personnel serving on the base.
Mr. Weber owned and operated a successful family insurance business for more than 30 years before retiring to form AMAC—an organization similar to the AARP. Except, Weber has a different focus. In his opinion, the United States is going through a period of drastic change that is tearing down the traditional values of our country.
In Weber’s view, the very Constitution we were founded on is being disregarded. Each year the power of government increases while individual freedoms are threatened. High taxes are causing working families to suffer. As Weber puts it, “It seems an individual’s right to practice their religion is attacked, only to be replaced by a strange social order.”
A proud defender of free enterprise, Dan Weber feels we have the greatest economic system ever devised by man. Presently, he is working to retain our private health care system and prevent the government from turning it into socialized medicine.
Average, everyday, mature Americans have made their voices clear. Weber says, “They want to belong to an organization that will represent their best interest and I want to help them.” Dan Weber sees AMAC as a way to unite citizens to defend our American way of life. To enrich the lives of AMAC’s members, Weber is assembling a package of benefits for Americans 50 that they cannot get anywhere else.
ABOUT AMAC...
The Association of Mature American Citizens [AMAC] is a vibrant, vital and conservative alternative to those traditional organizations, such as AARP, that dominate the choices for mature Americans who want a say in the future of the nation. Where those other organizations may boast of their power to set the agendas for their memberships, AMAC takes its marching orders from its members. We act and speak on their behalf, protecting their interests, and offering a conservative insight on how to best solve the problems they face today.
#11: ECONOMIC RECOVERY SPUTTERS AGAIN: Chicago Conference Preps Americans for Changing Times (Guest in CST):Call it another false alarm. After an encouraging Christmas spending season, several weeks of job gains, some relative stability in the stock market and a few other factors, the experts were cautiously optimistic about the start of a real economic recovery in 2012.
Well, cancel the ticker tape. January’s Consumer Confidence Index (CCI) has dropped again, as the real engine of the economy—consumer spending—just can’t feel its oats. And now, those experts are sensing this year is going to be more of the same.
So, what are Americans supposed to do with this, the longest span of time for a U.S. economic recovery since the Great Depression?
Steve Beaman, successful entrepreneur and founder & chairman of The Steve Beaman Group, a personal development company, is preparing to tackle this issue head on in his Arming America With Knowledge event this February 7th in Chicago! And he’s available now for interviews to provide a preview.
From the very latest reports like the CCI, to the bigger-picture elements like inflation, the Fed, the housing market, China and more, Beaman—a 25-year Wall Street veteran—can put it all into perspective for your audience and provide useful, concrete information about how to not only deal with the tough economic climate, but also exploit it.
“We have to know that our nation today and, as a result, the entire Western world is set up for a state of change,” says Beaman. “…And if we don’t arm Americans today with the knowledge they need to grasp this and prosper from it, then we’re going to have a lost generation.”
Call Special Guests right away to book Steve Beaman for an enlightening analysis of current economic trends and a preview of his Arming America With Knowledge show.
In the meantime, visit www.ArmingAmerica.org to find out more.
THE FOLLOWING ASSOCIATED PRESS ARTICLE (REPRINTED IN THE L.A. TIMES) MAY BE USEFUL FOR SHOW PREP:
Steve Beaman is a self-taught, self-made millionaire and, presently, founder & chairman of The Steve Beaman Group (SBG), a personal development company working to help people along the five paths to a transformed life. He is the author of two published e-books, one print book to be published, a two-volume, 12 CD audio library, and more than 200 SBG-casts highlighting articles that have been published on each of the Five paths.
He has been the keynote speaker at numerous Chamber of Commerce events and industry conferences. He’s been a guest on televised financial programs and he hosts his own monthly radio program, Life Changes.
Prior to founding the Steve Beaman Group, Steve established DuPage Business Partners, a venture capital and private equity firm that used the capital he had accumulated through the sale of his prior company. Through DuPage Partners, he invested in several companies in various industries.
Beaman’s most public success was the co-founding, development and sale of Chicago Investment Analytics, the premier provider of independent research on Wall Street. In 2000, after a successful 10-year run, “CIA,” as it was known, was sold to Charles Schwab and became the foundation of what is now known as the Schwab Equity Rating. During his time there, Steve was called “the best in the business” by one of the largest money managers in the U.S.
Prior to founding CIA, Steve worked with Wharton Econometrics, Zacks Investment Research, and the E.F. Hutton Company. He is a licensed private pilot and a licensed scuba diver.
He studied political science and history at Purdue University and attends College Church in Wheaton, Illinois. He is the father of six children.
#12: A LOOK PAST THE FLORIDA PRIMARIES: How are Pro-gun rights candidates looking? : Looking past the Romney win in Florida, what do the next primary races look like for candidates espousing Second Amendment rights?
The four remaining GOP candidates are spending millions of dollars tearing each other apart for the chance to take on President Obama in November.
But while all eyes are on the Republican presidential primary, Gun Owners of America (GOA) also has to prepare for something that American gun owners don’t even want to think about; the possibility of a second Obama term.
Think about it. A second term for Obama means he will be unencumbered with thoughts about reelection.
His political appointees are already radical gun haters. His future picks will be even worse.
Conducting Talk Show interviews on this topic is LARRY PRATT, executive director of Gun Owners of America.
Pratt stated, “A second term for Obama means more Executive actions, such as illegally requiring gun dealers along southwest border states to report multiple long gun sales, will increase. And Obama, along with Secretary of State Hillary Clinton, will ratchet up the pressure on the Senate to ratify a massive UN Small Arms Treaty. So while a lot of folks just don’t want to think about four more years of Obama, we have to think about it – and prepare for it.”
Pratt contends that the most important elections will be for the Senate, saying that an Obama reelection, coupled with anti-gunner Harry Reid retaining control of the Senate, would be a disaster for the country. But defeating just four anti-gun Democrats would take the gavel out of Reid’s hands.
GOA already has identified opportunities to pick up pro-gun seats:
* Missouri Sen. Claire McCaskill, F-rated by GOA, is one of the most endangered Democrat Senators.
* Montana’s Democrat Sen. Jon Tester is facing a tough challenge by GOA A-rated candidate Denny Rehberg.
* Ohio State Treasurer Josh Mandel, a solid Second Amendment advocate, is mounting a vigorous challenge to Sen. Sherrod Brown.
* Retirements in the Democrat-held states of Nebraska, New Mexico, North Dakota, Virginia and Wisconsin all represent opportunities to switch seats from anti- to pro-gun.
The key to stopping the radical Obama agenda is to elect as many Second Amendment supporters as possible in the Senate. And this is one of the primary tasks GOA is undertaking over the next nine months.
GOA already has surveyed all the candidates and made several key endorsements. Now is the time to start contacting gun owners and sportsmen in all the strategic states to spread the word about the best candidates and to make sure all Second Amendment supporters are registered to vote.
GOA will also be reaching out to the gun rights community over the internet and through mailings. We will spread the word with newspaper, magazine, radio and television advertisements.
For a current political update on the candidates, which swing states are the most important for gun rights and for a general discussion about general 2nd Amendment rights, your go-to interview guest is Larry Pratt.
ABOUT YOUR EXPERT GUEST, LARRY PRATT:
Larry Pratt has been Executive Director of Gun Owners of America for 30 years. GOA is a national membership organization of 300,000 Americans dedicated to promoting their second amendment freedom to keep and bear arms.
GOA lobbies for the pro-gun position in Washington and is involved in firearm issues in the states. GOA’s work includes providing legal assistance to those involved in lawsuits with the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms, the federal firearms law enforcement agency.
Pratt has appeared on numerous national radio and TV programs such as NBC’s Today Show, CBS’ Good Morning America, Hannity and many others.
Larry Pratt has debated Congressmen James Traficant, Jr. (D-OH), Charles Rangel (D-NY), Rep. Carolyn McCarthy (D-NY), Senator Frank Lautenberg (D-NJ), and Vice President Al Gore, among others.
Larry’s columns have appeared in newspapers across the country. Pratt published a book, Armed People Victorious, in 1990 and was editor of a book, Safeguarding Liberty: The Constitution & Militias, 1995. Pratt’s latest book is “On the Firing Line: Essays in the Defense of Liberty.” Pratt has held elective office in the state legislature of Virginia, serving in the House of Delegates. Pratt directs a number of other public interest organizations and serves as the Vice-Chairman of the American Institute for Cancer Research.
#13: DEMOCRAT PARTY TRIES TO BAN ADS OF DEMOCRAT CANDIDATE OPPOSING OBAMA: Did you know that there is a Democrat Presidential candidate running against Barack Obama for President? And it’s not not Hillary Clinton.
But since most mainstream news media outlets don’t view any opposition to Obama as being news or newsworthy, it is unlikely that you heard this news before: World famous abortion fighter Randall Terry is running for President on the Democratic ticket and is already on the ballot in a number of states—enough to win by default if other states follow Georgia’s lead in knocking Barack Hussein Obama off the ballot for being unable or unwilling to provide proof of U.S. citizenship.
You heard that right. Randall Terry might be the ONLY Democrat candidate left on the ballot for Democrats to vote for in the 2012 November elections!
Of course anyone who dares to oppose the current “Occupy Whitehouse” ineligible squatter-in-chief regime shoots fear throughout the Democrat National Committee (DNC) machine that is responding by launching an all out effort to thwart Randall Terry’s free speech in flagrant violation of the principles of the U.S. Constitution and Bill of Rights.
DNC Executive Director Patrick Gaspard has written a letter on DNC letterhead suggurging FCC licensed TV stations to violate federal law, and refuse to run campaign ads of Democrat Presidential Candidate Randall Terry, despite the fact that the ads are protected by Federal Law.
Go to www.TerryForPresident.com to see Super Bowl Ad Obama campaign does not want voters to see.
Mr. Terry’s graphic pro-life ads have already run (in conjunction with the Iowa Caucus and the New Hampshire Primary) in eight states: Iowa, Minnesota, Nebraska, Illinois, Missouri, New Hampshire, Massachusetts, and Maine.
The Terry Campaign Super Bowl Ad is scheduled to run in 13 cities in 6 states as of 1/30/12.
Mr. Terry has met all the legal qualifications to be on the ballot in New Hampshire, Missouri, and Oklahoma, and as a write in candidate for Illinois.
Mr. Terry's attorney, Jason Craddock, affiliated with the Thomas More Society, states:
"The DNC's action is sheer deceptive thuggery. They imagine themselves above the law and in their letter (which thinly veils their intent) they direct the media to break the law as well, all for the sake of hiding the gruesome, bloody reality of the President's policies and promotion of abortion without limits."
Mr. Terry States:
“I – unlike the President – can prove that I am a legally qualified candidate for President; that I am legally on the ballot in the states in question; that I have met every legal standard imposed on me by the FEC and the FCC.
“Which is more noteworthy: the arrogance, or the fear of the Obama/DNC team. We know that Obama does not want America to see an ad that shows his record of promoting child killing via unbridled abortion, but to openly call on stations to break the law shows a level of panic and folly that is surprising. Of course, if Obama would promote the murder of babies through abortion…why not promote the violation of FCC law? Pride goes before the fall, Mr. President.”
ABOUT RANDALL TERRY…
Randall Terry is currently one of two Democrat candidates running in the 2012 election for President of the United States.
Randall Terry is best known for being the Founder of Operation Rescue, the largest peaceful civil disobedience movement in U.S. history, with 70,000 arrests from 1987 to 1994. That is ten times the number of arrests in the "Civil Rights Movement" of Dr. Martin Luther King that accounted for approx. 7,000 arrests from 1958 to 1968.
This is an astounding fact and a vital part of our American heritage that peaceful protest and activism that saved thousands of babies and mothers from the nightmare of abortion. Randall has personally been arrested over forty times in peaceful opposition to abortion. He has spent more than one year in various prisons and jails throughout the U.S.
As a powerful and eloquent pro-life spokesman, Randall has appeared on 60 Minutes, Nightline, Oprah, Hannity, The 700 Club, The Trinity Broadcasting Network, Meet the Press, and virtually all major network news broadcasts, and scores of TV shows in America and around the world. Randall has heralded the pro-life message in newspapers and in every continent in the world. The New York Times called him an "Icon" of the pro-life movement. Some are now speculating over the prospects of a national holiday named after him someday.
Randall authored five best selling books and taught leadership seminars across America and worldwide. He founded The Christian Defense Coalition and Loyal Opposition, laboring extensively against homosexual marriage, child-pornography, and stem-cell research, as well as abortion.
Mr. Terry has a B.A. (with a concentration in communications) from the State University of New York; a B.A. from Whitfield College School of Religion; and a three-year degree from Elim Bible Institute, majoring in Scriptural Studies.
#14: MINISTRY DEFYING ODDS IN PAKISTAN: Amazing Female Christian Preacher Winning Over Crowds in Lion’s Den of Islam: Time Magazine has identified Karachi, Pakistan, as the most dangerous city in the world, inside a largely Muslim country dealing with tremendous political upheaval and a web of tensions between hardline Islamists, terrorist factions and those trying to maintain diplomatic relations with the West.
And, yet, just days ago, Marilyn Hickey, one of the world’s most widely known Christian evangelists, felt compelled to fly right into the thick of it on a mission to build bridges and spread healing under the banner of Christian compassion.
So, how was she received?
Call Special Guests to schedule an interview with this powerful preacher and get her own personal account of this amazing trip—the sixth one she’s made to Pakistan in the last 16 years—in which she was showered with adoration from the moment she arrived and ministered before over-capacity crowds at every tour stop along the way.
You’ll hear about Dr. Hickey’s:
• Unexpected red-carpet reception off the plane • Expo Center event before 2,800 local religious leaders that was so packed, 300 people had to be turned away • Three nights of healing meetings at the town’s YMCA compound that saw attendance eclipse 200,000 people by the third evening • Special luncheon with leaders of Pakistan’s third largest political party • Leadership dinner with political VIPs and Christian, Muslim and Hindu representatives • Private meeting with the Governor of Karachi’s province
And, through it all, you’ll get Dr. Hickey’s unique, ground-level perspective on the truth about the people, the politics, the culture and the spiritual energy inside what is perceived to be one of the most volatile nation’s on earth.
Call to book Dr. Marilyn Hickey right now.
THIS PAKISTAN TODAY ARTICLE MAY BE USEFUL FOR SHOW PREP:
1. Reports that often come out of Islamic Pakistan indicate that country is not friendly towards Christians, especially those who attempt to proselytize or convert Muslims. What does your experience say when you go there? 2. Is it legal for a foreigner to preach Christianity in Pakistan? 3. Pakistan obviously has a Christian population. What percentage of those you met with or preached to at the healing conferences were Christian compared to Muslim, and how did the two interact? 4. Describe your experience in Karachi, in particular. As “the most dangerous city in the world,” according to Time, what is your read on the atmosphere there? Did you ever fear for your safety? 5. What do you make of the political turmoil in Pakistan right now? From your engagements and observations there, what do you make of their posture towards the U.S. at this point? 6. What is your read on the Middle East and its primarily Muslim countries in general at this time? Have you preached in other nations there? Do you see religiously driven tensions that could provoke a war with Israel and the West? 7. What kind of prophetic Biblical readings can you cite that may apply to, say, Iran using a nuclear weapon? 8. This past year, in Michigan, you became the first woman in more than a thousand years to hold services in an Islamic mosque—and a Christian woman at that. How did that happen, and how are you received, particularly as a woman, in these Islamic societies, whether in Pakistan or here in the U.S.? 9. In your view, is Islam a religion of peace? Can Muslims really co-exist with Jews and Christians? 10. Tell us more about your recent book Your Pathway to Miracles, and some of the more powerful miracles you’ve witnessed or experienced firsthand that made their way into its pages. 11. Where can members of our audience get the book. 12. Tell us more about Marilyn Hickey Ministries.
ABOUT DR. MARILYN HICKEY:
Dr. Marilyn Hickey, founder and president of Marilyn Hickey Ministries, has served in a wide variety of roles: author, teacher, pastor’s wife, mother and grandmother, preacher, broadcaster, peacemaker and spiritual diplomat. She’s known and loved worldwide for her daily radio and television broadcasts that have helped several generations learn to read and understand the Bible, integrating corresponding spiritual principles into their daily lives.
Marilyn and her husband Wallace founded Orchard Road Christian Center in Denver with just 25 congregants in 1960. Marilyn put her skills as a schoolteacher to work at the new church and began teaching a Bible class, then a home Bible study, which quickly grew to 22 groups.
Before long, Marilyn was on the radio, initially supported only by her home Bible study attendees. But soon, listeners blessed by her easy-to-understand lessons began to send support. These were humble, but miraculous, beginnings. And, still, the public was hungry to learn and her ministry grew.
Today, Marilyn is joined by her daughter Sarah for her international TV show, Marilyn and Sarah. Her ministry also encompasses numerous books, CDs and DVDs, as well as crusades and mission outreaches. She has an international program of Bible and food distribution and a two-year Bible college, Word to the World, which offers both on-campus and correspondence programs of study.
Marilyn’s message of encouragement to all believers emphasizes the fact that today can be the best day of your life if Jesus Christ is living in you. Along with her ministry schedule, Marilyn remains a busy wife and mother to two grown children.
Marilyn Hickey has published numerous books, booklets, Bible study guides, CDs and DVDs. Her recent Whitaker House books include Total Healing, Spiritual Warfare.
For further information, go to: http://www.mymhmin.org
#15: "SCANDAL" HIDING IN ROMNEY’S TAXES: But Media Says Nothing, Because He Paid Too MUCH (Guest in MST):No doubt, as President Obama peddles a class warfare strategy going into this year’s reelection campaign, his administration and the media shilling for it were salivating over the prospect of reviewing the tax returns of wealthy GOP challenger Mitt Romney.
Now that the returns have been on the table for several days, however, the lackluster commentary after the fact seems to imply that everything is kosher. …except according to one Ronald Lara, a certified financial planner and taxation expert, who says there is still a very important element Americans should not overlook.
Could it be that Romney paid too much in taxes?
If Romney tried to convert his IRA to a more tax friendly Roth IRA—a popular move that individuals with an adjusted gross income of more than $100k couldn’t do until 2010—he likely took an IRS hit much larger than he had to.
Interestingly, explains Lara, while the liberal media has understandably walked away from the Romney tax issue, for the free-market capitalists to do the same, they are missing an opportunity.
“There is a perfect storm that has come together in 2012,” says Lara, “that even many savvy business people like Mitt Romney and their financial advisors don’t see without a strategic tax perspective applied to their investment plans.”
“A Roth IRA may be tax free, but the transfer itself has a tax implication that can take 15 years or more to see the benefit. The solution, given where interest rates are right now, is to shelter your Roth conversion with charitable donations that are currently generating the largest tax deductions in history. With these charitable giving strategies you continue to receive the income from your gifts but you receive a tax deduction that in January 2012 is the largest in history due to the record low interest rates. But you have to have the right strategy, and many investors don’t.”
For a fascinating interview that is both an exposé on the fallacy of wealthy individuals not paying enough taxes and a lesson on how freedom-loving investors can do more to protect their wealth, call Special Guests to book a time slot with Ron Lara.
ABOUT RON LARA:
Ron is CEO of Lara, Shull & May, LLC. A seasoned and experienced professional, Ron founded Lara, Shull & May, Ltd. in 1981 based on his focus and determination to help clients create and implement a plan to achieve their lifetime goals. Specializing in tax efficient strategies to maximize wealth, his client base extends across the country as well as multi-generations of families.
Striving to supply the tools required to help individuals reach their goals, Ron has co-created two powerful investment strategy tools: The Lifetime Success Solution® and The Retirement Success Solution®. These financial planning programs help clients realize their goals and work from these to form a base plan to achieve them. In 2006, Ron authored the book The Retirement Success Solution, which details the steps necessary to achieve one’s retirement goals and offers expertise based on his more than 40 years of investment management experience.
In addition to his work helping clients reach their lifetime goals, Ron also manages the U.S. Treasury Bond Management Program as a co-founder of The Lara Group, Ltd. This program is based upon a mathematical model developed by Ron between 1985 and 1986. The Lara Group, Ltd. was formed in 1991 and continues to use a proprietary model to provide their clients with a systematic strategy for purchasing U.S. Treasury Bonds.
Ron is a 1968 graduate of the University of Maryland with a Bachelor of Science degree in Civil Engineering. Following his graduation, he served as Assistant District Engineer for Humble Oil and Refining Company until April 1969. He then served in the United States Army from 1969 until April 1971. Following his military service, Ron began his career in the financial services field with a local Washington, D.C., firm.
In 1977, Ron proudly became one of the first designated Certified Financial Planners (CFP) in the Washington, D.C., area. He used his investment skills and knowledge to establish Lara, Shull & May, Ltd. in 1981. Due to the firm’s success and strong reputation Lara, Shull & May partnered with Focus Financial Partners, LLC in October of 2007 to form Lara, Shull & May, LLC. Focus Financial Partners, LLC, is the leading partnership of independent fiduciary wealth management firms.
Ron’s numerous charitable affiliations have included memberships on the Board of Directors for the Fairfax Library Foundation, The Claude Moore Farm at Turkey Run and Joe Gibbs' Youth for Tomorrow home for at risk teenagers.
A native of the Washington, DC metropolitan area, Ron is married with five children and six grandchildren. Among his hobbies, Ron enjoys skiing, flying, tennis and attempting golf.
#16: COPTS AND ROBBERS: 3,000 Muslims Burn, Loot Egyptian Christian Village:On the surface, it’s another attack on a Coptic Christian village by a Muslim mob, this time 3,000 of them, burning homes and shops to the ground and looting where they can.
But, as Wendy Wright of Christian Freedom International (CFI), can explain, beneath the story is an even greater concern—a systemic case of Christian persecution that is growing since Mubarak was toppled, the military assumed control and the Muslim Brotherhood continues to win parliament seats.
According to witnesses, when the violence began in this most recent incident, it took the authorities one hour to drive two kilometers to the scene. It is a trend, they say, whereby the army stands down until the Muslim perpetrators satisfy their thirst for violence and their aggression begins to abate. Then, the army finally shows up.
It is one of many signs indicating Egypt’s new powers that be have little intention of protecting its Christian citizens.
Wright is available for interviews to discuss these developments in Egypt further as part of what her organization is now calling the Christian Winter—the Arab Spring follow up of collateral damage befalling minority Christians throughout North Africa and the Middle East.
As a guest on your show, she can speak to the tradition of Christian persecution in these Muslim worlds, why it shamefully remains a mystery among Christians in the West, and what kind of future the Arab Spring may create for them.
Further, she can offer more regarding CFI’s Christian Winter initiative that is “designed to educate, inform, and rally free Christians everywhere into action on behalf of persecuted believers in Middle Eastern countries like Egypt, Iran and Pakistan.”
Call Special Guests now to schedule an interview.
THE FOLLOWING ARTICLE MAY BE USEFUL FOR SHOW PREP:
1. What do you know about the violence against Christians going on in Egypt? 2. Why is it on the rise and are these accounts true that say military authorities are allowing Muslims to attack Christians? 3. The Muslim Brotherhood won the most seats in lower parliament a few weeks ago. Now, this week, they’re expected to do the same in upper parliament. What does this spell for Coptic Christians going forward? Do you expect even higher rates of violence? 4. What other regions of the world are seeing this attempt by Islamist groups to drive Christians from existence? 5. Tell us more about CFI’s Christian Winter initiative. What are the strategic goals and tactical elements of the program? 6. What Christian persecution trend concerns you most right now, and why? 7. What is the latest on the exodus of Christians from Iraq? What are the numbers at this point, and do you believe any refugees might ever return? 8. Do you have any insight regarding Christian pastor Nadarkhani in Iran or any others on death row in other nations like Pakistan? 9. Tell us about your experiences in Thailand and Burma last year. 10. Tell us more about Christian Freedom International.
ABOUT YOUR GUEST, WENDY WRIGHT:
Wendy Wright’s journey to follow Christ took her from Bible college, to jail, to invitations to the White House.
As a veteran pro-life advocate and former president of Concerned Women for America, she has trained grassroots activists, briefed congressional and international leaders, testified for pro-family legislation, and lobbied at the United Nations.
Her activism influenced landmark rulings on freedom of speech in the Supreme Court and several state courts. She spent 19 days in jail for declining to obey a judge’s order not to pray across the street from a Planned Parenthood abortion clinic.
A few years ago, Wendy also served as an interim Executive Director for the Catholic Family and Human Rights Institute (C-FAM) in New York, and was named among “The 100 Most Powerful Women of Washington” in 2006 by Washingtonian Magazine, and one of the “Top 10 People of 2010” by Inside the Vatican magazine.
She has been published or appeared in every major news outlet, including FOXNews, CNN, PBS, NPR, The New York Times, Washington Post, World magazine, Christianity Today, MSNBC, ABC, CBS and NBC.
#17: FLORIDA PRIMARY: “2 QUESTIONS, ONE ANSWER,” Says Spokesman of Super PAC supporting Gingrich: “When you boil it down to reality – there are only two questions that Florida voters are really concerned about” says C. EDMUND WRIGHT of Winning Our Future, a Super PAC supporting Newt Gingrich and other conservative causes. C. Edmund, who is available to be your Talk Show interview guest, says, “Question one is: Who has shown a vision for defeating Barack Obama and other liberals? And question two is: Who can shake up Washington once Obama is defeated? Everything else is really just a distraction.
“And the answer to both question is, without a doubt, Newt Gingrich,” Wright concluded. “Sometimes a campaign will take on a life of its own and it’s easy to lose the forest for the trees. The forest here is Barack Obama and all of the liberal institutions that helped him get elected – and they are the same folks who are trying to help him achieve his radical agenda. We must keep our eyes focused on stopping them. Nothing else matters, especially the lies about Newt and Reagan.”
Wright added that as of this minute, “Rush Limbaugh is in fact right now taking apart the lies from Elliiot Abrams about Newt and his comments about Reagan. Michael and Nancy Reagan both know that Newt took the torch from Ronald Reagan and so do we. The establishment fear of Newt is very telling AND VERY OBVIOUS.”
Wright went on to point out that “Newt and Herman Cain were the only candidates who seemed to understand this b ack in the fall. That’s why you saw these two rise while the others ignored Obama and attacked each other. In fact, Newt was so successful with this that the entire field panicked in December and unleashed incredible attack ads in Iowa and almost all of them against Newt singularly.”
Wright demonstrated that while “this kind of negative saturation worked, it is not going to work going forward. The saturation in Iowa and Florida would cost 500 million dollars to duplicate nationally, so this is really a false parallel universe that Florida is living in now from an advertising standpoint. That’s why it is so important that voters tune it out and focus on what matters. And only two things matter. The first is who has the courage and ability to look Obama and other liberals in the eye and flat out tell them why we are right and they are wrong. The second is who has shown the ability to shake up Washington. Two questions, but only one answer. Newt is the only man who can do the first and has demonstrated the ability to do the second as well.”
Wright concluded stating, “Governor Romney is not a candidate who can or will call it the way it is with Obama and he’s not a guy who even wants to shake up Washington. And Senator Santorum keeps saying he can run effectively against Obama, but he hasn’t demonstrated it yet. The answer to both of these questions is Newt, period.”
ABOUT YOUR GUEST, C. EDMUND WRIGHT
C. Edmund Wright is the spokesman for Winning Our Future, a Super PAC supporting Newt Gingrich and other conservative causes. He is a frequent contributor to the American Thinker (AmericanThinker.com) -- where his experiences in business, polling and political communications gives him peerless insight into the issues of the day. He has owned numerous businesses over the past couple of decades and was communications director for the 92 NC Bush Quayle Campaign -- where he found out how frustrating it can be for a true conservative working for political moderates. His work with the liberal elites of SC in a polling and focus group gives him inside experience dealing with the liberal mindset. Called an "exceptionally talented writer" and "brilliant and very funny" by Rush Limbaugh -- Wright specializes in connecting the dots showing why conservatism works and liberalism fails.
#18: INTERNET TAKEOVER PLAN B: After SOPA, PIPA Stall,Obama Goes Over Congress’ Head (Guest in PST):This is one bowl of alphabet soup that’ll make you sick. Before the dust has even temporarily settled on SOPA and PIPA, the House and Senate anti-Internet-piracy laws that stalled in Congress last week under intense public pressure, the White House is at it again.
This time it’s the ACTA (Anti-Counterfeiting Trade Agreement) treaty. And, according to Constitutionalist attorney Gary Kreep, President of the United States Justice Foundation (USJF), the threat against American free speech is even greater.
Unlike the House and Senate bills, ACTA is an international treaty that has been developed without Congress, serves New World Order interests above American interests and has already been approved by the White House.
Kreep explains:
“Like the SOPA and PIPA bills on Capitol Hill, Barack Hussein Obama says ACTA is necessary to stop Internet piracy. However, there are already plenty of international laws on the books to do that.
This is an international government power-grab that will give Mr. Obama and his foreign despot allies unprecedented power over the Internet. It is a very clever way to completely circumvent the U.S. legislative process, as well as our Constitution.
If we don’t stop this treaty, the federal government will seize the power to shut down websites, fine Internet companies, including your favorite political forums and anti-Obama web pages, and begin invasive searches of all your electronic devices whenever you leave or enter the country.
This is a totalitarian bill that will be used to stifle any and all dissent on the Internet. That’s why Obama is so desperate to have the Senate ratify it.”
Call Special Guests right away to book Gary Kreep for a supercharged interview.
VISIT THE UNITED STATES JUSTICE FOUNDATION AT: http://usjf.net
ABOUT YOUR GUEST, GARY KREEP:
A 1972 graduate of the University of California at San Diego with a Bachelor of Arts Degree in Economics, Mr. Kreep graduated from the University of San Diego School of Law in 1975 with a Juris Doctor. He passed the California State Bar Examination on his first try, and started practicing law in 1975.
He has been in private practice since that time, both as a sole practitioner and as the sole owner of a small law firm, employing as many as three attorneys and ten staff members. Mr. Kreep co-founded the UNITED STATES JUSTICE FOUNDATION (USJF) in 1979 with two other California attorneys. Since that time, he has served as the President and Executive Director of USJF.
In 1992, Mr. Kreep reduced his private practice to part-time status to work full-time for USJF. USJF is a nationwide, nonprofit, conservative, legal action foundation. Mr. Kreep co-founded the JUSTICE POLITICAL ACTION COMMITTEE (JPAC) in 1985 with two other conservative activists. He has served as President of JPAC since then. JPAC is a federal political action committee registered with the Federal Election Commission.
Mr. Kreep co-founded the CALIFORNIA JUSTICE POLITICAL ACTION COMMITTEE (CALJPAC) in 1996 with two other conservative activists.
Mr. Kreep currently serves as General Counsel to the Minuteman Civil Defense Corps, an unpaid position.
Political/Civic: Mr. Kreep served on the California Delegations to the 1976 and 1980 Republican National Conventions. He has been a member of a number of Republican organizations, including several California Republican Assembly Chapters. Mr. Kreep also served as appointed General Counsel to Region 16 of the Young Republican National Federation, and elected General Counsel to the California Young Republicans.
Mr. Kreep served for one year on the San Diego County, California PUBLIC WELFARE ADVISORY BOARD (PWAB). PWAB is an advisory board to the San Diego County Board of Supervisors concerning the San Diego County Department of Social Services. Mr. Kreep served for two years on the SAN DIEGO HUMAN RELATIONS COMMISSION (HRC). HRC is an advisory board to the San Diego City Council, charged with the task of enforcing the San Diego City non-discrimination ordinances, including its gay rights ordinance.
Mr. Kreep was a member from 1969 until 1984 of YOUNG AMERICANS FOR FREEDOM (YAF). He served as San Diego County Chairman, California State Vice-Chairman, California State Chairman, and a Member of the National Board of Directors of YAF. Mr. Kreep served in the BIG BROTHER Program for four years.
Legal: Mr. Kreep is admitted to practice before the United States Supreme Court, the United States Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals, the United States Federal Court for the Eastern District of California, the United States Federal Court for the Northern District of California, the United States Federal Court for the Central District of California, the United States Federal Court for the Southern District of California, and all state courts in California. He is also admitted to the United States Court of Appeals for the Eleventh Circuit and for the Sixth Circuit.
Published Articles/Radio and Television Appearances: Mr. Kreep has written a number of articles published by a variety of newspapers and other publications. This includes the San Diego Union Tribune, the Escondido Times Advocate, the North County Times, the Christian American, the Arizona Star, Media Bypass, and many more. Mr. Kreep regularly appears on a variety of radio and television programs. These include radio programs such as the ROGER HEDGECOCK SHOW, the WEISSBACH SHOW, ISSUES IN EDUCATION, the MASON WEAVER SHOW, the BOB NOONAN SHOW, the DUFFY SHOW, and the MICHAEL LAW SHOW.
Mr. Kreep regularly speaks at conferences. These include the annual CONSERVATIVE POLITICAL ACTION CONFERENCE (CPAC), the annual CONSTITUTIONAL COALITION CONVENTION, and the annual CHRISTIAN COALITION CONVENTION.
#19: ARMAGEDDON IN 2012: Daniel's Ram-Goat prophecy of Iran (ancient Persia), Kurds (ancient Medes) and the Antichrist: What will it take for America to declare war on Iran before Iran sets the Persian Gulf ablaze? There is one attitude that clouds the United States strategy in the Middle East: the belief that Iran is a troublesome, out of control, third rate country. The Iranians see themselves as more than “troublesome”; their objective is to become the sole Superpower in the Persian Gulf.
Once one understands this about Iran it clarifies to a great extent their actions. Nuclear weapons acquisition for Iran is not so much about threatening Israel as it is about gaining “respect”. The drive for regional respect is the backbone for their desire to be the most powerful military in the region. Yet they are not content with this, they have much grander plans.
If anything Iran is logical and patient; they are waiting, waiting on the United States to leave Afghanistan in 2012. Once the U.S. leaves the region the Iranian regime will be able to implement their grand scheme. They will invade Iraq; no one doubts this. However they will then invade Turkey and Saudi Arabia. Iran will control the Persian Gulf and 2/3rds of the world’s oil supply and be able to blackmail the whole world with oil. Iran will have achieved their goal as sole Superpower in the Persian Gulf. This is the event that will start “Armageddon” in the Persian Gulf.
Available to be your Talk Show interview guest on the current chaos in the Middle East is new author DARREN THOMPSON who has a talent in bringing together current events and biblical prophecy.
Darren Thompson describes in his book, “Living in the Age of the Ram and the Goat: The Coming War Between Iran and the United States as foretold in the book of Daniel,” how his modern day interpretation of the prophet Daniel’s vision of the ram and the goat is being manifested in the developing events taking place in the Middle East.
Thompson sees the involvement of the Kurds (ancient Medes) with Iran (ancient Persians) being crucial for these events to take place.
Darren says, “The circumstances of the Arab Spring have now pitted Iran and Syria against Turkey which in turn have caused Iran to form an alliance with the PKK (the Kurdish Terrorist Group fighting Turkey). This has opened the door for Iran to have a closer relationship with the Kurdish Regional Government of Iraq. This Kurd/Iran alliance is a direct fulfillment of the prophet Daniel’s ram in his vision.”
Thompson concludes, “World events now are much like the Chinese Curse, ‘May you live in interesting times.’ Indeed the times are interesting for the Christian that can see the fulfillment of God’s plan by experiencing the fulfillment of Daniel’s vision of the ram and the goat.”
ABOUT DARREN THOMPSON…
Darren Thompson is an author, commentator and media guest who has a talent correlating world events with their fulfillment of biblical prophecy. He has also self-published three books, “Living in the Age of the Ram and the Goat: The Coming War Between Iran and the United States as foretold in the book of Daniel,”, “The Fourth Day: Why the Bible is Historically Accurate” and “Why the Bible is Historically Accurate” (2nd Edition)
Thompson has over 20 articles on biblical prophecy and Old Testament chronology available at ezine articles.com
Recent media clip of Darren Thompson: www.ramandgoat.com
NOTE: The opinions in the guest pitch are those of Darren Thompson and not necessarily the opinions of Special Guests, Inc.
#20: ISSA HOLDER: Fast and Furious Scandal May Reach a Tipping Point on February 2nd:When Rep. Darrell Issa subpoenaed the testimony of Patrick Cunningham, head of the criminal division at the US Attorneys Office in Arizona, Cunningham responded by invoking his fifth amendment right not to testify. Since then, Issa has demanded the testimony of Cunningham's subordinate, Michael Morrissey. He did so with a letter to Attorney General Eric Holder and gave him a deadline of January 26th (link below).
It's possible that Morrissey may follow Cunningham's lead in seeking fifth amendment protection.
All of these developments are taking place on the eve of what promises to be a day of high drama on February 2nd – Groundhog Day. Executive Director of the Gun Owners of America, Larry Pratt, will be in attendance and is available for interviews beginning on February 3rd.
In the meantime, GOA General Counsel, Mike Hammond is available to discuss the implications of senior US prosecutors like Cunningham and Morrissey invoking their Fifth Amendment rights. Will they be granted immunity so that Issa and congressional investigators can use their testimony to identify players higher up the chain? Will Cunningham and Morrissey be the Justice Department's sacrificial lambs? Will they give Issa's investigators devastating information on who was behind operation fast and furious before Holder testifies?
There are several scenarios that could play out but the Fast and Furious scandal appears to be coming to a head. Either the investigation will end with the Justice Department's highest ranking officials in Arizona taking the fall, which will let their superiors off the hook or this investigation is about to reach an entirely new level.
The February 2nd hearing will go a long way in telling us.
Call Special Guests today to schedule an interview with Mike Hammond prior to February 2nd and Larry Pratt after February 2nd.
ABOUT YOUR EXPERT GUEST, LARRY PRATT: Larry Pratt has been Executive Director of Gun Owners of America for 30 years. GOA is a national membership organization of 300,000 Americans dedicated to promoting their second amendment freedom to keep and bear arms.
GOA lobbies for the pro-gun position in Washington and is involved in firearm issues in the states. GOA’s work includes providing legal assistance to those involved in lawsuits with the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms, the federal firearms law enforcement agency.
Pratt has appeared on numerous national radio and TV programs such as NBC’s Today Show, CBS’ Good Morning America, CNN’s Crossfire and Larry King Live, Fox’s Hannity & Colmes, MSNBC’s Phil Donahue and Dan Abrams show and many others.
Larry Pratt has debated Congressmen James Traficant, Jr. (D-OH), Charles Rangel (D-NY), Rep. Carolyn McCarthy (D-NY), Senator Frank Lautenberg (D-NJ), and Vice President Al Gore, among others.
Larry’s columns have appeared in newspapers across the country.
Pratt published a book, Armed People Victorious, in 1990 and was editor of a book, Safeguarding Liberty: The Constitution & Militias, 1995.
Pratt’s latest book is “On the Firing Line: Essays in the Defense of Liberty.”
Pratt has held elective office in the state legislature of Virginia, serving in the House of Delegates. Pratt directs a number of other public interest organizations and serves as the Vice-Chairman of the American Institute for Cancer Research.
ABOUT MIKE HAMMOND... Michael E. Hammond has spent the better part of his career in government service. He has been a legislative counsel to Senators Bob Smith (R-NH), Gordon Humphrey (R-NH), Jesse Helms (R-NC), and Steve Symms (R-ID). He has served as Special Assistant and legislative assistant to Senator Harry Byrd (1-VA) and Senator James Buckley (R-NY) respectively in 1980. Mr. Hammond was a member of the Dept of Education transition team and the Dept of Justice transition team. From 1977-1989 he served as General Counsel to the United States US Senate Steering Committee. Mr. Hammond received his B.A. Magna Cum Laude from Washington University and J.D. from the New York University School of Law. He presently serves as a political consultant and writer as well as General Counsel for the Gun Owners of America.
#21: AARP HEADED FOR RETIREMENT?: Upstart Alternative Closing Fast in Just Two Years (Guest in EST):It’s fitting that when the GOP Presidential primary race has moved into the retirement haven of the Sunshine State, the first real alternative to AARP has released its membership numbers for the past two years.
And what a story these numbers tell.
The organization is the Association of Mature American Citizens (AMAC), and its founder, Daniel Weber, is available for interviews to explain precisely why it has seen a 600 percent membership growth in just 24 months—not just because it represents a new conservative answer to AARP, but because it already has a record of taking positive action on behalf of older Americans.
As a guest on your show, Weber can enthusiastically speak to any of the issues AMAC has tackled in the course of expanding from 40,000 to more than 250,000 members since 2010.
Highlights include that fact that AMAC has:
• Scheduled meetings with key legislators’ staffers from both the Senate and the House to formally propose a Social Security solution the experts have hailed as a “no brainer” • Started a petition to “Save Social Security Now” • Supported House Ways and Means committee hearings about how AARP stands to make hundreds of millions of dollars in royalties from their support of ObamaCare • Sent millions of letters/emails calling for the defunding of ObamaCare and its ultimate repeal • Spoken at the 9/11 Rally against building the Mosque at Ground Zero —and more
A guest on more than 120 radio shows last year alone, Weber is keyed up to continue the crusade in election year 2012.
Call Special Guests now to schedule an interview! And find out why the age-old AARP might be staring at a forced retirement, so to speak.
1. How does the Social Security IRA work? 2. Please explain why you say this is a voluntary individual retirement account, with employer contribution support—just like an IRA—but it is not an attempt to replace or “privatize” Social Security. 3. What kinds of contributions will participants have to make, and what kind of return can they expect? 4. What about the tax implications? 5. How will this plan stave off any need to raise the Social Security retirement age? 6. What kind of pushback do you think your plan might see? After all, President Bush moved for a private investment alternative to Social Security with very little success. How is your plan, or the context around it, different? 7. What can you tell us about AMAC’s issue with Social Security payments being taxed? Why do you think the issue has gone on for so long? 8. If this tax were abolished, how would it impact seniors? How might it impact the economy? 9. What is your overall opinion of the entitlement problem threatening our nation’s economic solvency as a whole? Is it the key to our deficit crisis? 10. What is AMAC’s view on Medicare, especially in light of the Democrat attempt to demagogue the Ryan Plan and, then, the Super Committee’s failure to produce a budget plan, which now means automatic cuts to Medicare by 2013? 11. What do you think are the odds the Congress will move on major tax reform? 12. What are your comments on the latest developments with respect to ObamaCare—from its seemingly direct course for the Supreme Court, to the new more unconventional challenges to its constitutionality coming from the likes of the growing Healthcare Compact Alliance? 13. What inspired you to start AMAC, and how is it different from AARP? 14. What do you think seniors really need from their government? 15. What do you think seniors really need from their member organizations? 16. What does the future hold for AMAC?
ABOUT YOUR GUEST, DANIEL WEBER:
Daniel C. Weber founded the Association of Mature American Citizens (AMAC) in the summer of 2007.
As a boy, Dan’s first job was delivering newspapers for Newsday, the Long Island, New York, newspaper. The third child of five in a family with a moderate income, Dan learned early that if he wanted something he had to earn it.
Blessed with good teachers from both Catholic and public schools, Weber learned about honesty, decency, fairness and what “work ethic” was all about.
At age 16, and without any start-up money, Dan started his first business with three friends. The landscaping business he and his friends created enabled him to buy his first car, demonstrating the results of good, hard work and determination.
Two days after graduating from high school, Dan enlisted in the United States Air Force, where he served for four years before being honorably discharged. During his service, he was named “Airman of the Month” among more than 5,000 other personnel serving on the base.
Mr. Weber owned and operated a successful family insurance business for more than 30 years before retiring to form AMAC—an organization similar to the AARP. Except, Weber has a different focus. In his opinion, the United States is going through a period of drastic change that is tearing down the traditional values of our country.
In Weber’s view, the very Constitution we were founded on is being disregarded. Each year the power of government increases while individual freedoms are threatened. High taxes are causing working families to suffer. As Weber puts it, “It seems an individual’s right to practice their religion is attacked, only to be replaced by a strange social order.”
A proud defender of free enterprise, Dan Weber feels we have the greatest economic system ever devised by man. Presently, he is working to retain our private health care system and prevent the government from turning it into socialized medicine.
Average, everyday, mature Americans have made their voices clear. Weber says, “They want to belong to an organization that will represent their best interest and I want to help them.” Dan Weber sees AMAC as a way to unite citizens to defend our American way of life. To enrich the lives of AMAC’s members, Weber is assembling a package of benefits for Americans 50 that they cannot get anywhere else.
#22: RESPONSE TO “OBAMNEY” STATE OF THE UNION ADDRESS: “Many conservatives will rightly be criticizing President Obama's State of the Union speech, but the inconvenient truth is that if Mitt Romney actually did a state of the union speech citing his record in Massachusetts and every political position he took prior to running for president, it would some remarkably similar to Obama's list of so-called ‘achievements.’ The speech was just another futile exercise in unmet expectations and failed leadership masquerading as hope and change,” (as would be a Romney Presidency.)
So says conservative nationally-syndicated radio host STEVE DEACE (DAYSS rhymes with Chase), who with best selling conservative author Gregg Jackson co-wrote the explosive new book “We Won't Get Fooled Again: Where the Christian Right Went Wrong and How to Make America Right Again.”
Stated Deace, "In Monday's Florida debate Mitt Romney told an egregious lie that he governed as a conservative in a liberal state. If Romney governed as a conservative in Massachusetts, I've got six pack abs."
Deace and Jackson's book chronicle in great detail Romney's liberal record in Massachusetts, and the even more tragic examples of so-called Christian and conservative leaders whitewashing that record in an effort to convince grassroots voters the liberal Romney is one of them.
From Romneycare, to raising taxes, to taxpayer-funded abortions, to the appointment of liberal judges, to gun control to the promotion of homosexuality -- the truth is Obama's State of the Union Speech and Governor Obamney's State of the State speeches would sound remarkably similar if an honest vetting of the record of each was being done.
"Until we get to the point that our movement stands for true truth and upholds the principles of the party platform regardless of how much money a candidate has, we're going to continue to get fooled again," Jackson said.
ABOUT YOUR GUEST, STEVE DEACE...
Steve Deace is the host of a nationally-syndicated radio program through Salem Radio Network for 3 hours every evening each weeknight. The show airs live in top 100 markets such as Atlanta, Salt Lake City, Charlotte, Richmond, Jacksonville, Raleigh-Durham, Greenville (SC), and Des Moines. Steve is also the former host at legendary 1040-WHO in Iowa where he had the highest rated afternoon drive show in the history of the station. Steve has been featured on Fox News, CBS, MSNBC, Hugh Hewitt, ABC News, and in National Review, The New York Times, The Washington Post, Politico, Time, Newsweek, WORLD Magazine, The Atlantic, Los Angeles Times, Minneapolis Star-Tribune, Pittsburgh Post-Gazette, Reuters, the Associated Press and The Atlanta Journal-Constitution. He s also written several columns for The Washington Times and World Net Daily and is a columnist for Townhall.com. Steve along with Gregg Jackson coauthored the book, “We Won’t Get Fooled Again: Where the Christian Right went Wrong and How to Make America Right Again.”
ABOUT GREGG JACKSON…
Gregg Jackson is the national bestselling author of Conservative Comebacks to Liberal Lies which has sold over 60,000 copies since its release in 2006. It was also a featured selection of the Conservative Book Club for more than a year.
Five years later, the book is still selling both in stores such as Barnes & Noble, online through Amazon.com, and digitally through Kindle, iBooks, Nook, Sony and Kobo. Jackson is a former talk radio host on WRKO in Boston and KDAR in Los Angeles. Gregg’s most recent book is “We Won’t Get Fooled Again: Where the Christian Right went Wrong and How to Make America Right Again,” coauthored with Steve Deace.
An accomplished orator, Jackson speaks to groups and on college campuses nationwide. Jackson has written articles for The Wall Street Journal, The Washington Times, Human Events, and Townhall.com. Gregg Jackson lives with his wife and son in Denver, CO.
ABOUT THE BOOK…
“We Won’t Get Fooled Again: Where the Christian Right went Wrong and How to Make America Right Again,” by Gregg Jackson and Steve Deace is an in-depth expose of the so-called Religious Right, the most reviled and feared voting bloc in the past 30 years of American politics.
However, despite all of the attacks and the acclaim, there is little evidence the movement actually has accomplished any of its objectives, which is why authors Gregg Jackson and Steve Deace sought out leaders in the movement to get their take on where the fight for righteousness in America went wrong.
TALKING POINTS ABOUT THE BOOK, “We Won’t Get Fooled Again: Where the Christian Right went Wrong and How to Make it Right Again,” by Gregg Jackson and Steve Deace
What is your book about? (premise/thesis) ”We Won’t Get Fooled Again” is an in-depth expose of the so-called Religious Right, the most reviled and feared voting bloc in the past 30 years of American politics. However, despite all of the attacks and the acclaim, there is little evidence the movement actually has accomplished any of its objectives, which is why Gregg and Steve sought out leaders in the movement to get their take on where the fight for righteousness in America went wrong.
What are the major reasons the conservative/Christian Right movement has failed? In the end, the movement failed to hold itself to the same Biblical standard it was attempting to impose on everyone else, and became so mired in compromise, hypocrisy, and a lack of accountability that it ended up becoming its own worst enemy.
Why did you write the book? Because both of us saw the need to expose a story that has only been talked about behind closed doors…and to hold ourselves to the same standard we hold liberals and Democrats with hopes that the next generation would learn from and not repeat the same mistakes of the past.
Why should people read your book? To gain a better understanding of why the Religious Right failed, what the consequences to the nation are for its failure (regardless of whether you share its views or not), why the principles the movement tried to stand for are still important, and how we can better stand for them in the future.
Define righteousness. Virtuous and moral behavior in accordance with God’s divinely revealed Natural Law, or "the Laws of Nature and of Nature's God" referred to in our Declaration of Independence.
Who is the target audience? Primarily self-identified conservatives and Christians. Secondarily, independently minded and left of center political junkies who are likely to find this never before told story of great interest.
What makes you uniquely qualified to write the book? Both authors have had significant exposure to and direct involvement with many of the conservative and Christian leaders, lawyers, pundits and politicians discussed in the book and spent 3 plus years interviewing many of them for this book.
What are the major objections/criticisms of your book you anticipate? “Just 2 divisive shock jocks,” “just 2 religious zealots who aspire to an unrealistic standard,”
How would you answer your critics? Readers should read the book with an open mind prior to rendering judgment and thoughtfully consider what those we interviewed for the book have to say and then come to their own conclusions. If you're a Christian, do the authors take a stance or suggest a strategy that is contrary to traditional Christian teaching? If you're not a Christian, then feel free to define your own moral standard as opposed to just opposing ours.
What are 5 examples from your book that support your thesis? Steve Baldwin (10 year exec director of CNP) claims he was purged because of his extensive efforts to educate and inform members about Romney’s far left wing record. Gary Glenn of the America Family Association goes into great detail of the attempts to stifle dissent within Religious Right circles for those who don't want to bow to the Republican Party establishment. Judge Roy Moore's story proves it wasn't just liberals opposed to the Ten Commandments, but the Bush Administration and its supporters within the Religious Right. Proof that the partial-birth abortion ban not only didn't save a single baby, but it actually provided a how-to manual for abortionists. Proof Ann Coulter and a whole host of leading “conservative” pundits knew about Romney’s far left wing record and chose to support him anyhow.
What is your conclusion? The past strategy of embracing the premise of nearly everything the American Left believes (e.g. God is not sovereign, the Bile doesn't apply to governance, man's law trumps God's law, etc.) and trying to defeat the Left on their terms incrementally and pragmatically has been a colossal failure, and the country is now more Leftist than it was before the Religious Right came to prominence.
Are you saying Christians shouldn’t participate in politics? Not at all. In fact, in our intro we say just the opposite as do many of the conservative and Christian leaders interviewed for the book, but that Christians should do so only in obedience to and accordance with God’s Word.
What is the #1 reason the “Right went wrong?” Christians tried to overcome evil with a slightly lesser, more sanitized form of evil -- and played God's game by man's rules.
How should Christians have voted in the last election? (Obama vs. McCain) Christians should have supported a candidate from the very beginning in the primary process who truly represented their core biblical values and beliefs instead of trying figure out who was most “electable.” Unprincipled “pragmatism” is anything but pragmatic. McCain was the result of Christians, and most notably their leaders, not doing so. The solution is more basic than McCain or Obama. The solution was using the primary process to make sure you don't face this choice, because it's no choice at all. Christians -- and thus the United States -- losses no matter who wins that election. Obama and McCain were really two feathers of the same bird…Ditto the modern day GOP and Democrat Party.
One of the co-authors of your book voted for Obama. How did doing so advance a conservative/Christian agenda? Steve was merely voting for the “lesser of two evils” to make a point to his radio audience about the silliness of moral pragmatism.
What are some things from your book that are going to really surprise your readers? Some of the comments from nationally recognized conservative and Christian leaders, lawyers and pundits which contradict their stated values and beliefs and at times out one another.
Is the book primarily about Romney? He seems to get more mentions than any other politician. No, not at all. It just so happens the 2008 election cycle was the tipping point that alerted the authors and many Christians to the long-standing problems in the movement, and thus Romney becomes a symbol of those issues since his candidacy was in the eye of the 2008 storm. He is merely symptomatic of a much larger problem within the conservative/Christian movement in America. Unless those systemic problems are addressed, there will just be more Romneys in the future.
When you talk about the conservative movement and the Christian Right, aren’t you referring to the same entity? Yes, and herein lies one of the problems. Christians are supposed to be distinct from the world, in it but not of it. We are not syncretize the Word of God with human philosophies or movements. Instead, we are to either overcome philosophies or movements that are not Christians or transform them. By making being a conservative the standard for righteousness, and not being a repentant and obedient follow of Christ the standard, the Christian Right unintentionally harmed the credibility of the Gospel by latching it onto a political system to gain position, as opposed to using its position in the political system to witness to the Gospel.
#23: OSCAR NOMINEES ANNOUNCED: How does Today’s Academy Compare to its Founders?: The 84th annual Academy Award for best picture goes to: “The Artist”!
Perhaps it is premature to coronate this film that virtually no one watched but the fix seemed to be in from the onset for this nostalgic film about Hollywood.
Less is certain regarding individual nominees Meryl Streep, George Clooney, Brad Pitt and Octavia Spencer, and best picture ‘also rans’ like "Moneyball" and "The Descendants.”
And with a the leading movie nominee being a film about old films and old Hollywood, a fair question might be: How does this film and other contenders selected by today’s Academy compare to those picked by founders of the Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences? Many of us know a lot about the films being nominated, but what do your viewers and listeners know about the Academy itself? Virtually nothing.
But that can change quickly. Enter “Bringing Up Oscar” author Debra Ann Pawlak, stage right. During your interview, Debra Ann enthralls your loyal audience with a fast paced intriguing history of the Academy Awards and the people behind it.
Here’s Ms. Pawlak’s statement on the history of Oscar:
“Eighty-five years ago, 33 men and three women who were at the top of their game in 1927 Hollywood met at Los Angeles’ Ambassador Hotel where they founded The Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences. A motley crew of individuals, the group included former cowpokes, Alaskan gold prospectors, vaudevillians and even one self-proclaimed amateur anesthesiologist.
“Despite their differences, however, they shared a common goal: to bring artistic validity to the new motion picture medium that they so carefully shaped. As a result, the founding of the Academy was a cornerstone in film history and helped make movies the preeminent art form of the Twentieth Century.
“Just who were these movers and shakers that changed movies forever? My book, ‘Bringing Up Oscar,’ reveals the untold story of these filmmaking pioneers who made up the rules as they went along in a dusty little town called Hollywood where dirt roads and pepper trees prevailed. In between Prohibition, several recessions and two World Wars, the business of filmmaking was rife with salacious murders, shameful drug scandals and outraged calls for censorship. Something had to be done so on Jan. 11, 1927 36 members of Hollywood’s elite came together at the behest of MGM chief Louis B. Mayer.
“From flamboyant director Cecil B. DeMille to America’s Sweetheart Mary Pickford each guest was more colorful than the last. And although they didn’t quite know it yet, these founders would soon give birth to a golden child who, in spite of approaching his 100th birthday, still remains Hollywood’s most wanted man—Oscar!”
ABOUT DEBRA ANN PAWLAK…
Debra Ann has been a movie lover ever since she can remember. Her professional writing career, however, didn’t begin until 2000.
Most recently, she combined the two with a book called Bringing Up Oscar, The Men and Women Who Founded the Academy about the 36 founders of the Academy of Motion Picture Arts & Sciences. It's now available in hardcover, paperback and ebook versions. Bringing Up Oscar was named runner-up in the non-fiction category of the 2011 Hollywood Book Festival and took first place in the History: Media/Entertainment category of the USA Best Books 2011 Awards.
In the past, Debra Ann was a regular contributor to two on-line entertainment magazines based in Los Angeles. Her articles were designed to entertain and teach the readers something they might not have known before. Debra Ann has profiled a variety of personalities, including French entertainer Mistinguet, legendary outlaw Belle Starr and Civil War hero Sarah Emma Edmonds who enlisted in the Union Army disguised as a man. In addition, She has covered intriguing events like the 1914 sinking of the Empress of Ireland in the St. Lawrence Seaway, the 1927 Bath School massacre in Michigan and the rum-running antics of Detroit’s own mobsters, The Purple Gang, during Prohibition.
Debra Ann has also written multiple Hollywood history articles about the fascinating world of film-making and the nearly forgotten personalities who, at one time, held the world spellbound. Among those early Hollywood figures were sexy Clara Bow who ushered in the Jazz Age, blacklisted funny man Fatty Arbuckle, who was accused of murder, as well as Tinseltown’s first super couple, Douglas Fairbanks, Sr. and his wife, Mary Pickford, who defined Hollywood royalty.
Debra Ann also authored a book, Farmington and Farmington Hills, for Arcadia Publishing’s ‘Making of America’ series. This book details the history of the two local cities and includes a multitude of pictures, some of which are over 100 years old. In addition, she has also contributed to Chicken Soup for the Mother and Daughter Soul, as well as, Chicken Soup for the Father and Daughter Soul. Debra Ann's work has also appeared in The Writer, Aviation History and Michigan History. She has written an in-depth profile on band leader and march king John Philip Sousa, which was released on CD by Allegro Music. Additionally, she has completed a children’s book profiling Bruce Lee, which was published in 2009.
Debra Ann Pawlak is represented by Peter Riva of International Transactions.
SUGGESTED INTERVIEW QUESTIONS:
1. How do today’s Oscar nominees compare to those selected by the Academy’s founders?
2. What was Hollywood like in those early days of filmmaking?
3. Where did the idea of forming the Academy originally come from?
4. How did these specific 36 men and women come to be Academy founders?
5. What were some of their occupations before they entered the film industry?
6. What did the Academy hope to accomplish?
7. What committees were formed?
8. How did they come up with Oscar?
9. What was the first Award ceremony like?
10. Who was the first Academy President? Vice President? Secretary? Treasurer?
11. Did any of the original founders go on to other major accomplishments?
12. Where can a person get a copy of your book, “Bringing Up Oscar”?
#24: OBAMA USES HORSE AND BUGGY LOOPHOLE TO SHRED CONSTITUTION with More Recess Appointments, By Phyllis Schlafly: Barack Obama’s latest unconstitutional action is his attempt to make four so-called recess appointments to high-level, well-paying jobs in the federal bureaucracy when the Senate was not in recess. He appointed three people to the National Labor Relations Board, plus Richard Cordray to head the newly created Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, even though the Senate had declined to confirm his nomination.
Article II gives the president power “by and with the advice and consent of the Senate” to appoint public officials and judges, and also “to fill up all vacancies that may happen during the recess of the Senate.” That provision was written to cover the long recesses that were common during the horse-and-buggy days and was certainly not written to enable the president to defy the Senate and appoint persons whom the Senate would not confirm!
Obama’s action is clearly an attempt to circumvent the U.S. Constitution because the Senate was not in recess when he made these appointments. According to the Constitution, the Senate could not have been in recess when the appointments were made because Article I of the Constitution states that neither House can “adjourn for more than three days without the consent” of the other House, and the House did not consent to a Senate recess.
It seems reasonable that the Senate should have the authority to say whether or not it is in recess. Apparently, President Obama wants to make that a presidential decision.
Obama claims he can call it a recess because the Senate is merely conducting pro forma sessions (i.e., having brief meetings and not doing anything important). In fact, the Senate did pass a bill on Dec. 23 during one of those brief sessions, and the president signed it into law, so it must have been important business.
Even if someone accepts Obama’s farfetched argument, that doesn’t put him in compliance with the constitutional requirement that the Senate cannot be in recess unless the House has agreed. And the House absolutely did not agree to a recess.
We have a law on the books that requires the attorney general to give the president legal advice on request. Funny thing, Obama won’t say whether or not he asked the Justice Department for advice about the constitutional issue before making controversial recess appointments.
The head of the Justice Department’s Office of Legal Counsel, Virginia Seitz, issued a statement, dated two days after the appointments were made, that presumes to OK the recess appointments. However, it did not refute the case against the legality of the appointments, and Sen. Chuck Grassley, R-Iowa, says this memo is “unconvincing.”
The four positions Obama filled with recess appointments are important and powerful jobs that should require Senate confirmation. Obama’s actions should be struck down by the courts as unconstitutional when presented with legal challenges, and Speaker John Boehner, R-Ohio, is considering whether the House should pursue its own legal action.
The National Federation of Independent Business, the National Right to Work Foundation and the Coalition for a Democratic Workplace have already filed a lawsuit challenging Obama’s so-called recess appointments. These organizations argue that the men illegally appointed by Obama should not be permitted to issue regulations or take other regulatory actions.
When we had Republican presidents, the Democrats were very solicitous to prevent them from abusing the power to make recess appointments. The late Sen. Edward Kennedy, D-Mass., filed an amicus brief in 2004 with the 11th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals opposing President George W. Bush’s appointment of Judge William Pryor Jr. to that court. Kennedy’s brief stated that the 10-day recess the Senate took for President’s Day was not a recess sufficient to qualify under the Recess Appointments Clause in the Constitution.
Mark Levin summed up the Obama administration when he told CNSNews, “I believe to a great extent we now live in a post-constitutional country, where much of the Constitution is ignored or evaded.” It’s no wonder Gallup reports that the majority of Americans believe our country is moving in the wrong direction.
ABOUT YOUR GUEST, PHYLLIS SCHLAFLY:
Phyllis Schlafly has been a national leader of the conservative movement since the publication of her best-selling 1964 book, A Choice Not An Echo. She has been a leader of the pro-family movement since 1972, when she started her national volunteer organization now called Eagle Forum. In a ten-year battle, Mrs. Schlafly led the pro-family movement to victory over the principal legislative goal of the radical feminists, called the Equal Rights Amendment. An articulate and successful opponent of the radical feminist movement, she appears in debate on college campuses more frequently than any other conservative. She was named one of the 100 most important women of the 20th century by the Ladies’ Home Journal.
Mrs. Schlafly’s monthly newsletter called The Phyllis Schlafly Report is now in its 41st year. Her syndicated column appears in 100 newspapers, her radio commentaries are heard daily on 460 stations, and her radio talk show on education called "Eagle Forum Live" is heard weekly on 45 stations. Both can be heard on the Internet.
Mrs. Schlafly is the author or editor of 20 books on subjects as varied as family and feminism (The Power of the Positive Woman and Feminist Fantasies), nuclear strategy (Strike From Space and Kissinger on the Couch), education (Child Abuse in the Classroom), child care (Who Will Rock the Cradle?), and phonics (First Reader and Turbo Reader). Her most recent book: The Supremacists: The Tyranny of Judges and How to Stop It.
Mrs. Schlafly is a lawyer and served as a member of the Commission on the Bicentennial of the U.S. Constitution, 1985-1991, appointed by President Reagan. She has testified before more than 50 Congressional and State Legislative committees on constitutional, national defense, and family issues.
Mrs. Schlafly is a Phi Beta Kappa graduate of Washington University, received her J.D. from Washington University Law School, and received her Master's in Political Science from Harvard University.
Phyllis Schlafly is America's best-known advocate of the dignity and honor that we as a society owe to the role of full-time homemaker. The mother of six children, she was the 1992 Illinois Mother of the Year.
#25: SUPREME COURT SCORES ONE FOR LIBERTY: 9–0: Police Cannot Use GPS Without a Warrant:Sometimes it is remarkable how the most serious and dramatic news stories remain buried under the latest gossip about Kim Kardashian or the season premier of American Idol.
It makes one wonder if anyone with his or her respective head in the pop culture sand knew how close we all were to losing our 4th Amendment rights.
Available for interviews to discuss, perhaps, the most important U.S. Supreme Court case in the modern digital age is Constitutionalist attorney Gary Kreep, President of the United States Justice Foundation (USJF), whose organization filed an amicus brief leading up to the hearing.
In the case, initiated by the FBI’s surveillance of D.C. nightclub owner Antoine Jones, the feds were seeking the Constitutional authority to use GPS technology to track suspects without first acquiring a warrant. In fact, the argument was to deploy GPS for the sake of creating the “probable cause” necessary to then get the warrant.
The feds were rejected by a unanimous 9–0 decision.
Kreep can explain why this is such a significant victory for Americans who love liberty, as he has been explaining since the very beginning last summer, “This (case) is especially important when it comes to the issue of political dissenters. Grant this authority, and what’s to stop the government from tracking someone whom they believe could be a threat to their policies?”
Find out more about the case, the bullet Americans dodged with the Supreme Court’s ruling and the potential for any other similar cases on the horizon.
Call Special Guests right away to book Gary Kreep for a supercharged interview.
THE FOLLOWING WASHINGTON POST ARTICLE MAY BE USEFUL FOR SHOW PREP:
VISIT THE UNITED STATES JUSTICE FOUNDATION AT: http://usjf.net
ABOUT YOUR GUEST, GARY KREEP:
A 1972 graduate of the University of California at San Diego with a Bachelor of Arts Degree in Economics, Mr. Kreep graduated from the University of San Diego School of Law in 1975 with a Juris Doctor. He passed the California State Bar Examination on his first try, and started practicing law in 1975.
He has been in private practice since that time, both as a sole practitioner and as the sole owner of a small law firm, employing as many as three attorneys and ten staff members. Mr. Kreep co-founded the UNITED STATES JUSTICE FOUNDATION (USJF) in 1979 with two other California attorneys. Since that time, he has served as the President and Executive Director of USJF.
In 1992, Mr. Kreep reduced his private practice to part-time status to work full-time for USJF. USJF is a nationwide, nonprofit, conservative, legal action foundation. Mr. Kreep co-founded the JUSTICE POLITICAL ACTION COMMITTEE (JPAC) in 1985 with two other conservative activists. He has served as President of JPAC since then. JPAC is a federal political action committee registered with the Federal Election Commission.
Mr. Kreep co-founded the CALIFORNIA JUSTICE POLITICAL ACTION COMMITTEE (CALJPAC) in 1996 with two other conservative activists.
Mr. Kreep currently serves as General Counsel to the Minuteman Civil Defense Corps, an unpaid position.
Political/Civic: Mr. Kreep served on the California Delegations to the 1976 and 1980 Republican National Conventions. He has been a member of a number of Republican organizations, including several California Republican Assembly Chapters. Mr. Kreep also served as appointed General Counsel to Region 16 of the Young Republican National Federation, and elected General Counsel to the California Young Republicans.
Mr. Kreep served for one year on the San Diego County, California PUBLIC WELFARE ADVISORY BOARD (PWAB). PWAB is an advisory board to the San Diego County Board of Supervisors concerning the San Diego County Department of Social Services. Mr. Kreep served for two years on the SAN DIEGO HUMAN RELATIONS COMMISSION (HRC). HRC is an advisory board to the San Diego City Council, charged with the task of enforcing the San Diego City non-discrimination ordinances, including its gay rights ordinance.
Mr. Kreep was a member from 1969 until 1984 of YOUNG AMERICANS FOR FREEDOM (YAF). He served as San Diego County Chairman, California State Vice-Chairman, California State Chairman, and a Member of the National Board of Directors of YAF. Mr. Kreep served in the BIG BROTHER Program for four years.
Legal: Mr. Kreep is admitted to practice before the United States Supreme Court, the United States Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals, the United States Federal Court for the Eastern District of California, the United States Federal Court for the Northern District of California, the United States Federal Court for the Central District of California, the United States Federal Court for the Southern District of California, and all state courts in California. He is also admitted to the United States Court of Appeals for the Eleventh Circuit and for the Sixth Circuit.
Published Articles/Radio and Television Appearances: Mr. Kreep has written a number of articles published by a variety of newspapers and other publications. This includes the San Diego Union Tribune, the Escondido Times Advocate, the North County Times, the Christian American, the Arizona Star, Media Bypass, and many more. Mr. Kreep regularly appears on a variety of radio and television programs. These include radio programs such as the ROGER HEDGECOCK SHOW, the WEISSBACH SHOW, ISSUES IN EDUCATION, the MASON WEAVER SHOW, the BOB NOONAN SHOW, the DUFFY SHOW, and the MICHAEL LAW SHOW.
Mr. Kreep regularly speaks at conferences. These include the annual CONSERVATIVE POLITICAL ACTION CONFERENCE (CPAC), the annual CONSTITUTIONAL COALITION CONVENTION, and the annual CHRISTIAN COALITION CONVENTION.
#26: THE PRESIDENTIAL CHASE WITH STEVE DEACE: Six Lessons from South Carolina: Interview political analyst/talk show host Steve Deace (DAYSS; rhymes with Chase) is available for interviews on the topic of his continuing series, “The Presidential Chase with Steve Deace.” Steve asks, “What lessons did we learn from the crucial South Carolina primary held over the weekend?” Steve’s analysis:
1. The results were a complete and total repudiation of the Republican Party establishment, and its proxy Mitt Romney. Grassroots conservatives despise the Republicrat establishment almost as much as they do President Obama and the Left, and in South Carolina that frustration was vented through Newt Gingrich’s resounding victory. Despite all the so-called “conservative” talking heads on television completely in the tank for Mitt Romney and the momentum Romney had coming off a decisive victory in New Hampshire, the only block of voters Romney won in South Carolina were wealthy voters who described themselves as “moderate” or “liberal.” Every type of conservative voter in South Carolina rejected Romney and the Republicrat establishment he represents in every one of the state’s congressional districts. Should the Republicrat establishment now do what those in the opinion elite are anticipating by pulling out all the stops to stop Newt Gingrich, they may just recreate the same backlash in Florida that went against them in South Carolina, because conservatives flat-out loathe their own party pooh-bahs. That potential backlash could be why Jeb Bush, considered the smartest of the Bush brothers, has chosen not to endorse Romney after all.
2. Newt Gingrich emerged as the “not Romney” candidate by becoming the champion conservatives have been waiting for. The biggest reason for the “flavor of the month” pattern that has played out throughout this primary process is because conservatives were looking for the candidate they thought they could trust to confront the ruling class and the media on their behalf. Gingrich’s willingness to fill that void on such a public stage in the debates at a time when his political future was at stake, sealed the deal with conservatives that he was the champion they’ve been waiting for.
3. Nikki Haley and Jim DeMint lack clout. South Carolina’s Sarah Palin-wannabe governor endorsed Romney just as he was soaring in New Hampshire, but not even the state’s alleged Tea Party princess could stop Romney from soundly losing the Tea Party vote on Saturday. DeMint endorsed Romney four years ago when Romney finished fourth, and didn’t endorse Romney this time, but several of his staffers did and DeMint has defended Romney from conservative criticism in the media for years. DeMint also publicly called on Gingrich to tone down his criticisms of Romney. Obviously, South Carolina conservatives think for themselves.
4. Some big-name Christian “leaders” lack clout. South Carolina is one of the most evangelical-heavy states on the primary calendar, and a slew of Christian “leaders” supposedly decided to coalesce behind Rick Santorum during a highly-publicized “confidential” meeting held in Texas the week before the Palmetto State primary. This coalescing resulted in Santorum losing the Catholic vote, and even worse inexplicably finishing behind Romney for third place among evangelical voters. If these leaders don’t have the clout (or capability or willingness) to lift Santorum back into the race in South Carolina, then they probably don’t anywhere.
5. Romney’s coronation is over. Not only is Romney’s inevitable path to the nomination no longer inevitable, but if he loses Florida on January 31st it’s difficult to envision a scenario in which he ends up with the 1144 delegates necessary to clinch the nomination prior to the convention. Heck, it’s tough to map out how Romney accomplishes that even if he wins Florida. Regardless, Romney is now facing the same must-win situation in Florida that Gingrich was facing in South Carolina. He’s been running for the presidency non-stop for five years, so given the fortune he’s invested in this already rest assured he will pull out every stop, grease any potential endorsee’s pal, and tell every lie it takes to win Florida.
6. Ron Paul is still a fringe candidate. After top three finishes in Iowa and New Hampshire, Paul took his neo-confederate philosophy of governance down south expecting a friendly reception. But without the influx of Democrat and independent voters we saw in the first two contests, Paul instead finished a distant fourth among the evangelicals and Tea Party voters that populate the bulk of the GOP base in South Carolina and most other places—which is why he finished fourth overall in the primary. South Carolina proved Paul is a fringe candidate that minus heavy doses of independents and Democrats invading the primary has little relevance in the broader GOP. In the future his successors (like his son Rand) will either need to prune his message to the best of his points and let the more libertarian stuff fall by the wayside, or go third party.
Steve coauthored the new book, “We Won’t Get Fooled Again: Where the Christian Right went Wrong and How to Make America Right Again.”
ABOUT YOUR GUEST, STEVE DEACE...
Steve Deace is the host of a nationally-syndicated radio program through Salem Radio Network for 3 hours every evening each weeknight. The show airs live in top 100 markets such as Atlanta, Salt Lake City, Charlotte, Richmond, Jacksonville, Raleigh-Durham, Greenville (SC), and Des Moines. Steve is also the former host at legendary 1040-WHO in Iowa where he had the highest rated afternoon drive show in the history of the station. Steve has been featured on Fox News, CBS, MSNBC, Hugh Hewitt, ABC News, and in National Review, The New York Times, The Washington Post, Politico, Time, Newsweek, WORLD Magazine, The Atlantic, Los Angeles Times, Minneapolis Star-Tribune, Pittsburgh Post-Gazette, Reuters, the Associated Press and The Atlanta Journal-Constitution. He s also written several columns for The Washington Times and World Net Daily and is a columnist for Townhall.com. Steve along with Gregg Jackson coauthored the book, “We Won’t Get Fooled Again: Where the Christian Right went Wrong and How to Make America Right Again.”
ABOUT GREGG JACKSON…
Gregg Jackson is the national bestselling author of Conservative Comebacks to Liberal Lies which has sold over 60,000 copies since its release in 2006. It was also a featured selection of the Conservative Book Club for more than a year. Five years later, the book is still selling both in stores such as Barnes & Noble, online through Amazon.com, and digitally through Kindle, iBooks, Nook, Sony and Kobo. Jackson is a former talk radio host on WRKO in Boston and KDAR in Los Angeles. Gregg’s most recent book is “We Won’t Get Fooled Again: Where the Christian Right went Wrong and How to Make America Right Again,” coauthored with Steve Deace. An accomplished orator, Jackson speaks to groups and on college campuses nationwide. Jackson has written articles for The Wall Street Journal, The Washington Times, Human Events, and Townhall.com. Gregg Jackson lives with his wife and son in Denver, CO.
ABOUT THE BOOK…
“We Won’t Get Fooled Again: Where the Christian Right went Wrong and How to Make America Right Again,” by Gregg Jackson and Steve Deace is an in-depth expose of the so-called Religious Right, the most reviled and feared voting bloc in the past 30 years of American politics.
However, despite all of the attacks and the acclaim, there is little evidence the movement actually has accomplished any of its objectives, which is why authors Gregg Jackson and Steve Deace sought out leaders in the movement to get their take on where the fight for righteousness in America went wrong.
TALKING POINTS ABOUT THE BOOK, “We Won’t Get Fooled Again: Where the Christian Right went Wrong and How to Make it Right Again,” by Gregg Jackson and Steve Deace
What is your book about? (premise/thesis) ”We Won’t Get Fooled Again” is an in-depth expose of the so-called Religious Right, the most reviled and feared voting bloc in the past 30 years of American politics. However, despite all of the attacks and the acclaim, there is little evidence the movement actually has accomplished any of its objectives, which is why Gregg and Steve sought out leaders in the movement to get their take on where the fight for righteousness in America went wrong.
What are the major reasons the conservative/Christian Right movement has failed? In the end, the movement failed to hold itself to the same Biblical standard it was attempting to impose on everyone else, and became so mired in compromise, hypocrisy, and a lack of accountability that it ended up becoming its own worst enemy.
Why did you write the book? Because both of us saw the need to expose a story that has only been talked about behind closed doors…and to hold ourselves to the same standard we hold liberals and Democrats with hopes that the next generation would learn from and not repeat the same mistakes of the past.
Why should people read your book? To gain a better understanding of why the Religious Right failed, what the consequences to the nation are for its failure (regardless of whether you share its views or not), why the principles the movement tried to stand for are still important, and how we can better stand for them in the future.
Define righteousness. Virtuous and moral behavior in accordance with God’s divinely revealed Natural Law, or "the Laws of Nature and of Nature's God" referred to in our Declaration of Independence.
Who is the target audience? Primarily self-identified conservatives and Christians. Secondarily, independently minded and left of center political junkies who are likely to find this never before told story of great interest.
What makes you uniquely qualified to write the book? Both authors have had significant exposure to and direct involvement with many of the conservative and Christian leaders, lawyers, pundits and politicians discussed in the book and spent 3 plus years interviewing many of them for this book.
What are the major objections/criticisms of your book you anticipate? “Just 2 divisive shock jocks,” “just 2 religious zealots who aspire to an unrealistic standard,”
How would you answer your critics? Readers should read the book with an open mind prior to rendering judgment and thoughtfully consider what those we interviewed for the book have to say and then come to their own conclusions. If you're a Christian, do the authors take a stance or suggest a strategy that is contrary to traditional Christian teaching? If you're not a Christian, then feel free to define your own moral standard as opposed to just opposing ours.
What are 5 examples from your book that support your thesis? Steve Baldwin (10 year exec director of CNP) claims he was purged because of his extensive efforts to educate and inform members about Romney’s far left wing record. Gary Glenn of the America Family Association goes into great detail of the attempts to stifle dissent within Religious Right circles for those who don't want to bow to the Republican Party establishment. Judge Roy Moore's story proves it wasn't just liberals opposed to the Ten Commandments, but the Bush Administration and its supporters within the Religious Right. Proof that the partial-birth abortion ban not only didn't save a single baby, but it actually provided a how-to manual for abortionists. Proof Ann Coulter and a whole host of leading “conservative” pundits knew about Romney’s far left wing record and chose to support him anyhow.
What is your conclusion? The past strategy of embracing the premise of nearly everything the American Left believes (e.g. God is not sovereign, the Bile doesn't apply to governance, man's law trumps God's law, etc.) and trying to defeat the Left on their terms incrementally and pragmatically has been a colossal failure, and the country is now more Leftist than it was before the Religious Right came to prominence.
Are you saying Christians shouldn’t participate in politics? Not at all. In fact, in our intro we say just the opposite as do many of the conservative and Christian leaders interviewed for the book, but that Christians should do so only in obedience to and accordance with God’s Word.
What is the #1 reason the “Right went wrong?” Christians tried to overcome evil with a slightly lesser, more sanitized form of evil -- and played God's game by man's rules.
How should Christians have voted in the last election? (Obama vs. McCain) Christians should have supported a candidate from the very beginning in the primary process who truly represented their core biblical values and beliefs instead of trying figure out who was most “electable.” Unprincipled “pragmatism” is anything but pragmatic. McCain was the result of Christians, and most notably their leaders, not doing so. The solution is more basic than McCain or Obama. The solution was using the primary process to make sure you don't face this choice, because it's no choice at all. Christians -- and thus the United States -- losses no matter who wins that election. Obama and McCain were really two feathers of the same bird…Ditto the modern day GOP and Democrat Party.
One of the co-authors of your book voted for Obama. How did doing so advance a conservative/Christian agenda? Steve was merely voting for the “lesser of two evils” to make a point to his radio audience about the silliness of moral pragmatism.
What are some things from your book that are going to really surprise your readers? Some of the comments from nationally recognized conservative and Christian leaders, lawyers and pundits which contradict their stated values and beliefs and at times out one another.
Is the book primarily about Romney? He seems to get more mentions than any other politician. No, not at all. It just so happens the 2008 election cycle was the tipping point that alerted the authors and many Christians to the long-standing problems in the movement, and thus Romney becomes a symbol of those issues since his candidacy was in the eye of the 2008 storm. He is merely symptomatic of a much larger problem within the conservative/Christian movement in America. Unless those systemic problems are addressed, there will just be more Romneys in the future.
When you talk about the conservative movement and the Christian Right, aren’t you referring to the same entity? Yes, and herein lies one of the problems. Christians are supposed to be distinct from the world, in it but not of it. We are not syncretize the Word of God with human philosophies or movements. Instead, we are to either overcome philosophies or movements that are not Christians or transform them. By making being a conservative the standard for righteousness, and not being a repentant and obedient follow of Christ the standard, the Christian Right unintentionally harmed the credibility of the Gospel by latching it onto a political system to gain position, as opposed to using its position in the political system to witness to the Gospel.
#27: WHY SALES PEOPLE FAIL IN THIS MODERN ERA: Let’s face it. There’s a little salesman in most of us. And even if there isn’t, the rest of us probably have some strong opinions about sales people!
Open up your phone lines and let your audience chime in with Dan Stalp, sales coach and trainer, to discuss any the turn-offs or turn-ons that come to mind when you mention the word, “Sales” or “Salesman.”
During your interview with Dan, he can offer suggestions ranging from how to ‘sell’ concepts to your spouse to how to earn a terrific living in a sales related profession.
And if you have something against salesmen, look no further than the mirror because all talk show hosts are salesmen in one way or another. So invite a kindred spirit to be your interview guest and you and your audience should be pleased as pink ‘buying’ what Dan has to share.
ABOUT DAN STALP…
Dan Stalp is a sales coach and trainer for Sandler Training – a proven, trademarked selling system. He has more than 22 years of experience in sales, coaching/training, management, and business ownership from the financial services and sales training industries.
He has been honored with several awards including the Citizen of the Year for TLC for Children, Kansas City Small Business Monthly “25 Under 25 Small Business Award”, the United Way “Unsung Hero Award”, Ingrams Magazine “40 Under 40 Award” .
Dan co-authored the book “The Reunion” about pursuing significance rather than success in your life.
He is married to Lisa since 1991 and they have four children between the ages of 18-11. Lisa is a clinical psychologist with the Rehabilitation Institute in Kansas City, Missouri.
Dan co-founded the award-winning employee benefits firm of Dessonville Boler Wood & Stalp in 1993. He remained with his firm until October of 2005, when he joined Sandler Training as Vice President.
Dan has been trained in the Sandler Training System since 1995 and knows first-hand the transformation it had on his attitudes, behaviors and selling skills with his prior business and now as a sales coach.
As an accomplished author, facilitator, and speaker, Dan has written numerous business and sales-related articles for business newspapers and magazines. He has spoken everywhere from Las Vegas to Philadelphia about sales, sales management and networking topics.
Dan co-hosted the radio program “Success in the Heartland” Tuesday mornings from 9 -10am on 1510 AM in Kansas City in 2008 and 2009.
Dan co-wrote the book entitled "The Reunion" in 2011. The book is a parable story about pursuing significance rather than success in your life.
ABOUT THE BOOK, “THE REUNION”:
“The Reunion” is a parable story about four classmates who return to their hometown for their 20-year high school reunion.
Over the next 10 years, two of the classmates pursue significance in their lives, while the other two continue to pursue more of what they already have.
Readers most drawn to “The Reunion” book are between the ages of 35-55 who are in the “half time” of their careers and have felt:
Trapped by their success rather than freed; Frustrated their success is never enough; Haunted by their life legacy to those closest to them.
To learn more visit: www.thereunionbook.us
SUGGESTED INTERVIEW QUESTIONS:
What is the best way to ‘sell’ your spouse or family member?
What are some areas of life that requires sales skills?
What does a sales coach/trainer do?
How did you get in this business?
Who hires you – a person, company or both?
What is the typical client for you?
What is the typical experience working with you?
How long do your clients work with you?
How do you get your business?
What are some industries you specialize in?
What is your favorite part of your role?
How did you get involved with writing a book?
What is your advice for someone writing a book?
Other Talking Points:
• Stop Chasing Poor Prospects too long instead of looking for new business. • Deal with prospects who want to "check the competition" before making a decision. • Increase close ratios and shorten sales cycles to impact your cash flow. • Avoid unpaid consulting wasting your valuable resources. • Don’t be a commodity. Learn how to be different than your competition.
#28: MUSLIM MAYHEM IN NIGERIA: Islamist Group Attacking Christians and Government:Just weeks after a shocking Christmas Day bomb attack on a Catholic church that killed or wounded nearly 100 people, Nigeria has erupted again in violence ignited by an aggressive Islamist group.
Available for interviews to shed light on this harsh, but widely under-reported, reality is Wendy Wright, a current board member with Christian Freedom International (CFI), a leading humanitarian organization focused on Christian persecution environments around the world.
The Islamist group, known as Boko Haram (meaning “Western education is sinful”), has risen and taken up a posture in the past eight years as a fundamental Muslim extremist organization bent on enacting Islamic sharia law across the country—and proactively assaulting anyone it perceives to stand in its way.
In character with the surge of Christian persecution across the Middle East and North Africa in recent years, Boko Haram began targeting Christians for elimination, but has most recently moved on to planned attacks against police and government institutions, including Friday’s bombings with a death count at 143 and climbing.
For an insightful look at the rise in disdain and venom towards—and, at times, cold, calculated extermination of—Christians worldwide, manifested in regions like this in Nigeria, call Special Guests to book Wendy Wright.
In addition to commenting on the latest developments in Nigeria, she can also speak to the Arab Spring / Christian Winter public awareness initiative her organization has undertaken, as well as tell her own accounts of fighting Christian persecution in Thailand and Burma last year.
INTERVIEW QUESTIONS FOR MS. WRIGHT MAY INCLUDE:
1. What do you know of the situation with Boko Haram in Nigeria? Has CFI done any work there in the years since that group became active in 2003? 2. How long has Nigeria been a hotbed for Christian persecution? 3. What other regions of the world are seeing this attempt by Islamist groups to drive Christians from existence? 4. Tell us more about CFI’s Christian Winter initiative. What are the strategic goals and tactical elements of the program? 5. What Christian persecution trend concerns you most right now, and why? 6. What do you fear might result from recent political victories by the Muslim Brotherhood in Egypt? 7. What is the latest on the exodus of Christians from Iraq? What are the numbers at this point, and do you believe any refugees might ever return? 8. Do you have any insight regarding Christian pastor Nadarkhani in Iran or any others on death row in other nations like Pakistan? 9. Tell us about your experiences in Thailand and Burma last year. 10. Tell us more about Christian Freedom International.
THE FOLLOWING ARTICLES MAY BE USEFUL FOR SHOW PREP:
Wendy Wright’s journey to follow Christ took her from Bible college, to jail, to invitations to the White House.
As a veteran pro-life advocate and former president of Concerned Women for America, she has trained grassroots activists, briefed congressional and international leaders, testified for pro-family legislation, and lobbied at the United Nations.
Her activism influenced landmark rulings on freedom of speech in the Supreme Court and several state courts. She spent 19 days in jail for declining to obey a judge’s order not to pray across the street from a Planned Parenthood abortion clinic.
A few years ago, Wendy also served as an interim Executive Director for the Catholic Family and Human Rights Institute (C-FAM) in New York, and was named among “The 100 Most Powerful Women of Washington” in 2006 by Washingtonian Magazine, and one of the “Top 10 People of 2010” by Inside the Vatican magazine.
She has been published or appeared in every major news outlet, including FOXNews, CNN, PBS, NPR, The New York Times, Washington Post, World magazine, Christianity Today, MSNBC, ABC, CBS and NBC.
#29: ROMNEY EXPERT CALLS SC LOSS DEVASTATING BUT NOT SURPRISING: Romney's loss in South Carolina, while not surprising, was devastating to the Romney campaign whether they want to admit it or not. That’s according to conservative bestselling author Gregg Jackson, who covered Mitt Romney on the radio on Boston powerhouse WRKO during Romney's administration and introduced Romney at the Conservative Political Action Conference in 2007.
Jackson, who authored the national best-seller, "Conservative Comebacks to Liberal Lies" and co-wrote the recently released "We Won't Get Fooled Again, Where the Christian Right Went Wrong and How to Make America Right Again" with Iowa-based nationally syndicated radio host, Steve Deace, explains that the reason that Romney can't break through with the Evangelical base of the GOP in spite of outspending all of his opponents combined 50-1 and campaigning for president for the past half decade is clear.
According to Jackson, "The grassroots of the GOP knows that Romney is not the pro-family, pro-life, small government conservative he and his supporters portray him to be." In short, says Jackson, "they know his actual record which includes his: • signing $50 abortions into law 3 years AFTER his supposed "pro-life conversion" • issuing marriage licenses to same-sex couples without a legally binding accommodating, enabling statute, falsely claiming the court forced him to. • forcing Catholic adoption agencies to give children to same sex couples even though he was not legally obligated to • forcing Catholic hospitals to issue chemical abortion pills, again, even though he was not legally obligated to • opposing bans on homosexual scout masters • supporting state level ENDA laws that would force religious organizations and churches to hire homosexuals and transvestites or be fined or go out of business • singing in the forerunner to Obamacare, Romneycare that was endorsed by Ted Kennedy, Hillary Clinton, Planned Parenthood and Barack Obama • raising taxes by a billion dollars which decimated the Massachusetts economy • opposing the Bush Tax Cuts which earned him praise from Barney Frank • supported McCain-Kennedy Amnesty, McCain-Lieberman "Cap and Trade" and McCain-Feingold
Jackson says Romney's relatively weak performances:
•finishing second in Iowa again •not able to garner 4 of 10 voters in his “home state” of liberal-leaning New Hampshire •coming in second in South Carolina without being able to get 3 out of 10 to support him
also prove that the northeast Country Club Rockefeller Republican establishment who support Romney (Ann Coulter, John McCain, Bush 41, Chris Christee, Mark DeMoss, Karl Rove, Laura Ingraham, Jay Sekulow, Sean Hannity etc…) are totally out of touch with and not representative of the Evangelical/Catholic “values voters” who comprise the grassroots base of the GOP who time and time again have rejected uber-liberal Massachusetts liberal Romney.
Jackson concludes, "Romney has proven over and over again that he cannot attract the conservative Christian base. And one thing history has proven is that it is almost impossible to win without your base as 1976, 1992, 1996, and 2008 have all demonstrated. If Romney and the establishment elites who claim that their #1 goal is defeating Obama are serious, Romney should drop out immediately and endorse the most authentically conservative candidate still in the race who is Newt Gingrich."
ABOUT GREGG JACKSON…
Gregg Jackson is the national bestselling author of Conservative Comebacks to Liberal Lies which has sold over 60,000 copies since its release in 2006. It was also a featured selection of the Conservative Book Club for more than a year.
Five years later, the book is still selling both in stores such as Barnes & Noble, online through Amazon.com, and digitally through Kindle, iBooks, Nook, Sony and Kobo. Jackson is a former talk radio host on WRKO in Boston and KDAR in Los Angeles.
Gregg’s most recent book is "We Won't Get Fooled Again, Where the Christian Right Went Wrong and How to Make America Right Again," coauthored with Steve Deace.
An accomplished orator, Jackson speaks to groups and on college campuses nationwide. Jackson has written articles for The Wall Street Journal, The Washington Times, Human Events, and Townhall.com.
Gregg Jackson lives with his wife and son in Denver, CO.
ABOUT STEVE DEACE…
Steve Deace hosts a nationally syndicated radio program on Salem Radio Network for three hours each weeknight. The show airs live in the top 100 markets such as Atlanta, Salt Lake City, Charlotte, Richmond, Jacksonville, Raleigh-Durham, Greenville (SC), and Des Moines.
Deace is also the former host at legendary 1040-WHO in Iowa where he had the highest rated afternoon drive show in the history of the station.
Steve is co-author of the just released book, "We Won't Get Fooled Again, Where the Christian Right Went Wrong and How to Make America Right Again."
Steve has been featured on Fox News, CBS, MSNBC, Hugh Hewitt, ABC News, National Review, The New York Times, The Washington Post, Politico, Time, Newsweek, WORLD Magazine, The Atlantic, Los Angeles Times, Minneapolis Star-Tribune, Pittsburgh Post-Gazette, Reuters, the Associated Press and The Atlanta Journal-Constitution.
Having written several columns for The Washington Times and World Net Daily, Steve is also currently a columnist for Townhall.com.
Steve lives in Des Moines, IA with his wife and children.
ABOUT THE BOOK…
“We Won’t Get Fooled Again: Where the Fight for Righteousness in America Went Wrong and How to Make it Right Again” by Gregg Jackson and Steve Deace
”We Won’t Get Fooled Again” is an in-depth expose of the so-called Religious Right, the most reviled and feared voting bloc in the past 30 years of American politics. However, despite all of the attacks and the acclaim, there is little evidence the movement actually has accomplished any of its objectives, which is why Gregg and Steve sought out leaders in the movement to get their take on where the fight for righteousness in America went wrong.
POSSIBLE INTERVIEW QUESTIONS:
What are the major reasons the conservative/Christian Right movement has failed? “In the end, the movement failed to hold itself to the same Biblical standard it was attempting to impose on everyone else, and became so mired in compromise, hypocrisy, and a lack of accountability that it ended up becoming its own worst enemy.”
Why did you write the book? “Because both of us saw the need to expose a story that has only been talked about behind closed doors…and to hold ourselves to the same standard we hold liberals and Democrats with hopes that the next generation would learn from and not repeat the same mistakes of the past.”
Why should people read your book? “To gain a better understanding of why the Religious Right failed, what the consequences to the nation are for its failure (regardless of whether you share its views or not), why the principles the movement tried to stand for are still important, and how we can better stand for them in the future.”
Define righteousness. “Virtuous and moral behavior in accordance with God’s divinely revealed Natural Law, or "the Laws of Nature and of Nature's God" referred to in our Declaration of Independence.”
Who is the target audience? “Primarily self-identified conservatives and Christians. Secondarily, independently minded and left of center political junkies who are likely to find this never before told story of great interest.”
What makes you uniquely qualified to write the book? Both authors have had significant exposure to and direct involvement with many of the conservative and Christian leaders, lawyers, pundits and politicians discussed in the book and spent 3 plus years interviewing many of them for this book.
What are the major objections/criticisms of your book you anticipate? “Just 2 divisive shock jocks, just 2 religious zealots who aspire to an unrealistic standard.”
How would you answer your critics? “Readers should read the book with an open mind prior to rendering judgment and thoughtfully consider what those we interviewed for the book have to say and then come to their own conclusions. If you're a Christian, do the authors take a stance or suggest a strategy that is contrary to traditional Christian teaching? If you're not a Christian, then feel free to define your own moral standard as opposed to just opposing ours.”
What are 5 examples from your book that support your thesis? “Steve Baldwin (10 year exec director of the secretive conservative group, The Counsel on National Policy (CNP), claims he was purged because of his extensive efforts to educate and inform members about Romney’s far left wing record. Gary Glenn of the America Family Association goes into great detail of the attempts to stifle dissent within Religious Right circles for those who don't want to bow to the Republican Party establishment. Judge Roy Moore's story proves it wasn't just liberals opposed to the Ten Commandments, but the Bush Administration and its supporters within the Religious Right. Proof that the partial-birth abortion ban not only didn't save a single baby, but it actually provided a how-to manual for abortionists. Proof Ann Coulter and a whole host of leading ‘conservative’ pundits knew about Romney’s far left wing record and chose to support him anyhow.”
What is your conclusion? “The past strategy of embracing the premise of nearly everything the American Left believes (e.g. God is not sovereign, the Bile doesn't apply to governance, man's law trumps God's law, etc.) and trying to defeat the Left on their terms incrementally and pragmatically has been a colossal failure, and the country is now more Leftist than it was before the Religious Right came to prominence.”
Are you saying Christians shouldn’t participate in politics? “Not at all. In fact, in our intro we say just the opposite as do many of the conservative and Christian leaders interviewed for the book, but that Christians should do so only in obedience to and accordance with God’s Word.”
What is the #1 reason the “Right went wrong?” “Christians tried to overcome evil with a slightly lesser, more sanitized form of evil -- and played God's game by man's rules.”
How should Christians have voted in the last election? (Obama vs. McCain) “Christians should have supported a candidate from the very beginning in the primary process who truly represented their core biblical values and beliefs instead of trying figure out who was most ‘electable.’ Unprincipled ‘pragmatism’ is anything but pragmatic. McCain was the result of Christians, and most notably their leaders, not doing so. The solution is more basic than McCain or Obama. The solution was using the primary process to make sure you don't face this choice, because it's no choice at all. Christians -- and thus the United States -- losses no matter who wins that election. Obama and McCain were really two feathers of the same bird…Ditto the modern day GOP and Democrat Party.”
One of the co-authors of your book voted for Obama. How did doing so advance a conservative/Christian agenda? “Steve was merely voting for the “lesser of two evils” to make a point to his radio audience about the silliness of moral pragmatism.”
What are some things from your book that are going to really surprise your readers? “Some of the comments from nationally recognized conservative and Christian leaders, lawyers and pundits which contradict their stated values and beliefs and at times out one another.”
Is the book primarily about Romney? He seems to get more mentions than any other politician. “No, not at all. It just so happens the 2008 election cycle was the tipping point that alerted the authors and many Christians to the long-standing problems in the movement, and thus Romney becomes a symbol of those issues since his candidacy was in the eye of the 2008 storm. He is merely symptomatic of a much larger problem within the conservative/Christian movement in America. Unless those systemic problems are addressed, there will just be more Romneys in the future.”
When you talk about the conservative movement and the Christian Right, aren’t you referring to the same entity? “Yes, and herein lies one of the problems. Christians are supposed to be distinct from the world, in it but not of it. We are not to syncretize the Word of God with human philosophies or movements. Instead, we are to either overcome philosophies or movements that are not Christians or transform them. By making being a conservative the standard for righteousness, and not being a repentant and obedient follow of Christ the standard, the Christian Right unintentionally harmed the credibility of the Gospel by latching it onto a political system to gain position, as opposed to using its position in the political system to witness to the Gospel.”
#30: OBAMA OFF THE 2012 BALLOT IN GA? Court to Hear Formal Case Challenging His Eligibility: With a legal team not sold thus far on Barack Obama’s attempts to quiet the “Birther” question and a state that is a real stickler for upholding its laws in regard to whom it will officially nominate for the President, Barack Obama may find himself in an unusual position come March.
From where Gary Kreep, president of the United States Justice Foundation (USJF), stands, it’s about time.
On January 26, 2012, a state court in Georgia is scheduled to conduct an impartial hearing on a case filed against Obama’s natural-born-citizen eligibility for President according to Georgia state law. …This after the judge rejected a motion for dismissal put forth by attorneys for the White House.
As a result, the incumbent President running for reelection might not appear on the ballot in the Georgia primary. How can this happen? Could this be the first of other states to hear similar cases before their primaries? If court decisions begin to trend towards disqualifying Obama, what does that mean for his current status as President and his chances of being elected for four more years come November?
Get the answers to these questions and many more by calling Special Guests to book Gary Kreep on your show. While Mr. Kreep is not involved as an attorney in the Georgia eligibility litigation, he is involved in similar cases around the country. Gary’s own journey to legally challenge Obama’s eligibility on a federal level began when, on behalf of his clients, Ambassador Alan Keyes, Wiley S. Drake and Markham Robinson, he filed suit in the California state court system at the 2008 election, as well as in the federal system. …And his cases are still working their way through the process.
VISIT THE UNITED STATES JUSTICE FOUNDATION AT: http://usjf.net
SUGGESTED QUESTIONS FOR MR. KREEP:
1. Why is the issue of Barack Obama’s birth certificate and U.S. citizenship as a prerequisite for Presidential eligibility still worth our time? Aren’t there more important issues to address? 2. What do you know about Obama’s place of birth and the factors that determine if he is, indeed, a U.S. citizen? 3. Tell us more about your odds of getting your case before the Supreme Court? 4. Why do you think the SCOTUS has been disinterested in tackling this issue to this point? 5. Is the Supreme Court typically the ultimate authority on issues of a candidate’s political ineligibility? Has it ever ruled on a case like this before in our history? 6. What happens if Obama is found to be ineligible? Can he actually be removed from office? 7. What about the birth certificate he produced? Why does it have many experts questioning its authenticity? 8. Tell us more about the USJF? What is it and what does it do?
ABOUT YOUR GUEST, GARY KREEP:
A 1972 graduate of the University of California at San Diego with a Bachelor of Arts Degree in Economics, Mr. Kreep graduated from the University of San Diego School of Law in 1975 with a Juris Doctor. He passed the California State Bar Examination on his first try, and started practicing law in 1975.
He has been in private practice since that time, both as a sole practitioner and as the sole owner of a small law firm, employing as many as three attorneys and ten staff members. Mr. Kreep co-founded the UNITED STATES JUSTICE FOUNDATION (USJF) in 1979 with two other California attorneys. Since that time, he has served as the President and Executive Director of USJF.
In 1992, Mr. Kreep reduced his private practice to part-time status to work full-time for USJF. USJF is a nationwide, nonprofit, conservative, legal action foundation. Mr. Kreep co-founded the JUSTICE POLITICAL ACTION COMMITTEE (JPAC) in 1985 with two other conservative activists. He has served as President of JPAC since then. JPAC is a federal political action committee registered with the Federal Election Commission.
Mr. Kreep co-founded the CALIFORNIA JUSTICE POLITICAL ACTION COMMITTEE (CALJPAC) in 1996 with two other conservative activists. He has served as President of CALJPAC since then. CALJPAC is a California political action committee registered with the California FPPC.
Mr. Kreep co-founded the FAMILY VALUES COALITION in 1998 with two other conservative activists. He has served as President of FVC since then. FVC is a nonprofit California corporation organized under IRC 501 (c)(4).
Mr. Kreep currently serves as General Counsel to the Minuteman Civil Defense Corps, an unpaid position.
Political/Civic: Mr. Kreep served on the California Delegations to the 1976 and 1980 Republican National Conventions. He has been a member of a number of Republican organizations, including several California Republican Assembly Chapters. Mr. Kreep also served as elected General Counsel to Region 16 of the Young Republican National Foundation, and General Counsel to the California Young Republicans.
Mr. Kreep served for one year on the San Diego County, California PUBLIC WELFARE ADVISORY BOARD (PWAB). PWAB is an advisory board to the San Diego County Board of Supervisors concerning the San Diego County Department of Social Services. Mr. Kreep served for two years on the SAN DIEGO HUMAN RELATIONS COMMISSION (HRC). HRC is an advisory board to the San Diego City Council, charged with the task of enforcing the San Diego City non-discrimination ordinances, including its gay rights ordinance.
Mr. Kreep was a member from 1969 until 1984 of YOUNG AMERICANS FOR FREEDOM (YAF). He served as San Diego County Chairman, California State Vice-Chairman, California State Chairman, and a Member of the National Board of Directors of YAF. Mr. Kreep served in the BIG BROTHER Program for four years.
Legal: Mr. Kreep is admitted to practice before the United States Supreme Court, the United States Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals, the United States Federal Court for the Eastern District of California, the United States Federal Court for the Northern District of California, the United States Federal Court for the Central District of California, the United States Federal Court for the Southern District of California, and all state courts in California. He is also admitted to the United States Court of Appeals for the Eleventh Circuit and for the Sixth Circuit.
Published Articles/Radio and Television Appearances: Mr. Kreep has written a number of articles published by a variety of newspapers and other publications. This includes the San Diego Union Tribune, the Escondido Times Advocate, the North County Times, the Christian American, the Arizona Star, Media Bypass, and many more. Mr. Kreep regularly appears on a variety of radio and television programs. These include radio programs such as the ROGER HEDGECOCK SHOW, the WEISSBACH SHOW, ISSUES IN EDUCATION, the MASON WEAVER SHOW, the BOB NOONAN SHOW, the DUFFY SHOW, and the MICHAEL LAW SHOW.
Mr. Kreep regularly speaks at conferences. These include the annual CONSERVATIVE POLITICAL ACTION CONFERENCE (CPAC), the annual CONSTITUTIONAL COALITION CONVENTION, and the annual CHRISTIAN COALITION CONVENTION.
#31: NEWT TO MUSLIMS: Sharia Law Not Welcome in the GOP Tent: While speaking to potential voters in South Carolina, former Speaker Newt Gingrich said that he could not support a Muslim candidate for public office who doesn’t disavow Sharia (Islamic Law). Was Gingrich being intolerant by making it clear that Sharia law is not welcome in the GOP tent? Was he revealing a bigoted side that would make him unfit to be president?
Not according to political commentator David Rubin, the former Mayor of Shiloh in Israel. Mayor Rubin has rushed to Gingrich’s defense, declaring that “Sharia is by definition intolerant and anti-American”. Rubin goes on to say that “Islamic Law subjugates women by sanctioning wife-beating sexual abuse. It also supports terrorism by its abundant praise of Jihad, or holy war against all non-Muslims. Speaker Gingrich has once again shown boldness in speaking out on the difficult, but critical issues facing Western Civilization, issues that most Americans aren’t even aware of.”
David Rubin, speaking from the front lines in Israel, is the author of the groundbreaking new book, The Islamic Tsunami (Israel and America in the Age of Obama). He is the former Mayor of Shiloh, Israel and the Founder and President of Shiloh Israel Children's Fund, established after he and his three-year-old son were wounded in a vicious terrorist attack. As an American-Israeli who has been living in Israel for twenty years, he sees the current events and their ramifications from a unique perspective and explains them clearly to your audience.
OPTIONAL INTERVIEW QUESTIONS:
1. What exactly did Speaker Gingrich say about Muslim candidates?
2. Wasn’t it an intolerant, perhaps even bigoted statement about public servants who happen to be Muslim?
3. Why is Gingrich so concerned about Sharia?
4. What is Sharia?
5. I can understand people in the Middle East being concerned, but why should it bother any Americans if the Islamic-Americans aren’t hurting anybody?
6. Gingrich has called for a Federal ban on Sharia. Isn’t it against freedom of worship to limit the rights of Muslims to practice their religion through observance of Islamic Law?
7. Have any of the other candidates spoken out about this issue?
8. Shifting gears, has there been any talk in Israel about the various GOP candidates?
9. What is the talk in Israel about the Iranian rush to develop a nuclear bomb?
10. Do Israelis believe that a war is coming to the Middle East?
ABOUT YOUR GUEST, DAVID RUBIN:
David Rubin is the former mayor of Shiloh, Israel—in the region of Samaria, known to much of the world as the West Bank. He is the founder and president of Shiloh Israel Children’s Fund—dedicated to easing the trauma of children who have been victims of terrorist attacks, as well as rebuilding the Biblical heartland of Israel. The Fund was established after Rubin and his three-year-old son were wounded in a vicious terrorist attack while driving home from Jerusalem. He vowed to retaliate—not with hatred or anger, but with compassion—in order to affect positive change for Israel and its people.
BOOK: “THE ISLAMIC TSUNAMI: Israel and America in the Age of Obama”
David is the author of the groundbreaking new book, The Islamic Tsunami: Israel and America in the Age of Obama, which exposes the attempts of the Islamic ideologues to destroy Judeo-Christian civilization. He illustrates the deep roots and the Biblical basis of the Israel–United States alliance and shows how those two countries are the only force on Earth that can realistically stop the Islamic Tsunami. He also demonstrates how Barack Obama typifies the collusion between Islam and the secular Left in the attempts to fundamentally change America and steer it away from its roots.
Rubin’s previous book, God, Israel, and Shiloh: Returning to the Land, recounts the struggles and the triumphs of Israel’s complex history. He also illustrates the inspiring journey of the people of Israel returning to their Biblical heartland, with all of the difficult challenges that they have faced. A featured speaker throughout the United States and in Israel, David Rubin has appeared on national and international radio and television programs.
Born and raised in Brooklyn, New York, Rubin currently resides in Israel with his wife and children on a hilltop overlooking the site of Ancient Shiloh. This is the hallowed ground where the Tabernacle stood for 369 years in the time of Joshua, Hannah and Samuel the Prophet.
#32: 39 YEARS OF "LEGALIZED" ABORTION IN AMERICA: Jan. 22, 2011 marks dubious anniversary:
The year 2012 brings many things to mind ranging from U.S. Presidential elections to the Mayan calendar ending.
But one dubious landmark for this year is it is the 39th anniversary of the infamous January 22, 1973 Supreme Court decision paving the way for more than 50 million abortions in the United States of America.
Often when a woman turns 39 years old, she jokingly never admits to being any older, thus the term: “39 and holding,” which she uses for the rest of her life.
Life? Did someone say life? For 50 million people, including about 25 million very young women, there was no life outside of the womb.
Available to be your Talk Show interview guest on the topic of Right to Life is Chris Slattery, founder of Expectant Mother Care FrontLine Pregnancy Centers, the crisis pregnancy centers on the East Coast.
During your interview Chris shares how he believes there have been more pro-life gains in the past few months than in many prior years combined.
Chris Slattery founded Expectant Mother Care, also known as EMC FrontLine Pregnancy Centers, in 1985 in Manhattan. EMC has grown to 15 office locations in six counties, including Westchester, Manhattan, Brooklyn, Queens, the Bronx, and Hudson County NJ.
Chris was honored with the “Champion for Life” award, a pro-life tribute, from John Cardinal O’Connor, and had the privilege of being the Confirmation sponsor of the famous Dr. Bernard Nathanson, the producer of the acclaimed videos, The Silent Scream and Eclipse of Reason.
Chris opened NYC’s first full-time crisis pregnancy center locations, and quickly implemented on-site clinic care with ultrasound and full pre-natal care programs, 25 years ago. He did this to supplement the main work of crisis pregnancy counseling. EMC’s counselors have served more 100,000 girls and women since they opened, and have saved more than 38,000 women and their babies from a certain abortion in that time. Thousands have turned to abstinent lifestyles as well. They provide one-on-one friendly counseling and, in many locations, on-site ultrasounds and medical care, in addition to referrals for adoption, housing and legal aid, and material supplies for mothers and babies.
Chris has been sued by two NY State Attorney Generals, Robert Abrahms and Elliott Spitzer, the former Governor (D) of NY, as well as by numerous abortion mills.
He also recently won a quick settlement of suit filed against a major NY abortion mill chain for their deceptive advertising in the Yellow Pages.
Chris has been a pro-life leader for more than 25 years—organizing Operation Rescue in NYC, prayer vigils, protests at Planned Parenthood conferences, board meetings and abortion sites, Marches, Life Chains, Truth Tours, training sessions, conferences, press conferences, and lawsuits against his opponents.
Chris has granted hundreds of TV, radio and print media interviews with local, national and international media in the past 20 years.
#33: PALESTINIAN PROVOCATION— Islamic Leader: Muslims’ Destiny Is to Destroy Israel (Guest in EST):In September, the Palestinian Authority (PA) made a spiteful snub at peace talks with Israel by trying to achieve statehood recognition in the United Nations—a maneuver that few experts saw as constructive.
The tactic failed, as the PA fell nine votes short in the UN, but James Hutchens, President of the JerUSAlem Connection and an expert on Israeli–Arab relations, warns there is still plenty of cause for concern.
Hardly slouching in defeat and, instead, becoming more stubborn, PA leader Mahmoud Abbas is regrouping, waiting for a rotation of several countries on the UN Security Council, still considering a bid for a recognition in the UN General Assembly and, reports say, reaching out to Hamas to forge a threatening ultimatum toward Israel for concessions.
And, in the midst of it all, it is the activity on the ground in the region that has those like Hutchens feeling unnerved the most—as, recently, the PA’s foremost religious leader, Mufti Muhammad Hussein (pictured), made a disturbing public reference to the Muslim Hadith. After declaring that the “Muslims’ destiny is to destroy Israel,” he said:
“The Hour [of Resurrection] will not come until you fight the Jews. The Jew will hide behind stones or trees. Then the stones or trees will call: ‘Oh Muslim, servant of Allah, there is a Jew behind me, come and kill him’.”
“I would suggest to you that that is nothing less than a demonically conceived effort to bring about genocide,” says Hutchens. “The Israelis have heard this kind of thing before. But unfortunately it has been dismissed as a dysfunctional enabling of a deranged religion. But it’s more than that. It’s an incitement to genocide. …It’s criminally justified. And if we allow this to go ahead without any response, we become accessories to that crime.”
Hear more of Hutchens’ reaction to this pronouncement by a PA religious leader, and get answers to the following questions and more by calling Special Guests to arrange an interview.
QUESTIONS FOR HUTCHENS MIGHT INCLUDE:
1. What’s next? Where will the PA go from here, and how should the West respond? 2. Will Abbas carry forward with another UN vote attempt? 3. Is Abbas’ move to partner with Hamas a bluff? 4. What kind of collective Palestinian action might we see following the Mufti’s comments? 5. Why has the media not given this much attention? 6. Given the volatility of the region and the transformation in the wake of the Arab Spring, what do you see on the horizon for the Middle East in 2012? 7. Do you have any comments on the latest developments in Iran with regard to its alleged move to attain a nuclear weapon? 8. Tell us more about your organization, The JerUSAlem Connection.
THE FOLLOWING ARTICLE MAY BE USEFUL FOR SHOW PREP:
HOSTS, PLEASE ALLOW THE REVEREND AN OPPORTUNITY TO PROMOTE HIS ORGANIZATION’S WEBSITE DURING YOUR SHOW.
ABOUT REV. HUTCHENS, PhD:
James M. Hutchens is President of The JerUSAlem Connection, International and editor of the foremost Christian Zionist online magazine in America, The JerUSAlem Connection Report. www.thejerusalemconnectionreport.us. This is the go-to site for all things Israel viewed from a Biblical standpoint.
Dr. Hutchens is on a mission to keep God’s purposes for Israel and the Jewish people a continuing, visible issue for all to engage. He is on the forward edge in the battle area of informing, educating and activating America’s Christian community on issues related to Israel from a Biblical perspective.
From his military experience, Dr. Hutchens is well acquainted with the concept of “Mission.” He came to faith in Christ as an enlisted paratrooper under the ministry of his unit chaplain. After college and seminary, he returned to the Army as a chaplain
Dr. Hutchens was decorated for personal bravery in Viet Nam, including the Purple Heart, as the first chaplain wounded in Viet Nam. He served with the famous 173rd Airborne Brigade, and later with the celebrated “Green Berets.” Dr. Hutchens retired from active duty in 1994 with the rank of Brigadier General. His personal account of service in Viet Nam, “Beyond Combat,” tells of his experience as a combat chaplain in Viet Nam.
Dr. Hutchens was ordained to the ministry in 1962 and has served, concurrent with his chaplain duties, as a church planter and senior pastor for over 24 years. His wife, Patty, is an exhibiting artist and professor at the Corcoran School of Art in Washington, D.C. and the Northern Virginia Community College system. The Hutchens have three married children and twelve grand children. The Hutchens tell their fascinating story of a life-long love for Israel in their book “Guilty: Keeping God’s Covenant of Love with Israel.” The “General” now brings his military leadership skills and pastoral devotion to duty to accomplish the mission of The JeruUSAlem Connection International. (TJCI)
TJCI serves as an advocate for Christian Zionism. It stands as one with Christians worldwide who are in agreement with what God’s Word says about Israel. As Christian Zionists, TJCI supports the modern State of Israel as the partial fulfillment of God’s covenant promise to provide a national homeland of the Jewish people. Through its Operation Aliyah, TJCI has helped bring more than 80,000 Jews out of the former Soviet Union back to Israel. Dr. Hutchens, and the TJCI team, believe God’s future focus will be on the 6.2 million Jews in the Americas. TJCI’s Elisha Fund brings food, shelter and medicine to countless impoverished and needy Israelis – its Operation Life for Israel provides aid and comfort to victims of terror and supports sanctity of human life endeavors throughout Israel. Taking bombed out Bus # 19 from Israel around the USA helped to confront the anti-Semitism of Islamic Jihadist terrorism. For further information on these programs please go to our “Projects” page.
Rather than “replacing” or “superseding” Israel and the Jews as the covenant people of God, Dr. Hutchens sees Christians as having been “engrafted” into the family of God and thus joint-heirs of the covenant promises of God. He believes TJCI is called to restore an appreciation of the Hebrew roots of Christianity. He seeks to encourage all believers to wait with expectation “for the blessed hope and glorious appearing of our great God and Savior, Jesus Christ.” These projects and purposes are carried out with an attitude of extending mercy because of the mercy we have received in Christ. [Romans 11:30-31].
The JerUSAlem Connection. Int’l is bold to believe we follow in the distinguished tradition of the “men of Issachar, who understood the times and knew what Israel should do.” We believe a Christian’s perspective on what God is doing in Israel is a vital key to seeing the big picture of God’s plan and how he is operating in the world today. With this perspective, Christians have a sense of urgency to be used by God as never before. TJCI encourages you to be a part of living out that sense of urgency as a result of having a Biblical perspective on Israel.
Under Dr. Hutchens’ leadership, The JerUSAlem Connection Int’l stays current on all the issues regarding the Middle East and Israel on a daily basis and keeps an ongoing update through “The JerUSAlem Connection Report” online magazine.
#34: HOLDER DAYS AWAY FROM INTERNET TAKEOVER: Congress Seeing Grassroots Backlash Before Vote But Senate Leader Reid’s Pushing for It Anyway (Guest in PST):BREAKING NEWS: HOLDER PUTS INTERNET TAKEOVER ON HOLD DUE TO HUGE BACKLASH FROM GOOGLE, WIKIPEDIA, ETC.
ORIGINAL STORY:
It is one of the most unusual and fascinating political battles taking shape in recent history, marked by a very rapid grassroots backlash, including a Google decision to place a censorship blotch over its own home page logo in protest.
This coming Tuesday, January 24th, the Senate is scheduled to vote on S. 968 that, together with the House’s sister bill H.R. 3261, would enact new legislation that puts an unprecedented Internet policeman’s badge on the lapel of Attorney General Eric Holder—and Americans on both sides of the aisle don’t like it.
One of the leading opponents who has been sounding the alarm for weeks is Constitutionalist attorney Gary Kreep, President of the United States Justice Foundation (USJF), and he is available for interviews to make an 11th hour case why your audience’s freedom is being threatened, and why they should act.
Kreep explains:
“This bill (S. 968) is disguised as a measure to stop online piracy. However, there are already plenty of laws on the books to protect copyrighted material on the Internet. This is an Internet takeover bill, pure and simple.
This measure will give Eric Holder and Barack Hussein Obama the power to ‘police’ the Internet, ‘sanitize’ web searches and shut down anti-Obama websites. Just one ‘complaint’ from a liberal activist, or a government agent, that you are indirectly violating an obscure copyright rule, and your website could be fined huge sums, and it could be blacklisted.
Meanwhile, the left-wing mainstream media companies are campaigning all out for this bill, too. They want the government to shut down all the blogs, political forums, and independent news sites, so that they, once again, have a monopoly on the news you and I are allowed to see.”
So, do you think Eric Holder and the rest of the Obama administration would really abuse this power?
Call Special Guests right away to book Gary Kreep for a supercharged interview.
THE FOLLOWING NEW YORK TIMES ARTICLE MAY BE USEFUL FOR SHOW PREP:
VISIT THE UNITED STATES JUSTICE FOUNDATION AT: http://usjf.net
ABOUT YOUR GUEST, GARY KREEP:
A 1972 graduate of the University of California at San Diego with a Bachelor of Arts Degree in Economics, Mr. Kreep graduated from the University of San Diego School of Law in 1975 with a Juris Doctor. He passed the California State Bar Examination on his first try, and started practicing law in 1975.
He has been in private practice since that time, both as a sole practitioner and as the sole owner of a small law firm, employing as many as three attorneys and ten staff members. Mr. Kreep co-founded the UNITED STATES JUSTICE FOUNDATION (USJF) in 1979 with two other California attorneys. Since that time, he has served as the President and Executive Director of USJF.
In 1992, Mr. Kreep reduced his private practice to part-time status to work full-time for USJF. USJF is a nationwide, nonprofit, conservative, legal action foundation. Mr. Kreep co-founded the JUSTICE POLITICAL ACTION COMMITTEE (JPAC) in 1985 with two other conservative activists. He has served as President of JPAC since then. JPAC is a federal political action committee registered with the Federal Election Commission.
Mr. Kreep co-founded the CALIFORNIA JUSTICE POLITICAL ACTION COMMITTEE (CALJPAC) in 1996 with two other conservative activists.
Mr. Kreep currently serves as General Counsel to the Minuteman Civil Defense Corps, an unpaid position.
Political/Civic: Mr. Kreep served on the California Delegations to the 1976 and 1980 Republican National Conventions. He has been a member of a number of Republican organizations, including several California Republican Assembly Chapters. Mr. Kreep also served as appointed General Counsel to Region 16 of the Young Republican National Federation, and elected General Counsel to the California Young Republicans.
Mr. Kreep served for one year on the San Diego County, California PUBLIC WELFARE ADVISORY BOARD (PWAB). PWAB is an advisory board to the San Diego County Board of Supervisors concerning the San Diego County Department of Social Services. Mr. Kreep served for two years on the SAN DIEGO HUMAN RELATIONS COMMISSION (HRC). HRC is an advisory board to the San Diego City Council, charged with the task of enforcing the San Diego City non-discrimination ordinances, including its gay rights ordinance.
Mr. Kreep was a member from 1969 until 1984 of YOUNG AMERICANS FOR FREEDOM (YAF). He served as San Diego County Chairman, California State Vice-Chairman, California State Chairman, and a Member of the National Board of Directors of YAF. Mr. Kreep served in the BIG BROTHER Program for four years.
Legal: Mr. Kreep is admitted to practice before the United States Supreme Court, the United States Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals, the United States Federal Court for the Eastern District of California, the United States Federal Court for the Northern District of California, the United States Federal Court for the Central District of California, the United States Federal Court for the Southern District of California, and all state courts in California. He is also admitted to the United States Court of Appeals for the Eleventh Circuit and for the Sixth Circuit.
Published Articles/Radio and Television Appearances: Mr. Kreep has written a number of articles published by a variety of newspapers and other publications. This includes the San Diego Union Tribune, the Escondido Times Advocate, the North County Times, the Christian American, the Arizona Star, Media Bypass, and many more. Mr. Kreep regularly appears on a variety of radio and television programs. These include radio programs such as the ROGER HEDGECOCK SHOW, the WEISSBACH SHOW, ISSUES IN EDUCATION, the MASON WEAVER SHOW, the BOB NOONAN SHOW, the DUFFY SHOW, and the MICHAEL LAW SHOW.
Mr. Kreep regularly speaks at conferences. These include the annual CONSERVATIVE POLITICAL ACTION CONFERENCE (CPAC), the annual CONSTITUTIONAL COALITION CONVENTION, and the annual CHRISTIAN COALITION CONVENTION.
#35: MUSLIM UGLYHOOD: Website of Group coming to Power in Egypt full of Anti-Semitism and Holocaust denial: About this time one year ago, the inaptly named 'Arab Spring' was underway across northern Africa. As it became apparent that the Egyptian regime of Hosni Mubarak was about to be toppled, the western media cheered. This was a sign of Democracy, they said.
One year later, the true face of the group that is rapidly assuming control of Egypt is on full display for all to see, including the media, which suddenly seems disinterested in reporting much about Egypt these days.
IQ al-Rassooli, an Iraqi-born religious scholar and expert on Islamic relations, is available for interviews to discuss the facts about who and what the Muslim Brotherhood is. Thanks to the website, the Middle East Media Research Institute (MEMRI), the Brotherhood – also known as the Ikhwan – is quite open about itself on its Arabic website.
One leader of the group maintains that the holocaust was a conspiracy manufactured by “American intelligence apparatuses” and that Germany was used as a scapegoat. Another common theme among the Ikhwan is that the Peace Treaty signed by Egypt's Anwar Sadat and Israel's Menachim Begin should be discarded. This should come as no surprise since the Muslim Brotherhood was identified as being the group responsible for Sadat's assassination. Why? Because it disapproved of the peace treaty.
The U.S. President who presided over that treaty was Jimmy Carter. Ironically, during a recent interview with al-Jazeera, Carter maintained that the terms of the peace treaty had been met but that the rights of Palestinians had been overlooked. Carter was discussing the Muslim Brotherhood's expected victory in the upcoming elections.
“Not only is it untrue for Carter to say the peace treaty terms have been met but he's actually getting behind the group that violated it by assassinating Sadat,” al-Rassooli said.
1. Why do you say Muslims cannot be Americans? 2. What percentage of Muslim-Americans do you believe are truly peaceful? That love this country? 3. Do you really believe Muslim-American families have a hidden agenda? If so, why and what is it? 4. How real is the prospect of an all out European civil war over multiculturalism? 5. Does the word Islam mean PEACE? 6. Is Allah the same as the God of Moses and Jesus? 7. Does JIHAD represent a spiritual struggle to better one’s self as the Muhammadans tell us? 8. Who according to the Arabic of the Quran is a Muslim? 9. Is Islam a religion or a cult? 10. Why do you use the terms Muhammadans and Muhammadan Islam? 11. Should one call Muhammad a Paedophile? 12. Who are RADICAL Muslims? 13. Is it true that more than 100 of the most important words in Muhammad’s Quran are NOT Arabic? Can you give examples? 14. Why do the Muhammadans claim that Jerusalem is holy to them? 15. There are very noble and conciliatory verses in the Quran and others that are the opposite, which is extremely confusing for those who have not studied the subject. Can you explain? 16. What is the real status of women in Islam? 17. What should we understand by the term Islamophobia? 18. Was Muhammad a prophet? 19. Is it true that the HIJAB is mandated in the Quran for the female believers? 20. Who are the Unbelievers & Disbelievers according to the Quran? 21. What was the role of Islam in the tragedy of African Slavery? 22. What are Abrogating and Abrogated verses? 23. What was the Islamic Civilization that we read and hear about 24. What was the Ka’ba? Who built it? 25. What is the Black Stone?
ABOUT YOUR GUEST, I.Q. AL-RASSOOLI:
I was born in Iraq. My mother tongue is Arabic. I was sent by my parents to study engineering in England.
After graduating university, I decided to stay because I found out that the programming that I had at home about other people was one-sided and wrong.
Because of the intractable turmoil of the Middle East, I took it upon myself to study the subject matters as thoroughly as humanly possible.
I spent almost 23 years –off and on – researching, analyzing, comparing and contrasting as many points of view as possible hence had to learn a lot about Muhammad, the Quran, Hadiths, Arab and Islamic histories, Arab / Israeli conflict, the Hebrew Bible, the New Testament, Zoroasterian religion & Pagan Arabian religion.
For the next three years I put my thoughts in a thesis that no publisher wanted to touch because it was so radical and revolutionary.
I hence had a website created www.inthenameofallah.org and put—so far, more than 780 chapters—covering almost every facet of Muhammad’s depraved CULT belief system.
I also put up more than 280 video/audio chapters on YouTube that received over 590,000 visitors and 2,976 subscribers in two years before the Muhammadans flagged them and You Tube—breaking their own guidelines—terminated all of them in an instant.
Luckily I had all of them as a backup on my blog: www.the-koran.blogspot.com
I have also started what I hope will be one of the largest movements called Ummat al Kuffar/ Nation of Infidels comprising 80% of humanity who are the would be VCITIMS of the followers of Muhammad:
All Christians, Buddhists, Hindus, Zoroasterians, Jews, Atheists, Animists, Agnostics, pagans etc. All those who do not believe as the Muslims do.
My credentials are embedded in all of the above.
My mission is simple: The complete exposure of the obscene FACTS & REALITY of what the media call ‘Islam’ based entirely on the very Arabic sources themselves.
#36: NEWT TARGETED: Mainstream Media Goes after Gingrich as Former Speaker Surges:After clearly winning the Fox News debate in South Carolina, presidential candidate Newt Gingrich began to surge in the polls. Former Alaska Governor Sarah Palin helped by encouraging South Carolinians to cast their vote for the former Speaker.
Just a couple of days later, within hours of the CNN debate in South Carolina, news broke that ABC would be airing an explosive interview with Gingrich's former wife in which it was alleged that Newt wanted an open marriage.
National talk show host, Steve Deace, who endorsed Gingrich for president nearly a month earlier, sees an opportunity for conservative voters to coalesce around a candidate who is admittedly far from perfect but who offers the best chance to defeat Obama.
In a book Deace penned with former WRKO talk show host, Gregg Jackson, the case is made that both the Republican establishment and the liberal media share a common enemy and that enemy is the evangelical base.
Deace makes the case that there are two candidates running that have the ability to undo what's been done in Washington. Newt is one and Ron Paul is the other but Deace discounts the libertarian Paul because of his foreign policy views.
A strong Christian who likes Rick Santorum, the social conservatives' choice, Deace says the Republicans need to nominate someone with a killer instinct who may have baggage as opposed to someone who can just get the evangelical groups' endorsement.
Call Special Guests today and find out why a strong Christian conservative like Deace is parting company with the evangelical groups when it comes to the best Republican nominee.
THE FOLLOWING ARTICLES MAY BE USEFUL FOR SHOW PREP: http://stevedeace.com/news/iowa-politics/why-i-am-endorsing-newt-gingrich-for-president/
ABOUT YOUR GUEST, STEVE DEACE...
Steve Deace is the host of a nationally-syndicated radio program through Salem Radio Network for 3 hours every evening each weeknight. The show airs live in top 100 markets such as Atlanta, Salt Lake City, Charlotte, Richmond, Jacksonville, Raleigh-Durham, Greenville (SC), and Des Moines.
Steve is also the former host at legendary 1040-WHO in Iowa where he had the highest rated afternoon drive show in the history of the station. Steve has been featured on Fox News, CBS, MSNBC, Hugh Hewitt, ABC News, and in National Review, The New York Times, The Washington Post, Politico, Time, Newsweek, WORLD Magazine, The Atlantic, Los Angeles Times, Minneapolis Star-Tribune, Pittsburgh Post-Gazette, Reuters, the Associated Press and The Atlanta Journal-Constitution.
Steve has also written several columns for The Washington Times and World Net Daily and is a columnist for Townhall.com. Steve along with Gregg Jackson coauthored the book, “We Won’t Get Fooled Again: Where the Christian Right went Wrong and How to Make America Right Again.”
ABOUT GREGG JACKSON…
Gregg Jackson is the national bestselling author of Conservative Comebacks to Liberal Lies which has sold over 60,000 copies since its release in 2006. It was also a featured selection of the Conservative Book Club for more than a year.
Five years later, the book is still selling both in stores such as Barnes & Noble, online through Amazon.com, and digitally through Kindle, iBooks, Nook, Sony and Kobo. Jackson is a former talk radio host on WRKO in Boston and KDAR in Los Angeles.
Gregg’s most recent book is “We Won’t Get Fooled Again: Where the Christian Right went Wrong and How to Make America Right Again,” coauthored with Steve Deace.
An accomplished orator, Jackson speaks to groups and on college campuses nationwide. Jackson has written articles for The Wall Street Journal, The Washington Times, Human Events, and Townhall.com.
Gregg Jackson lives with his wife and son in Denver, CO.
ABOUT THE BOOK…
“We Won’t Get Fooled Again: Where the Christian Right went Wrong and How to Make America Right Again,” by Gregg Jackson and Steve Deace is an in-depth expose of the so-called Religious Right, the most reviled and feared voting bloc in the past 30 years of American politics.
However, despite all of the attacks and the acclaim, there is little evidence the movement actually has accomplished any of its objectives, which is why authors Gregg Jackson and Steve Deace sought out leaders in the movement to get their take on where the fight for righteousness in America went wrong.
#37: IS RON PAUL DEFENDING ISLAM? Presidential Candidate Continues to Hold Positions that Benefit America's Enemies:When the subject in South Carolina's Republican presidential debate turned toward America's war with Islamic terrorists, Rep. Ron Paul echoed a position he's held for some time. He blamed America first and suggested that as president, he would employ his version of the 'Golden Rule,' treating other countries as we would like to be treated.
The implication was that Islamic terrorists attack America because America bullies Islamic countries.
Former PLO member Walid Shoebat insists that this is an extremely flawed position that benefits America's enemies. “When I was an activist for the Muslim Brotherhood,” Shoebat says, “I knew exactly what the goal was. It was to take over America in the name of Islam. It had absolutely nothing to do with America's treatment of Muslim countries.”
Shoebat believes that Paul should be better vetted when it comes to his positions, saying that far too many of the congressman's positions get the Islamist seal of approval.
An article by Middle East expert, Kenneth Timmerman makes the case that Iran supports the Ron Paul candidacy (link below). In another article by Joel Richardson, it's revealed that Paul cites a man named Robert Pape on his website as a man whose foreign policy views he endorses. Pape, a professor at the University of Chicago, has connections to the Council on American Islamic Relations (CAIR) according to the Investigative Project on Terrorism (link below).
According to a former aide to Ron Paul, the presidential candidate is “anti-Israel” and “supports... the abolishment of the Jewish state, and the return of Israel, all of it, to the Arabs.” (link below)
Shoebat asks people to contrast two very recent developments. The first has to do with a federal judge's ruling last month that found the 9/11 attacks to have been the work of Iran. Last week, an Iranian nuclear scientist was assassinated.
“Dr. Paul denounced the assassination and insisted that it was something United States should not have done but he has been silent about the finding that Iran was responsible for the September 11th attacks,” Shoebat said.
Contact Special Guests today for an interview with Walid Shoebat
ABOUT WALID SHOEBAT… Born in Bethlehem, Israel and as a young man, he became a member of the Palestinian Liberation Organization, and participated in acts of terror and violence against Israel, and was imprisoned in Jerusalem's central prison for enticement of violence.
After entering the U.S, he worked as a counselor for the Arab Student Organization in Chicago and continued his anti-Israel activities. Later he was active with the Muslim Brotherhood during 1980-1981 in Chicago.
In 1993, Walid did some critical thinking, studied the Bible in a challenge to convert his wife to Islam and after intense study, Walid realized that everything he had been taught about Jew hatred was a lie. Walid converted to Christianity and was convinced he needed to fight evil, he became an advocate for his former enemy.
Driven by a deep passion to shed his former life he set out to tirelessly to combat terrorism and Islamic Fundamentalism worldwide speaking at churches and synagogues, civic groups, government leaders and media.
Walid has written several books including For God or For Tyranny, God’s War on Terror, Why We Want to Kill You and Why I Left Jihad.
Walid is an American citizen and lives in the USA with his wife and children, under this assumed name. Walid has spoken all over America and the world including Chile, Mexico, Canada, UK, and South Africa. He has appeared on national television also all over the world including CNN, CNN International, FOX News, ITN, RTE, NBC, CBS, and ABC and ABC Australia. He has also been featured on BBC radio 4, 5 and the largest radio audience on the BBC World Service reaching 180 million people.
#38: REDUCING CHILD OBESITY: New Song: “I Love to Sweat” Makes Exercising Fun!: KAREN SOKOLOF JAVITCH, songwriter, singer and playwright, has released a new song, “I Love to Sweat,” aimed at getting our kids in shape by summer.
It’s a light-hearted song that actually makes exercising fun--and just in time since child obesity has become an a modern epidemic.
So, instead of allowing our children to veg out in front of the computer screen for hours, they can take frequent breaks and dance and exercise to the “I Love to Sweat” right from their same computer screen!
Studies show that one in three US adults are obese so Karen also came out with an adult version of her “I Love to Sweat” song, so now there is now no excuse for everyone else in the family to shed some pounds while listening to Karen’s inspirational work-out song. And this goes for Talk Show hosts, too! No harm in you crankin’ up the mp3 during commercial breaks!
Karen has written hundreds of songs and five musicals. Karen’s newest album features songs dedicated to Michael Jackson, Farrah Fawcett, Paul McCartney and to a former U.S. President.
Karen Sokolof Javitch has raised over $250,000 for national and local charities though her original music and musicals. Her shows, including a musical about Princess Diana, have been performed in Los Angeles, Chicago, St. Louis, Omaha and New York City. Two of Karen’s songs have been in movies. Singers on the 11 CD’s she has produced include actor John Beasley, U.S. Senator Ben Nelson, Broadway singer Joanna Young, Heisman Trophy winner Eric Crouch, and the American Idol Maynard triplets.
ABOUT KAREN SOKOLOF JAVITCH, Songwriter/Playwright
SONGWRITER / PLAYWRIGHT for 5 MUSICALS:
PRINCESS DIANA, THE MUSICAL Karen and Elaine Jabenis wrote this musical about the relationship between Princess Diana and Prince Charles. The show includes more than 30 songs written by Karen. Princess Diana, the Musical was first produced in Omaha in 1998, raising money for the Red Cross and Aids, two of Diana’s favorite charities. Princess Diana was produced again in 2002, raising money for visually impaired children. The musical was nominated for 13 Theatre Arts Guild awards. The Princess Diana CD is selling in the U.S., England and Japan. It is published by Plays and Musicals in the UK, and by Heuer Publishing in the US. Princess Diana was performed by Nebraska Wesleyan University- June 2009 in Lincoln & Omaha. A shortened, cabaret version was produced in an off-Broadway NYC theatre in 2011. Diana is to be performed in Chicago in 2012.
FROM GENERATION TO GENERATION Karen co-wrote the script with author Elaine Jabenis in addition to writing the 17 songs in this TAG award-winning musical. Besides being produced in Omaha three times –1996, 1997 and 2004, GENERATION was performed in St. Louis (’98) and Los Angeles. (’99). It was produced by Theatre 773 in Chicago in May, 2011 for or a month- long run.
RACHEL AND RUTHIE This 30 minute show (one song) is available to all high school and college-aged children through Heuer Publishing. It played in New York City in July, 2011 for the MITF short play festival.
SURPRISE! THE MUSICAL! This musical is written solely by Mrs. Javitch. It has raised money for Alzheimers and Prevent Blindness. It was produced both in 2000 and 2001. Mrs. Javitch was very proud to have a very talented cast including actor John Beasley, Heisman Trophy Winner, Eric Crouch and Miss Nebraska, Jill Penington.
LOVE! AT THE CAFÉ! - 1993 Karen wrote the 16 songs for this musical which has been produced many times in the Omaha area and at high schools across the country, plus in Canada. This delightful musical won the Theatre Arts Guild award for best original script in ’96. Published by Heuer Publishing in 2007.
**Chuck Penington, pianist and conductor of the Grammy award-winning group, Mannheim Steamroller, arranges all of Karen’s music. **
SONGWRITER / PRODUCER OF ELEVEN (11) CD’S:
KAREN’S KALEIDOSCOPE OF KIDS’ SONGS - FOR AGES 5 TO 105! Fourteen original songs for young people, which are great songs for school performances!
STAR TRACKS – The Tribute Album - These songs are written for celebrities who have touched Karen’s life. They include Michael Jackson, Farrah Fawcett, Ellen DeGeneres, Elvis, Whitney Houston and others. All proceeds go to Pancreatic Cancer Research in memory of Patrick Swayze. The updated version will be in memory of Steve Jobs.
WELCOME TO THE WORLD, OCTUPLETS - 15 delightful songs written for the Suleman Octuplets, BORN January 26, 2009. This is a fundraiser for the octuplets.
NEBRASKA CELEBRITIES SING FOR SIGHT - 2006 This CD features 20 famous Nebraskans, including U.S. Senator Ben Nelson, whose rendition of “Western Town in Nebraska” is in a movie, “California Dreamin’.” Also on the CD: actor John Beasley, Heisman Trophy Winner Eric Crouch, Omaha World-Herald columnist Mike Kelly, Broadway singer Joanna Young, movie actor Gordon MacRae (Oklahoma! & Carousel); Phil Sokolof, anti-cholesterol Crusader; the “American Idol” Maynard Triplets and NE Senator David Landis. Proceeds go to Nebraska Foundation for Visually Impaired Children (NFVIC).
LOVE! AT THE CAFÉ! -2006 Original Cast Recording release on CD. Karen wrote the music and lyrics and James Conant wrote the book.
TAKE THREE – 2003 Missy, Mandy and Erin Maynard, 17 year-old triplets, sing 11 songs, 8 of which are written by Karen. The group sang His Name was Freedom at the Pentagon in the summer of 2003. After appearing on American Idol in 2005, they were featured on all of the major entertainment shows. They also sang for Barry Manilo and again for Simon Cowell. They are now pursuing their musical careers in Nashville, TN.
HIS NAME WAS FREEDOM – 2001 – Karen & Friends Thirteen songs written by Karen. The title song was written in response to 9-11. This album features award-winning singers Cory Sanchez and Lisa Lind. Eric Crouch, Heisman Trophy winner, sings Under the Tenth Street Bridge, a touching song about a son whose father goes to war.
SURPRISE! THE MUSICAL!– 2001 Twenty-two songs are included in this original cast recording. This album features John Beasley, motion picture and television actor, and Eric Crouch, Heisman Trophy Winner. SURPRISE! Won 2nd place as “Best Theatre Album” in the 2002 Plain Folks Music Awards in Los Angeles.
EVERYTHING HAPPENS AT WESTSIDE HIGH SCHOOL – 1999 Karen’s music is performed by WHS students and alumni. This CD is a fundraiser for the school. Among the songs is a tribute song to John F Kennedy Jr. Also includes The Fourth of July, a finalist in the UNISONG International Song Contest, 2001.
PRINCESS DIANA, THE MUSICAL –1999, 2005 Original cast recording. This CD is selling internationally. One of the songs entitled Princess Diana, received an honorable mention award from the 1999 Billboard Song Contest.
FR0M GENERATION TO GENERATION –1998, 2006, 2010 Original cast recording.
Note: **With Karen’s music and musicals, she has raised more than $250,000 for various charities, including Pancreatic Cancer Research, Nebraska Aids, American Red Cross, Alzheimers, Prevent Blindness Nebraska, Nebraska Foundation for Visually Impaired Children, Children’s Hospital, & the Little Sioux Scout Ranch.
OTHER COMPOSITIONS:
JCC Maccabi Games theme song, 2010. Odyssey of the Mind theme song. Performed annually at the O.M World Finals. Donna Reed Festival theme song for the annual Donna Reed Film Festival. The Feds – featured in “Omaha, the movie.” One People, One Destiny – Sung in Los Angeles for Israel’s 50th anniversary. It placed in the top 10% of the 4,200 entries in the UNISONG International song contest. Tell Our Children Now - Karen wrote and performed this song about the Holocaust for Elie Wiesel, Holocaust survivor and Nobel Peace Prize winner. 2000’s Gonna Be! Senate campaign song written for Hillary Clinton. Presented it to her when she was in Omaha in 1999. Thanks, President Clinton – Written for and presented to President Clinton at an Omaha Democratic fundraiser in 1999. Elizabeth’s Message – Tribute song for Elizabeth Glaser, founder of Pediatric Aids. Western Town in Nebraska – Senator Ben Nelsons sings this song in the movie “Out of Omaha” The Oracle of Omaha – Karen wrote this song about Omaha billionaire, Warren Buffet. Obama’s Babe – Karen wrote the song and stars in this 2008 youtube video
OTHER POINTS OF INTEREST:
**Other Nebraska singers on Karen’s albums have included Tiffany White-Welchen, Mark Thornburg, Tim Abou-Nasr, Grace Bydalek, Andrew Brooks, Cory Sanchez, Michael Lyon, Dani Burr, and Camille Metoyer-Moten. **Karen has written hundreds of songs that range from show tunes to pop to country and other genres. She sings back-up on a lot of her recordings. **Chuck Penington, pianist and conductor of the Grammy award-winning group, Mannheim Steamroller, arranges all of Karen’s music. **She co-authored a book in 1980, MOTHER KNOWS BEST, How to Live Through and Love your Child’s First Four Years. It is available on Amazon.com. **Karen taught visually impaired students for five years before she and her husband, Gary, had their three children, Jennifer, Mark and Rachel. Her production company is called JMR Productions, named for them. **Besides her children, her inspirations are her parents, Ruth and Phil Sokolof, who are both now deceased. Ruth was a 30-year cancer survivor, and taught blind children for more than 15 years. Phil was a businessman who started National Heart Saver’s Association, aimed at changing our diets and eating healthier foods.
#39: REDUCING CHILD OBESITY: New SonG (“I Love to Sweat”) Makes Exercising Fun! : KAREN SOKOLOF JAVITCH, songwriter, singer and playwright, has released a new song, “I Love to Sweat,” aimed at getting our kids in shape by summer.
It’s a light-hearted song that actually makes exercising fun--and just in time since child obesity has become an a modern epidemic.
So, instead of allowing our children to veg out in front of the computer screen for hours, they can take frequent breaks and dance and exercise to the “I Love to Sweat” right from their same computer screen!
And since 1 in 3 adults are obese, Karen has come out with an adult version of the “I Love to Sweat” song. So now there is now no excuse for everyone else in the family to shed some pounds while listening to Karen’s inspirational work-out song—and this goes for Talk Show hosts, too! No harm in you crankin’ up the mp3 during commercial breaks!
Karen has written hundreds of songs and five musicals. Karen’s newest album features songs dedicated to Michael Jackson, Farrah Fawcett, Paul McCartney and to a former U.S. President.
Karen Sokolof Javitch has raised over $250,000 for national and local charities though her original music and musicals. Her shows, including a musical about Princess Diana, have been performed in Los Angeles, Chicago, St. Louis, Omaha and New York City. Two of Karen’s songs have been in movies. Singers on the 11 CD’s she has produced include actor John Beasley, U.S. Senator Ben Nelson, Broadway singer Joanna Young, Heisman Trophy winner Eric Crouch, and the American Idol Maynard triplets.
ABOUT KAREN SOKOLOF JAVITCH, Songwriter/Playwright
SONGWRITER / PLAYWRIGHT for 5 MUSICALS:
PRINCESS DIANA, THE MUSICAL Karen and Elaine Jabenis wrote this musical about the relationship between Princess Diana and Prince Charles. The show includes more than 30 songs written by Karen. Princess Diana, the Musical was first produced in Omaha in 1998, raising money for the Red Cross and Aids, two of Diana’s favorite charities. Princess Diana was produced again in 2002, raising money for visually impaired children. The musical was nominated for 13 Theatre Arts Guild awards. The Princess Diana CD is selling in the U.S., England and Japan. It is published by Plays and Musicals in the UK, and by Heuer Publishing in the US. Princess Diana was performed by Nebraska Wesleyan University- June 2009 in Lincoln & Omaha. A shortened, cabaret version was produced in an off-Broadway NYC theatre in 2011. Diana is to be performed in Chicago in 2012.
FROM GENERATION TO GENERATION Karen co-wrote the script with author Elaine Jabenis in addition to writing the 17 songs in this TAG award-winning musical. Besides being produced in Omaha three times –1996, 1997 and 2004, GENERATION was performed in St. Louis (’98) and Los Angeles. (’99). It was produced by Theatre 773 in Chicago in May, 2011 for or a month- long run.
RACHEL AND RUTHIE This 30 minute show (one song) is available to all high school and college-aged children through Heuer Publishing. It played in New York City in July, 2011 for the MITF short play festival.
SURPRISE! THE MUSICAL! This musical is written solely by Mrs. Javitch. It has raised money for Alzheimers and Prevent Blindness. It was produced both in 2000 and 2001. Mrs. Javitch was very proud to have a very talented cast including actor John Beasley, Heisman Trophy Winner, Eric Crouch and Miss Nebraska, Jill Penington.
LOVE! AT THE CAFÉ! - 1993 Karen wrote the 16 songs for this musical which has been produced many times in the Omaha area and at high schools across the country, plus in Canada. This delightful musical won the Theatre Arts Guild award for best original script in ’96. Published by Heuer Publishing in 2007.
**Chuck Penington, pianist and conductor of the Grammy award-winning group, Mannheim Steamroller, arranges all of Karen’s music. **
SONGWRITER / PRODUCER OF ELEVEN (11) CD’S:
KAREN’S KALEIDOSCOPE OF KIDS’ SONGS - FOR AGES 5 TO 105! Fourteen original songs for young people, which are great songs for school performances!
STAR TRACKS – The Tribute Album - These songs are written for celebrities who have touched Karen’s life. They include Michael Jackson, Farrah Fawcett, Ellen DeGeneres, Elvis, Whitney Houston and others. All proceeds go to Pancreatic Cancer Research in memory of Patrick Swayze. The updated version will be in memory of Steve Jobs.
WELCOME TO THE WORLD, OCTUPLETS - 15 delightful songs written for the Suleman Octuplets, BORN January 26, 2009. This is a fundraiser for the octuplets.
NEBRASKA CELEBRITIES SING FOR SIGHT - 2006 This CD features 20 famous Nebraskans, including U.S. Senator Ben Nelson, whose rendition of “Western Town in Nebraska” is in a movie, “California Dreamin’.” Also on the CD: actor John Beasley, Heisman Trophy Winner Eric Crouch, Omaha World-Herald columnist Mike Kelly, Broadway singer Joanna Young, movie actor Gordon MacRae (Oklahoma! & Carousel); Phil Sokolof, anti-cholesterol Crusader; the “American Idol” Maynard Triplets and NE Senator David Landis. Proceeds go to Nebraska Foundation for Visually Impaired Children (NFVIC).
LOVE! AT THE CAFÉ! -2006 Original Cast Recording release on CD. Karen wrote the music and lyrics and James Conant wrote the book.
TAKE THREE – 2003 Missy, Mandy and Erin Maynard, 17 year-old triplets, sing 11 songs, 8 of which are written by Karen. The group sang His Name was Freedom at the Pentagon in the summer of 2003. After appearing on American Idol in 2005, they were featured on all of the major entertainment shows. They also sang for Barry Manilo and again for Simon Cowell. They are now pursuing their musical careers in Nashville, TN.
HIS NAME WAS FREEDOM – 2001 – Karen & Friends Thirteen songs written by Karen. The title song was written in response to 9-11. This album features award-winning singers Cory Sanchez and Lisa Lind. Eric Crouch, Heisman Trophy winner, sings Under the Tenth Street Bridge, a touching song about a son whose father goes to war.
SURPRISE! THE MUSICAL!– 2001 Twenty-two songs are included in this original cast recording. This album features John Beasley, motion picture and television actor, and Eric Crouch, Heisman Trophy Winner. SURPRISE! Won 2nd place as “Best Theatre Album” in the 2002 Plain Folks Music Awards in Los Angeles.
EVERYTHING HAPPENS AT WESTSIDE HIGH SCHOOL – 1999 Karen’s music is performed by WHS students and alumni. This CD is a fundraiser for the school. Among the songs is a tribute song to John F Kennedy Jr. Also includes The Fourth of July, a finalist in the UNISONG International Song Contest, 2001.
PRINCESS DIANA, THE MUSICAL –1999, 2005 Original cast recording. This CD is selling internationally. One of the songs entitled Princess Diana, received an honorable mention award from the 1999 Billboard Song Contest.
FR0M GENERATION TO GENERATION –1998, 2006, 2010 Original cast recording.
Note: **With Karen’s music and musicals, she has raised more than $250,000 for various charities, including Pancreatic Cancer Research, Nebraska Aids, American Red Cross, Alzheimers, Prevent Blindness Nebraska, Nebraska Foundation for Visually Impaired Children, Children’s Hospital, & the Little Sioux Scout Ranch.
OTHER COMPOSITIONS:
JCC Maccabi Games theme song, 2010. Odyssey of the Mind theme song. Performed annually at the O.M World Finals. Donna Reed Festival theme song for the annual Donna Reed Film Festival. The Feds – featured in “Omaha, the movie.” One People, One Destiny – Sung in Los Angeles for Israel’s 50th anniversary. It placed in the top 10% of the 4,200 entries in the UNISONG International song contest. Tell Our Children Now - Karen wrote and performed this song about the Holocaust for Elie Wiesel, Holocaust survivor and Nobel Peace Prize winner. 2000’s Gonna Be! Senate campaign song written for Hillary Clinton. Presented it to her when she was in Omaha in 1999. Thanks, President Clinton – Written for and presented to President Clinton at an Omaha Democratic fundraiser in 1999. Elizabeth’s Message – Tribute song for Elizabeth Glaser, founder of Pediatric Aids. Western Town in Nebraska – Senator Ben Nelsons sings this song in the movie “Out of Omaha” The Oracle of Omaha – Karen wrote this song about Omaha billionaire, Warren Buffet. Obama’s Babe – Karen wrote the song and stars in this 2008 youtube video
OTHER POINTS OF INTEREST:
**Other Nebraska singers on Karen’s albums have included Tiffany White-Welchen, Mark Thornburg, Tim Abou-Nasr, Grace Bydalek, Andrew Brooks, Cory Sanchez, Michael Lyon, Dani Burr, and Camille Metoyer-Moten. **Karen has written hundreds of songs that range from show tunes to pop to country and other genres. She sings back-up on a lot of her recordings. **Chuck Penington, pianist and conductor of the Grammy award-winning group, Mannheim Steamroller, arranges all of Karen’s music. **She co-authored a book in 1980, MOTHER KNOWS BEST, How to Live Through and Love your Child’s First Four Years. It is available on Amazon.com. **Karen taught visually impaired students for five years before she and her husband, Gary, had their three children, Jennifer, Mark and Rachel. Her production company is called JMR Productions, named for them. **Besides her children, her inspirations are her parents, Ruth and Phil Sokolof, who are both now deceased. Ruth was a 30-year cancer survivor, and taught blind children for more than 15 years. Phil was a businessman who started National Heart Saver’s Association, aimed at changing our diets and eating healthier foods.
#40: BRINGING UP OSCAR, THE MEN AND WOMEN WHO FOUNDED THE ACADEMY: The Academy Awards are upon us again this year. Many of us know a lot about the films being nominated, but what do your viewers and listeners know about the Academy itself? Virtually nothing.
But that can change quickly. Enter Debra Ann Pawlak, stage right. During your interview, Debra Ann enthralls your loyal audience with a fast paced intriguing history of the Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences.
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY: Eighty-five years ago, 33 men and three women who were at the top of their game in 1927 Hollywood met at Los Angeles’ Ambassador Hotel where they founded The Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences. A motley crew of individuals, the group included former cowpokes, Alaskan gold prospectors, vaudevillians and even one self-proclaimed amateur anesthesiologist.
Despite their differences, however, they shared a common goal: to bring artistic validity to the new motion picture medium that they so carefully shaped. As a result, the founding of the Academy was a cornerstone in film history and helped make movies the preeminent art form of the Twentieth Century.
Just who were these movers and shakers that changed movies forever? My book, Bringing Up Oscar, reveals the untold story of these filmmaking pioneers who made up the rules as they went along in a dusty little town called Hollywood where dirt roads and pepper trees prevailed. In between Prohibition, several recessions and two World Wars, the business of filmmaking was rife with salacious murders, shameful drug scandals and outraged calls for censorship. Something had to be done. And so, on January 11th, 1927, 36 members of Hollywood’s elite came together at the behest of MGM chief Louis B. Mayer.
From flamboyant director Cecil B. DeMille to America’s Sweetheart Mary Pickford each guest was more colorful than the last. And although they didn’t quite know it yet, these founders would soon give birth to a golden child who, in spite of approaching his 100th birthday, still remains Hollywood’s most wanted man—Oscar!
Debra Ann Pawlak is represented by Peter Riva of International Transactions.
ABOUT DEBRA ANN PAWLAK…
Debra Ann has been a movie lover ever since she can remember. Her professional writing career, however, didn’t begin until 2000.
Most recently, she combined the two with a book called Bringing Up Oscar, The Men and Women Who Founded the Academy about the 36 founders of the Academy of Motion Picture Arts & Sciences. It's now available in hardcover, paperback and ebook versions. Bringing Up Oscar was named runner-up in the non-fiction category of the 2011 Hollywood Book Festival and took first place in the History: Media/Entertainment category of the USA Best Books 2011 Awards.
In the past, Debra Ann was a regular contributor to two on-line entertainment magazines based in Los Angeles. Her articles were designed to entertain and teach the readers something they might not have known before. Debra Ann has profiled a variety of personalities, including French entertainer Mistinguet, legendary outlaw Belle Starr and Civil War hero Sarah Emma Edmonds who enlisted in the Union Army disguised as a man. In addition, She has covered intriguing events like the 1914 sinking of the Empress of Ireland in the St. Lawrence Seaway, the 1927 Bath School massacre in Michigan and the rum-running antics of Detroit’s own mobsters, The Purple Gang, during Prohibition.
Debra Ann has also written multiple Hollywood history articles about the fascinating world of film-making and the nearly forgotten personalities who, at one time, held the world spellbound. Among those early Hollywood figures were sexy Clara Bow who ushered in the Jazz Age, blacklisted funny man Fatty Arbuckle, who was accused of murder, as well as Tinseltown’s first super couple, Douglas Fairbanks, Sr. and his wife, Mary Pickford, who defined Hollywood royalty.
Debra Ann also authored a book, Farmington and Farmington Hills, for Arcadia Publishing’s ‘Making of America’ series. This book details the history of the two local cities and includes a multitude of pictures, some of which are over 100 years old. In addition, she has also contributed to Chicken Soup for the Mother and Daughter Soul, as well as, Chicken Soup for the Father and Daughter Soul. Debra Ann's work has also appeared in The Writer, Aviation History and Michigan History. She has written an in-depth profile on band leader and march king John Philip Sousa, which was released on CD by Allegro Music. Additionally, she has completed a children’s book profiling Bruce Lee, which was published in 2009.
SUGGESTED INTERVIEW QUESTIONS:
1. What was Hollywood like in those early days of filmmaking?
2. Where did the idea of forming the Academy originally come from?
3. How did these specific 36 men and women come to be Academy founders?
4. What were some of their occupations before they entered the film industry?
5. What did the Academy hope to accomplish?
6. What committees were formed?
7. How did they come up with Oscar?
8. What was the first Award ceremony like?
9. Who was the first Academy President? Vice President? Secretary? Treasurer?
10. Did any of the original founders go on to other major accomplishments?
#41: $16 TRILLION, HERE WE COME: Should America Really Be Worried About the Debt? (Guest in EST):When Barack Obama and the Democrats fought to raise the debt ceiling last summer, there wasn’t another news story that could drown out the fervor on that issue. But, now that the national debt has ballooned to $15 trillion dollars and grown to the size of the entire U.S. annual economy, and Obama is already talking about raising the ceiling again, where is the same fervor?
Have Americans become somewhat desensitized to it all? When liberal economist Paul Krugman says we should all relax about this whole debt thing, is he insane? Or not?
Put financial analyst and business owner Phil Cioppa in the camp that says we better not lose our zeal on this issue. Should we be concerned, even scared about sweeping this under the rug for a few more years? Absolutely, he says.
From the risk of buying off too quickly on the modest signs of an economic recovery in the past several weeks, to the ongoing trade deficit, to the European Union on the brink of a soufflé-like economic collapse, and all the other variables so closely related to our flirting with debt disaster, Cioppa is prepared to put the entire issue into perspective on your show.
“Think about it,” says Cioppa, shaking us all by the lapels. “As of January 10, the debt now exceeds the size of the economy for the first time in U.S. history. The American people are going to be saddled with debt for generations to come if the federal government does not contain this disaster. And this is not a Republican or Democratic Party issue. It is an American issue. And the American economy will not be able to sustain this much longer. There are consequences to this plight!”
Find out what they are, and what we need to do to turn this ship around. Call Special Guests to schedule Phil Cioppa.
THE FOLLOWING ARTICLES MAY BE USEFUL FOR SHOW PREP:
Phil Cioppa is the Managing Principal and Chief Investment Officer of Arbol Financial Strategies, LLC (www.arbolfinancialstrategies.com), located in Norwalk, CT, Harrisburg, PA and Manhattan, NY.
With more than 10 years in financial service experience, he has served as a Certified Trust and Financial Advisor and has distinguished himself among his peers as a top advisor at Thrivent Financial for Lutherans prior to co-founding Arbol Financial Strategies.
Phil brings a proprietary and unique client-centered approach and a sense of humor to his work as a financial advisor. He is very passionate about his work with clients and as Chief Investment Officer, he specializes in asset management strategies, insurance planning and taxation issues.
Prior to starting his journey in financial services, Phil pursued his passion for religious studies with a Bachelor of Arts from State University of New York at Albany, Masters of Divinity at St. Bernard’s Institute in Rochester and his Doctor of Ministry from Graduate Theological Foundation in Mishawaka, Indiana. Phil served as a Roman Catholic Priest for 18 years, leaving active ministry in excellent standing to pursue his new passage.
Phil has recently appeared on the Michael McDonnell Show on WGN, The Lars Larson Show, The Leslie Marshall Show, The Georgene Rice Show on KPDQ-FM (Portland, OR) and the Small Business Advocate with James Burlingame Show.
He is also soon to be seen as a financial guest expert on The Brian Tracy Show, featured on ABC, NBC, CBS and FOX, and has been named as a “Trendsetter in the New Economy” by USA Today.
He is currently co-authoring a book with Brian Tracy, as well as another book with Jack Canfield, co-author of Chicken Soup for the Soul, which will be launched later this year at The National Academy of Best Selling Authors in Hollywood. He also is set to host his own radio show on WGCH 1490 AM in Greenwich, CT.
Phil has also co-authored a suspense fiction novel and screenplay with Johnny Blue Star of Palm Desert, CA, entitled The Resurrected dealing with the intrigue of the Catholic Church and near-death experience.
Phil is married to a wonderful wife, Janie, and lives in Danbury, CT with Janie, his niece Amanda and great-nephew Edrien.
#42: WHITE HOUSE TO POLICE INTERNET: Holder Set to Take Control January 24 (Guest in PST):It’s like a political blindside to the American voter. Somehow, with virtually no coverage in the press, the White House has managed to close in on the unthinkable… bending online piracy laws to give the Department of Justice abusive power over the Internet.
Sound farfetched? Constitutionalist attorney Gary Kreep, President of the United States Justice Foundation (USJF), not only has a firm grasp on the legislation that would grant this authority, but he also has inside sources informing him that the Senate is scheduled to make this potential nightmare a reality when they pass S. 968 into law on January 24!
In a passionate effort to alert Americans and stop this Orwellian policy, Kreep has made himself available for interviews leading up to the Senate vote. He explains:
“This bill (S. 968) is disguised as a measure to stop online piracy. However, there are already plenty of laws on the books to protect copyrighted material on the Internet. This is an Internet takeover bill, pure and simple.
This measure will give Eric Holder and Barack Hussein Obama the power to ‘police’ the Internet, ‘sanitize’ web searches and shut down anti-Obama websites. Just one ‘complaint’ from a liberal activist, or a government agent, that you are indirectly violating an obscure copyright rule, and your website could be fined huge sums, and it could be blacklisted.
Meanwhile, the left-wing mainstream media companies are campaigning all out for this bill, too. They want the government to shut down all the blogs, political forums, and independent news sites, so that they, once again, have a monopoly on the news you and I are allowed to see.”
So, do you think Holder and the rest of the Obama administration would really abuse this power? Do you remember the Missouri “truth squad” during the 2008 Presidential campaign?
Call Special Guests right away to book Gary Kreep for a supercharged interview.
VISIT THE UNITED STATES JUSTICE FOUNDATION AT: http://usjf.net
ABOUT YOUR GUEST, GARY KREEP:
A 1972 graduate of the University of California at San Diego with a Bachelor of Arts Degree in Economics, Mr. Kreep graduated from the University of San Diego School of Law in 1975 with a Juris Doctor. He passed the California State Bar Examination on his first try, and started practicing law in 1975.
He has been in private practice since that time, both as a sole practitioner and as the sole owner of a small law firm, employing as many as three attorneys and ten staff members. Mr. Kreep co-founded the UNITED STATES JUSTICE FOUNDATION (USJF) in 1979 with two other California attorneys. Since that time, he has served as the President and Executive Director of USJF.
In 1992, Mr. Kreep reduced his private practice to part-time status to work full-time for USJF. USJF is a nationwide, nonprofit, conservative, legal action foundation. Mr. Kreep co-founded the JUSTICE POLITICAL ACTION COMMITTEE (JPAC) in 1985 with two other conservative activists. He has served as President of JPAC since then. JPAC is a federal political action committee registered with the Federal Election Commission.
Mr. Kreep co-founded the CALIFORNIA JUSTICE POLITICAL ACTION COMMITTEE (CALJPAC) in 1996 with two other conservative activists. He has served as President of CALJPAC since then. CALJPAC is a California political action committee registered with the California FPPC.
Mr. Kreep co-founded the FAMILY VALUES COALITION in 1998 with two other conservative activists. He has served as President of FVC since then. FVC is a nonprofit California corporation organized under IRC 501 (c)(4).
Mr. Kreep currently serves as General Counsel to the Minuteman Civil Defense Corps, an unpaid position.
Political/Civic: Mr. Kreep served on the California Delegations to the 1976 and 1980 Republican National Conventions. He has been a member of a number of Republican organizations, including several California Republican Assembly Chapters. Mr. Kreep also served as elected General Counsel to Region 16 of the Young Republican National Foundation, and General Counsel to the California Young Republicans.
Mr. Kreep served for one year on the San Diego County, California PUBLIC WELFARE ADVISORY BOARD (PWAB). PWAB is an advisory board to the San Diego County Board of Supervisors concerning the San Diego County Department of Social Services. Mr. Kreep served for two years on the SAN DIEGO HUMAN RELATIONS COMMISSION (HRC). HRC is an advisory board to the San Diego City Council, charged with the task of enforcing the San Diego City non-discrimination ordinances, including its gay rights ordinance.
Mr. Kreep was a member from 1969 until 1984 of YOUNG AMERICANS FOR FREEDOM (YAF). He served as San Diego County Chairman, California State Vice-Chairman, California State Chairman, and a Member of the National Board of Directors of YAF. Mr. Kreep served in the BIG BROTHER Program for four years.
Legal: Mr. Kreep is admitted to practice before the United States Supreme Court, the United States Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals, the United States Federal Court for the Eastern District of California, the United States Federal Court for the Northern District of California, the United States Federal Court for the Central District of California, the United States Federal Court for the Southern District of California, and all state courts in California. He is also admitted to the United States Court of Appeals for the Eleventh Circuit and for the Sixth Circuit.
Published Articles/Radio and Television Appearances: Mr. Kreep has written a number of articles published by a variety of newspapers and other publications. This includes the San Diego Union Tribune, the Escondido Times Advocate, the North County Times, the Christian American, the Arizona Star, Media Bypass, and many more. Mr. Kreep regularly appears on a variety of radio and television programs. These include radio programs such as the ROGER HEDGECOCK SHOW, the WEISSBACH SHOW, ISSUES IN EDUCATION, the MASON WEAVER SHOW, the BOB NOONAN SHOW, the DUFFY SHOW, and the MICHAEL LAW SHOW.
Mr. Kreep regularly speaks at conferences. These include the annual CONSERVATIVE POLITICAL ACTION CONFERENCE (CPAC), the annual CONSTITUTIONAL COALITION CONVENTION, and the annual CHRISTIAN COALITION CONVENTION.
#43: BLOOMBERG BLITZ ON CHURCHES: NY Mayor Says Party’s Over for Those Using Public Schools (Guest in PST):Like any other social organization, Christian churches in New York City often use public school spaces to host services, events, charitable drives and other community engagement activities. They have for years.
But, in what many perceive as another example of some peculiar crusade against religion, NYC Mayor Michael Bloomberg (D) (pictured) has put a stop to it, laying down an executive decision to evict all houses of worship from public school property.
Attorney Alan Reinach, is the President of the North American Religious Liberty Association–West and a legal expert on cases of religious discrimination, and he is available for interviews to discuss this issue as it evolves to the next level.
While local religious leaders, along with Family Research Council President Tony Perkins and NYC Council Member Fernando Cabrera, actively protest the Mayor’s office and pick up a head of publicity steam, Reinach can comment on when the separation of church and state crosses into religious discrimination, and can shed light on the argument these protesters can take to win back their rights.
Cabrera says he’s “getting the perception that we have an anti-religion mayor,” (see the link below). And why not? As Cabrera points out, Bloomberg made this move to completely sweep churches out of public schools right after the Supreme Court opted to not hear a case involving a New York church banned from holding services in its local school.
“This particular church has been there for six years,” says Cabrera, after he was arrested and jailed at a protest several days ago. “They have been a complete positive impact on the community. Why is this happening now?”
Find out what Reinach has to say about this and other similar cases of government’s war on religion. Call Special Guests to schedule an interview today.
THE FOLLOWING ARTICLE MAY BE USEFUL FOR SHOW PREP:
Alan serves as the Executive Director of the Church State Council and President of the North American Religious Liberty Association–West. He is an attorney and a Seventh-day Adventist minister. A graduate of the State University of New York, in New Paltz, with special honors in history, in 1984, and the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill School of Law, in 1987.
Reinach represents employees who have suffered religious discrimination, and has filed briefs in religious liberty cases in state and Federal courts, and in the California and United States Supreme Court.
When he’s not in court, Alan maintains an extensive speaking schedule, hosts the weekly radio program, Freedom’s Ring, and appears regularly on radio interviews throughout the nation. He also regularly publishes articles on religious freedom. Alan is a passionate advocate of liberty of conscience.
As a young man coming of age in the 70s, he struggled to know God, examining the religious teachings of various traditions. He saw friends taken captive to religious cults, and was wary of getting into something that he couldn’t get out of. God’s gracious commitment to respecting human freedom made it possible for him to experience Christian conversion without fear of being trapped or conned. He has dedicated his life to serving God, and to championing an understanding of God’s character – i.e., that a loving God gives freedom, and does not coerce the conscience.
#44: SEE, NO EVIL: Pro-Lifers Say New TX Sonogram Law Will Reduce Abortions (Guest in EST):After a classic legal volley between the Texas state legislature, a federal district court and an abortion advocacy group, the Texas Attorney General and the 5th Circuit Court of Appeals, a new law in the Lone Star State has the pro-life contingent feeling victorious.
What started as House Bill 15, Texas’ Sonogram Law essentially protects a pregnant woman’s right in that state to view an ultrasound of her unborn child before signing off on the decision to have an abortion.
So, how does this translate into a pro-life win? Special Guests offers you the perspective of Chris Slattery, a foremost pro-life advocate and founder of EMC Front Line Pregnancy Centers, who can explain.
As Slattery himself has witnessed many times, when a woman has the opportunity to see her child as a living, breathing human being for the first time, she very often has a change of heart about her inclination to abort.
When clinics such as Planned Parenthood conduct ultrasounds before abortions, policy is to deny the mother a chance to see the sonogram. Many argue this is because the clinic knows it has too much to lose otherwise—that the odds of the mother choosing life as a result are too high and, therefore, sharing the images is bad for business, so to speak.
Now, in Texas, that policy comes to an end.
Maybe such a blunt assessment of the Planned Parenthoods in this world is true. Maybe not. Either way, Slattery says the truth about the impact of viewing the sonogram and, by association, the impact this law will have in the fight for life, is undeniable.
Call Special Guests now to discuss it further with Chris Slattery on your show. For all things related to the pro-life movement, there is no louder or clearer voice.
INTERVIEW QUESTIONS FOR MR. SLATTERY COULD INCLUDE:
1. What do you know about the Sonogram Law in Texas, and the legal battle over it being upheld? 2. Do you know of any similar laws in place or being developed in legislatures in other states? 3. Do you have statistics on the percentage of pregnant women considering abortion who then change their minds after seeing their sonograms? 4. Do you have any personal accounts to this effect inside your circles in New York? 5. Where do you think this victory in Texas might lead in the pro-life movement? What’s next as a result of this? 6. Do you see a shift in the abortion debate? Is the cultural pendulum swinging back to the pro-life side? 7. If yes, do you see on the horizon an end to Roe v. Wade? 8. How does your group, Front Line Pregnancy Centers, counsel women? And, more specifically, do you encourage them to have an ultrasound done so they can see their child? 9. What are all the services that Front Line provides to women? 10. If you had one message to convey to the women in our audience today, what would it be?
ABOUT YOUR EXPERT GUEST CHRIS SLATTERY:
Chris Slattery founded Expectant Mother Care, also known as EMC FrontLine Pregnancy Centers, in 1985 in Manhattan. EMC has grown to 12 office locations, including Westchester, Manhattan, Brooklyn, Queens, the Bronx, and Hudson County NJ. Chris was honored with the “Champion for Life” award, a pro-life tribute, from John Cardinal O’Connor, and had the privilege of being the Confirmation sponsor of the famous Dr. Bernard Nathanson, the producer of the acclaimed videos, The Silent Scream and Eclipse of Reason.
Chris opened NYC’s first full-time crisis pregnancy center locations, and quickly implemented on-site clinic care with ultrasound and full pre-natal care programs, 26 years ago. He did this to supplement the main work of crisis pregnancy counseling. EMC’s counselors have served more 110,000 girls and women since they opened, and have saved more than 40,000 from a certain abortion in that time. Thousands have turned to abstinent lifestyles as well. They provide one-on-one friendly counseling and, in many locations, on-site medical care, in addition to referrals for adoption, housing and legal aid, and material supplies for mothers and babies.
Chris has been sued by two NY State Attorney Generals, Robert Abrahms and Elliott Spitzer, the former Governor (D) of NY, as well as by numerous abortion mills. He also recently won a quick settlement of suit filed against a major NY abortion mill chain for their deceptive advertising in the Yellow Pages. Chris has been a pro-life leader for more than 30 years—organizing Operation Rescue in NYC, prayer vigils, protests at Planned Parenthood conferences, board meetings and abortion sites, Marches, Life Chains, Truth Tours, training sessions, conferences, press conferences, and lawsuits against his opponents.
Chris has been leading the charge against Bill #371 in the NYC Council to regulate pregnancy centers with onerous unconstitutional speech regulations.
Chris has granted thousands of TV, radio and print media interviews with local, national and international media in the past 30 years.
#45: RON PAUL, IRAN'S CHOICE: Terrorist State found Guilty of 9/11 Attacks by Federal Judge Appears to be Supporting Truthers' Candidate:Kenneth Timmerman, an expert witness in Havlish v. Iran, an eight year case that resulted in a federal judge ruling that Iran and Hezbollah were behind the 9/11 attacks, has chronicled the actions of Iran's Press TV and concludes that the regime seems to support Ron Paul's candidacy more than any other (LINK BELOW).
Former PLO member Walid Shoebat finds the ruling extremely credible and sees Iran's touting of Ron Paul as practically an exhibit by itself. Since learning about the case, Shoebat has uncovered some additionally disturing realities about the Iraqi government's allegiance to Iran from Arabic sources.
“When an enemy hits you and you don't know who did it, the ground becomes fertile for conspiracy theories,” Shoebat says. “A significant percentage of Ron Paul's support comes from people who believe 9/11 was perpetrated by the United States government. Wouldn't an enemy that wants its identity hidden encourage the perpetuation of that belief?”
The 9/11 Truth crowd appears to have been right about one thing; the entity that hit America on September 11th was never truly identified. That entity was identified more than ten years later by a federal judge as being Iran and Hezbollah.
Among the multiple smoking guns produced in Havlish was a memorandum from May 14, 2001 that originated inside the Iranian government. It showed that Iran's Ayatollah Khamenei was aware of the plans for 9/11 and that any communications between Iran and al-Qaeda would only take place between Hezbollah leader Imad Mughniyah and bin Laden's number two, Ayman al Zawahiri.
“People need to ask themselves a very simple question,” Shoebat implores. “What's more believable, that the United States government attacked itself or that Iran did it through a proxy?”
Shoebat maintains that by America's attacker keeping its identity hidden, conspiracy theories can flourish. The one that has caught on among Ron Paul's supporters is exactly the one Iran wants Americans to believe.
“That's why Iran seems to support Ron Paul,” Shoebat said.
One of Ron Paul's arguments on the campaign trail has been that terrorism should be treated as a criminal act. He referred to this when invoking the Oklahoma City bombing. Shoebat maintains that if that were true, Paul should be looking at Havlish v. Iran. “Here you have case that has been litigated for several years that implicates Iran as being responsible for the 9/11 attacks,” Shoebat said.
“Where is Ron Paul?”
Contact Special Guests today for an interview with Walid Shoebat
ABOUT WALID SHOEBAT… Born in Bethlehem, Israel and as a young man, he became a member of the Palestinian Liberation Organization, and participated in acts of terror and violence against Israel, and was imprisoned in Jerusalem's central prison for enticement of violence.
After entering the U.S, he worked as a counselor for the Arab Student Organization in Chicago and continued his anti-Israel activities. Later he was active with the Muslim Brotherhood during 1980-1981 in Chicago.
In 1993, Walid did some critical thinking, studied the Bible in a challenge to convert his wife to Islam and after intense study, Walid realized that everything he had been taught about Jew hatred was a lie. Walid converted to Christianity and was convinced he needed to fight evil, he became an advocate for his former enemy.
Driven by a deep passion to shed his former life he set out to tirelessly to combat terrorism and Islamic Fundamentalism worldwide speaking at churches and synagogues, civic groups, government leaders and media.
Walid has written several books including For God or For Tyranny, God’s War on Terror, Why We Want to Kill You and Why I Left Jihad.
Walid is an American citizen and lives in the USA with his wife and children, under this assumed name. Walid has spoken all over America and the world including Chile, Mexico, Canada, UK, and South Africa. He has appeared on national television also all over the world including CNN, CNN International, FOX News, ITN, RTE, NBC, CBS, and ABC and ABC Australia. He has also been featured on BBC radio 4, 5 and the largest radio audience on the BBC World Service reaching 180 million people.
#46: FREE FINANCIAL POWER SEMINAR: Self-Reliance Initiative Coming to Chicago February 7:Steve Beaman, successful entrepreneur and founder & chairman of The Steve Beaman Group, a personal development company, is gearing up to host a FREE public event scheduled for the AMC Yorktown Theaters in Chicago suburban Lombard next month!
This powerhouse event, billed as the Arming America With Knowledge Financial Power Seminar, combines one part global economics 101 “literacy training” with one part personal financial development training and one part no-holds-barred musical entertainment.
The event is scheduled for Tuesday, February 7, 2012, when the Steve Beaman Group presents Arming America in conjunction with Jewel Food Stores! Two ads will be delivered to more than 900,000 Jewel Preferred Card holders in January—with the second coming up on the 19th—promoting free admission to all Jewel Preferred Card holders and their families.
While Beaman will, indeed, be arming the audience with layman-level knowledge about the enormous, complex and evolving reality that is a global economy and the role players in it—from the Federal Reserve to the world banks, to China, to Wall Street—he’ll also be providing useful insight about how consumers can process and capitalize on this economy, as it approaches a threshold of dramatic change in our nation.
And, through it all, special musical guest, the Arming America Band, featuring Chris Jahntz, guitarist for Sugar Blue of The Rolling Stones, Dave Bickler of Survivor, and Sheri Scott of Earth, Wind & Fire, will be bringing down the house!
“We have to know that our nation today and, as a result, the entire Western world is set up for a state of change,” says Beaman. “…And if we don’t arm Americans today with the knowledge they need to grasp this and prosper from it, then we’re going to have a lost generation.”
Call Special Guests right away to book Steve Beaman for an enlightening analysis of current economic trends and a preview of his Arming America With Knowledge show that is right around the corner! Visit www.ArmingAmerica.org to find out more.
ABOUT STEVE BEAMAN:
Steve Beaman is a self-taught, self-made millionaire and, presently, founder & chairman of The Steve Beaman Group (SBG), a personal development company working to help people along the five paths to a transformed life. He is the author of two published e-books, one print book to be published, a two-volume, 12 CD audio library, and more than 200 SBG-casts highlighting articles that have been published on each of the Five paths.
He has been the keynote speaker at numerous Chamber of Commerce events and industry conferences. He’s been a guest on televised financial programs and he hosts his own monthly radio program, Life Changes.
Prior to founding the Steve Beaman Group, Steve established DuPage Business Partners, a venture capital and private equity firm that used the capital he had accumulated through the sale of his prior company. Through DuPage Partners, he invested in several companies in various industries.
Beaman’s most public success was the co-founding, development and sale of Chicago Investment Analytics, the premier provider of independent research on Wall Street. In 2000, after a successful 10-year run, “CIA,” as it was known, was sold to Charles Schwab and became the foundation of what is now known as the Schwab Equity Rating. During his time there, Steve was called “the best in the business” by one of the largest money managers in the U.S.
Prior to founding CIA, Steve worked with Wharton Econometrics, Zacks Investment Research, and the E.F. Hutton Company. He is a licensed private pilot and a licensed scuba diver. Steve studied political science and history at Purdue University and attends College Church in Wheaton, Illinois. He is the father of six children.
#47: TARGETING "EX" AMERICANS: New Bill Would Allow Government to Revoke Citizenship in Order to Identify Terrorists:When someone is in danger of drowning, the best thing for that person to do is to calm down but often fear of death induces panic that ultimately makes drowning more likely. Proponents of bizarre bills in the name of National Defense seem to be exhibiting similar traits. The National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA), signed by President Obama, allows for American citizens to be detained indefinitely and without cause if they are determined to be terrorists. In reality, the definition of 'terrorist' ultimately becomes more important. Americans are potentially placed in more danger if it is defined incorrectly.
Enter the Enemy Expatriation Act, a Bill sponsored by Senator Joe Lieberman. According to Lieberman, the need for this arose from the targeting and killing of American citizen and terrorist, Anwar al-Awlaqi. Under Lieberman's bill, al-Awlaqi would have surrendered his US citizenship as a result of engaging in terrorist activity.
Conducting Talk Show interviews on this topic is David Rubin, former Mayor of Shiloh in Israel, author, and political analyst, who is very familiar with what needs to be done to prevent attacks on a homeland. In Israel, profiling is done to prevent terrorist attacks from the most likely extremists – Islamic extremists. Unfortunately, the identity of America's enemies has not been made known. This makes it possible for any American citizen – Islamic or otherwise – to relinquish his or her citizenship for doing something as lawful as exercising first amendment rights if those in power misread the intent of the legislation. While this seems absurd on the surface, the language is vague enough to lead to such a reality if in the hands of the wrong leaders.
Call Special Guests today to schedule an interview with David Rubin.
THE FOLLOWING ARTICLE MAY BE HELPFUL DURING SHOW PREP: http://www.thenewamerican.com/usnews/politics/10512-bill-would-strip-citizenship-from-any-engaging-in-hostilities-against-us
ABOUT YOUR GUEST, DAVID RUBIN:
David Rubin is the former mayor of Shiloh, Israel—in the region of Samaria, known to much of the world as the West Bank. He is the founder and president of Shiloh Israel Children’s Fund—dedicated to easing the trauma of children who have been victims of terrorist attacks, as well as rebuilding the Biblical heartland of Israel. The Fund was established after Rubin and his three-year-old son were wounded in a vicious terrorist attack while driving home from Jerusalem. He vowed to retaliate—not with hatred or anger, but with compassion—in order to affect positive change for Israel and its people.
BOOK: “THE ISLAMIC TSUNAMI: Israel and America in the Age of Obama”
David is the author of the groundbreaking new book, The Islamic Tsunami: Israel and America in the Age of Obama, which exposes the attempts of the Islamic ideologues to destroy Judeo-Christian civilization. He illustrates the deep roots and the Biblical basis of the Israel–United States alliance and shows how those two countries are the only force on Earth that can realistically stop the Islamic Tsunami. He also demonstrates how Barack Obama typifies the collusion between Islam and the secular Left in the attempts to fundamentally change America and steer it away from its roots.
Rubin’s previous book, God, Israel, and Shiloh: Returning to the Land, recounts the struggles and the triumphs of Israel’s complex history. He also illustrates the inspiring journey of the people of Israel returning to their Biblical heartland, with all of the difficult challenges that they have faced. A featured speaker throughout the United States and in Israel, David Rubin has appeared on national and international radio and television programs.
Born and raised in Brooklyn, New York, Rubin currently resides in Israel with his wife and children on a hilltop overlooking the site of Ancient Shiloh. This is the hallowed ground where the Tabernacle stood for 369 years in the time of Joshua, Hannah and Samuel the Prophet.
#48: BIG VICTORY FOR RELIGIOUS LIBERTY: Supreme Court Gives Churches More Latitude to Fire Staff:Talk about an ironic twist in the separation-of-church-and-state argument that laces the culture war to secularize America… In a very intriguing 9–0 unanimous Supreme Court decision this week, the justices clearly came down on the side of religious liberty, ruling that churches are exempt from the bindings of job discrimination lawsuits.
Essentially, as attorney Alan Reinach, Executive Director of the Church State Council explains, these churches and other religious organizations have retained the right to determine who is eligible to serve as clergy, without second guessing from the courts.
“The interest of society in the enforcement of employment discrimination statutes is undoubtedly important,” says Chief Justice John G. Roberts Jr., as quoted in the New York Times (see the link below). “But so, too, is the interest of religious groups in choosing who will preach their beliefs, teach their faith and carry out their mission.”
“This is a major win for religious freedom,” observed Reinach, whose organization was one of those involved as a ‘friend of the court’ in this case. “The so-called ‘ministerial exception’ recognized by the court is essential for churches to preserve the ability to transmit the faith.”
Reinach is available to discuss this Supreme Court decision and its implications for religious freedom. Just call Special Guests at the number above to schedule an interview.
THE FOLLOWING ARTICLE MAY BE USEFUL FOR SHOW PREP:
Alan serves as the Executive Director of the Church State Council and President of the North American Religious Liberty Association–West. He is an attorney and a Seventh-day Adventist minister. A graduate of the State University of New York, in New Paltz, with special honors in history, in 1984, and the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill School of Law, in 1987.
Reinach represents employees who have suffered religious discrimination, and has filed briefs in religious liberty cases in state and Federal courts, and in the California and United States Supreme Court.
When he’s not in court, Alan maintains an extensive speaking schedule, hosts the weekly radio program, Freedom’s Ring, and appears regularly on radio interviews throughout the nation. He also regularly publishes articles on religious freedom. Alan is a passionate advocate of liberty of conscience.
As a young man coming of age in the 70s, he struggled to know God, examining the religious teachings of various traditions. He saw friends taken captive to religious cults, and was wary of getting into something that he couldn’t get out of.
God’s gracious commitment to respecting human freedom made it possible for him to experience Christian conversion without fear of being trapped or conned. He has dedicated his life to serving God, and to championing an understanding of God’s character – i.e., that a loving God gives freedom, and does not coerce the conscience.
#49: YANKEES WIN 1960 WORLD SERIES!: Faction’s Dangerous Agenda Makes Elections Just as Absurd (Guest in CST):Virtually every election year, some segment of the voters on the losing end outwardly protests the Constitution’s Electoral College process as stupid and unfair. In years like 2000, when Republican George W. Bush narrowly defeated the popular vote winner, Democrat Al Gore (shown on the right), the segment gets measurably larger and louder.
Well, now these sour grapes are taking action—or, at least, a lobbyist group is taking action on their behalf—to topple the Electoral College process in favor of a National Popular Vote (NPV). And, while most of America carries on without any knowledge or concern about the issue, Phyllis Schlafly, the National Chairman of the Republican National Coalition for Life and founder of the pro-family Eagle Forum, warns that it’s a serious threat to our nation.
“People who pretend the Electoral College system is undemocratic are (simply) ignorant of the history and purposes of the U.S. Constitution...” explains Schlafly.
“Basing the election on a plurality of the popular vote while ignoring the states would be like the New York Yankees claiming they won the 1960 World Series because they outscored the Pirates in (total) runs 55–27. Yet, the Pirates fairly won that World Series, four games to three, and no one challenges their victory.”
Get a simple, reasoned explanation why the Founding Fathers devised the Electoral College, why shifting to a National Popular Vote concept would dramatically change life as we know it, and how a similar NPV process is already proving a failure in neighboring Mexico.
Plus, find out how—and why—the lobbyists pushing for an NPV are trying to circumvent the Constitution to make it happen.
Check out Ms. Schlafly’s editorial on the subject at the link below. Then, call Special Guests to book her for a powerful interview.
MS. SCHLAFLY’S ARTICLE ON THIS TOPIC CAN BE FOUND AT:
Phyllis Schlafly has been a national leader of the conservative movement since the publication of her best-selling 1964 book, A Choice Not An Echo. She has been a leader of the pro-family movement since 1972, when she started her national volunteer organization now called Eagle Forum. In a ten-year battle, Mrs. Schlafly led the pro-family movement to victory over the principal legislative goal of the radical feminists, called the Equal Rights Amendment. An articulate and successful opponent of the radical feminist movement, she appears in debate on college campuses more frequently than any other conservative. She was named one of the 100 most important women of the 20th century by the Ladies’ Home Journal.
Mrs. Schlafly’s monthly newsletter called The Phyllis Schlafly Report is now in its 41st year. Her syndicated column appears in 100 newspapers, her radio commentaries are heard daily on 460 stations, and her radio talk show on education called "Eagle Forum Live" is heard weekly on 45 stations. Both can be heard on the Internet.
Mrs. Schlafly is the author or editor of 20 books on subjects as varied as family and feminism (The Power of the Positive Woman and Feminist Fantasies), nuclear strategy (Strike From Space and Kissinger on the Couch), education (Child Abuse in the Classroom), child care (Who Will Rock the Cradle?), and phonics (First Reader and Turbo Reader). Her most recent book: The Supremacists: The Tyranny of Judges and How to Stop It.
Mrs. Schlafly is a lawyer and served as a member of the Commission on the Bicentennial of the U.S. Constitution, 1985-1991, appointed by President Reagan. She has testified before more than 50 Congressional and State Legislative committees on constitutional, national defense, and family issues.
Mrs. Schlafly is a Phi Beta Kappa graduate of Washington University, received her J.D. from Washington University Law School, and received her Master's in Political Science from Harvard University.
Phyllis Schlafly is America's best-known advocate of the dignity and honor that we as a society owe to the role of full-time homemaker. The mother of six children, she was the 1992 Illinois Mother of the Year.
#50: BIG BRO OBAMA WANTS CONTROL OF THE INTERNET: Will Americans Surrender Their Last Domain of Freedom?: Following close on the heels of Congress’ passage of the National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA) which has been said to be the death of the Bill of Rights carried out conspicuously on Bill of Rights Day, December 15, 2011, we now learn that the “Obama Administration Reportedly Plans to Create Internet ID for All Americans.”
Section 954 of the NDAA, entitled "Military Activities in Cyberspace," states:
Congress affirms that the Department of Defense has the capability, and upon direction by the President may conduct offensive operations in cyberspace to defend our Nation, Allies and interests subject to (1) the policy principles and legal regimes that the Department follows for kinetic capabilities, including the law of armed conflict; and (2) the War Powers Resolution." [Emphasis added.]
For those who ‘connect the dots’, it’s easy to see the link between the NDAA and Obama’s plan to give the Commerce Department the authorization to develop an Internet ID for Americans.
And, of course, it most surely will be presented as an enhancement of security and privacy and even a convenience to help those of us with bad memories not have to deal with multiple passwords. But are there ulterior motives? And what about the further erosion of our Constitutional rights?
Talk Show guest expert Philip Cioppa says, “The Obama Administration's attempt to regulate the internet, although not implicitly stated, is nothing more than an attempt to monitor terrorist activity, and, although it is the thought that counts, this borders on the trampling of the Constitution. In addition, to add this cost to the already overburdened cost of government makes little to no sense, and imperils the economy with more debt accumulated by the Federal Government.”
Contact Special Guests now to interview Philip Cioppa concerning this further erosion of individual liberty and additional economic burden.
Phil Cioppa is the Managing Principal and Chief Investment Officer of Arbol Financial Strategies, LLC (www.arbolfinancialstrategies.com), located in Norwalk, CT, Harrisburg, PA and Manhattan, NY.
With more than 10 years in financial service experience, he has served as a Certified Trust and Financial Advisor and has distinguished himself among his peers as a top advisor at Thrivent Financial for Lutherans prior to co-founding Arbol Financial Strategies.
Phil brings a proprietary and unique client-centered approach and a sense of humor to his work as a financial advisor. He is very passionate about his work with clients and as Chief Investment Officer, he specializes in asset management strategies, insurance planning and taxation issues.
Prior to starting his journey in financial services, Phil pursued his passion for religious studies with a Bachelor of Arts from State University of New York at Albany, Masters of Divinity at St. Bernard’s Institute in Rochester and his Doctor of Ministry from Graduate Theological Foundation in Mishawaka, Indiana. Phil served as a Roman Catholic Priest for 18 years, leaving active ministry in excellent standing to pursue his new passage.
Phil has recently appeared on Fox News as well as on popular radio shows including Michael McDonnell Show on WGN in Chicago, The Lars Larson Show, The Leslie Marshall Show, and the Small Business Advocate Show with James Burlingame.
He is also soon to be seen as a financial guest expert on The Brian Tracy Show, featured on ABC, NBC, CBS and FOX, and has been named as a “Trendsetter in the New Economy” by USA Today.
He is currently co-authoring a book with Brian Tracy, as well as another book with Jack Canfield, co-author of Chicken Soup for the Soul, which will be launched next year at The National Academy of Best Selling Authors in Hollywood. He also is set to host his own radio show on WGCH 1490 AM in Greenwich, CT.
Phil is also co-authoring a suspense fiction novel and screenplay with Johnny Blue Star of Palm Desert, CA, entitled The Resurrected dealing with the intrigue of the Catholic Church and near-death experience. Release is set for spring, 2011.
Phil is married to a wonderful wife, Janie, and lives in Danbury, CT with Janie, his niece Amanda and great-nephew Edrien.
#51: DEMYSTIFYING HR: Remember the good old days in America when you as a budding entrepreneur could bootstrap yourself from a shoestring budget into a flourishing company but simply finding a need an filling it? And as you grew you'd just add more workers? And let them figure out the minor amount of paperwork to satisfy the then-small government?
Well, times have changed. Today federal paperwork has more than tripled and there are more rules and regulations for hiring and firing than you can shake a stick at.
Belinda Waggoner is President & Founder of HR-Haven, Inc., is a leader with a noble mission to the business world burning in her heart, to help entrepreneurs navigate the maze of HR so they can focus their energy on what they do best: running a business, not studying manuals about HR rules. Belinda formed her award winning company, HR-Haven, to educate, empower and equip small to mid size companies and organizations to rise up and meet the ever-emerging needs and challenges associated with corporate human resources. Due to the litigious nature of our culture and hard economic times, companies are more vulnerable on this front than their leaders typically realize.
Ms. Waggoner has been an expert in the full-range of issues surrounding HR for many years which has enabled her to demystify the pro-active – and down-to-earth steps executives need to take to wisely ensure their hard-earned ongoing viability. HR-Haven provides creative, practical and affordable HR tools to the entrepreneurial masses of today. Beyond all this, Belinda and her employees inject a rare form of style, humor and fun into the corporate cultures they touch. They help business owners lift the heavy HR burden that, too often, weighs down otherwise positive and productive groups of people.
So regardless of if your listeners are currently running businesses or merely exploring the possibility of chasing that American Dream, Belinda Waggoner is your "go to" guest on this topic.
SUGGESTED INTERVIEW QUESTIONS:
Why did you gravitate to providing HR services to small and medium sized companies? How did you gain your HR expertise? What is the most commonly misunderstood thing about HR? What don’t most business owners & executives know about HR that they need to know? Employees? What is the most tragic HR-related story you have been close to? Give us an example of how you helped a company avoid an HR disaster? What are some of the most common HR issues you help groups navigate? How should an organization prepare to budget wisely for HR? What is the most basic tool HR-Haven provides to help with HR and how can it be acquired? What other tools and services do you provide for your clients? If someone contacts you today, how long will it take to connect with HR-Haven? And once a company engages HR-Haven, how long does it take on average for turn-around of corporate culture and business performance?
ABOUT BELINDA WAGGONER...
Belinda Waggoner’s background in HR is rooted in over 20 years of HR work in connection with law firms. The rigors of this culture provided her with a research-based and detail-driven mindset that informs her expertise in this critical field where the stakes can run so high for organizations and businesses. Yet, she has added to this solid foundation her savvy people skills to create a fusion of elements that give HR-Haven a very unique offering to groups of people working for a common cause. hr-haven, inc., is a boutique, Virtual HR Department and human resources strategic partner devoted to delivering highly personalized, quality results to innovative small to medium sized businesses. hr-haven’s purpose is to provide strategic human resources, guidance, advice and expertise to progressive and innovative small to mid-sized businesses and organizations; at a fraction of the cost of hiring their own HR Department.
In addition, HR-Haven, Inc. offers stand-alone solutions such as the HR StartUp Toolkit which gives businesses everything they need to get an HR program off the ground and HR Hourly Bundles designed to give small to mid-sized businesses the HR support they need but within a manageable budget.
“Belinda and hr-haven has become our trusted advisor and “go to” consultant for help regarding all things HR. Their deep and precise knowledge base and keen insight has helped to eliminate our compliance risk and has saved us incalculable time and money, they truly are experts in their field. Their high level of responsiveness and down-to-earth style also makes them very easy to work with. Needless to say, we have been very pleased with the results, the impact on our business and highly recommend their services.” Jeff Herman, American Companion Care
#52: YUGO-TAMPA TERRORIST: Apprehended Jihadist Shows that Islamic Terror not Reserved only for Arabic Muslims:Add another to the growing list of would-be Muslim terrorists who intend to attack America. When it comes to failed attempts, the shoe bomber, the underwear bomber, the Times Square bomber, and now the Yugo bomber all have two things in common. One is that they intended to kill innocent people. The other is that they are all Muslim. Sami Osmakac, who was apprehended in Tampa, Florida before he could carry out his attack, is slightly different – he is from Yugoslavia.
Ted Shoebat, son of a former Muslim terrorist and PLO member, spends a great deal of time studying history and cautions westerners not to focus exclusively on Middle Eastern / Arab Muslims when profiling potential terrorists. The former country known as Yugoslavia was home to Islamic soldiers who fought alongside Hitler's Nazis during World War II.
“The Grand Mufti of Jerusalem during WWII was Hajj Amin al-Husseini and in addition to being a close personal friend and ally to Adolf Hitler, he also led Yugoslavia's Muslim troops,” Shoebat said.
Shoebat's great granfather was a chieftain of the Bethlehem village in which he lived and met with Husseini several times when the Grand Mufti would come to visit.
According to the son of a former PLO member, the profile of Osmakac presents a bit of a problem for groups like CAIR, which likes to accuse westerners of being bigoted toward Arabs. “Speaking of profiling,” Shoebat says, “Sami Osmakac is not Arabic; he's eastern European and it is his Islamic religion that makes him fit the profile of a Muslim terrorist, not his ethnicity.”
Theodore (Ted) Shoebat is the son of Walid Shoebat, a former PLO terrorist. At age 16, Ted released his first book In Satan’s Footsteps, which has been followed up with, For God or For Tyranny, available now. Ted grew up in the U.S., in Northern California, attending the public school system. Because of his conservative and religious upbringing, he often struggled with his teachers and fellow students. He personally witnessed Holocaust denial, anti-Semitism and anti-Zionism in the schools and his defense of Israel and the Jewish people made him a victim of ridicule and mockery.
At such a young age, Ted was inspired due to challenges and frustrations he faced from public schools he attended. Not only was he bombarded with criticism for his conservative and religious beliefs, but they also attempted to squelch his expression by labeling him with a psychological condition known as Asberger’s syndrome.
Though the educational community thought it a stigma, Ted took it with pride, since it is said that Bill Gates and Albert Einstein were also diagnosed with Asberger’s, a personality that includes such positive human behaviors as loyalty, honesty and bluntness. Ted is the primary contributor for this amazing work of research and polemic—For God or For Tyranny. It is a timely work, based on the current state of our nation and the pivot point in the direction that America might take. What is even more amazing is Ted Shoebat was only 18 years old when this, his second book, went into publication.
ABOUT SHOEBAT’S BOOK, FOR GOD OR FOR TYRANNY
“For God or For Tyranny: When Nations Deny God’s Natural Law,” by Ted Shoebat and Walid Shoebat, picks up where the bestselling book Liberty and Tyranny left off, a Judeo Christian polemic on why God is vital in the equation of freedom for America and humanity. Best-selling author Walid Shoebat and his son Ted Shoebat (only 18 years old at the time of publication) have written an extraordinary book on anti-God ideologies, comparing them to countries that base their laws on Judeo Christian principals. As America and many Western nations seem to desire to move away from their Judeo Christian foundations and embrace multi-culturalism, this book gives all the answers to dispel all the anti-God myths and equip people to stand for their Judeo Christian heritage.
#53: GOP CANDIDATE MISFIRE: Romney, Huntsman Snubbing Gun Rights Groups (Guest in EST):With numerous TV ads, interviews and debates in the can for all the GOP Presidential candidates—not to mention the Iowa Caucus—it would be reasonable to assume that voters have a fairly good idea of where each candidate stands on the issues heading into Tuesday’s New Hampshire primary.
But all the more reason why Larry Pratt, executive director of the Gun Owners of America (GOA), feels a strong inclination to get his message out.
In his organization’s latest email alert to constituents heading into the primary, Pratt shines a light on the fact that neither frontrunner Mitt Romney nor hopeful John Huntsman seem to be the strong 2nd Amendment conservatives they would have voters believe—starting with their refusal, unlike the other candidates, to respond to the GOA’s gun rights questionnaire.
“Romney’s stonewalling is no surprise,” says Pratt. “After all, he is on record supporting a semi-auto ban and waiting periods for gun purchases. Still, he has the audacity to travel around the country claiming to be a supporter of the Second Amendment.
For instance, would he veto a semi-auto ban, something he signed into law as Governor of Massachusetts? Will he reverse the Obama administration’s support of the massive UN small arms treaty? And what about executive orders, gun owner registration, and a host of other issues important to gun owners?
Jon Huntsman’s views on gun rights are largely unknown, but as the former Utah governor creeps up in the polls in New Hampshire, gun owners are becoming increasingly interested in his positions.”
Call Special Guests now to schedule an interview with Larry Pratt, and find out what has him most concerned about the likelihood of a Romney–Obama battle.
ABOUT YOUR EXPERT GUEST, LARRY PRATT:
Larry Pratt has been Executive Director of Gun Owners of America for 30 years. GOA is a national membership organization of 300,000 Americans dedicated to promoting their second amendment freedom to keep and bear arms.
GOA lobbies for the pro-gun position in Washington and is involved in firearm issues in the states. GOA’s work includes providing legal assistance to those involved in lawsuits with the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms, the federal firearms law enforcement agency.
Pratt has appeared on numerous national radio and TV programs such as NBC’s Today Show, ABC’s Good Morning America, CNN’s Crossfire and Larry King Live, the Dan Abrams show and many others.
Larry Pratt has debated Congressmen James Traficant, Jr. (D-OH), Charles Rangel (D-NY), Rep. Carolyn McCarthy (D-NY), Senator Frank Lautenberg (D-NJ), and Vice President Al Gore, among others.
Larry’s columns have appeared in newspapers across the country.
Pratt published a book, Armed People Victorious, in 1990 and was editor of a book, Safeguarding Liberty: The Constitution & Militias, 1995.
Pratt’s latest book is “On the Firing Line: Essays in the Defense of Liberty.”
Pratt has held elective office in the state legislature of Virginia, serving in the House of Delegates. Pratt directs a number of other public interest organizations and serves as the Vice-Chairman of the American Institute for Cancer Research.
#54: HUMAN TRAFFICKING AWARENESS DAY Wednesday, January 11, 2012: A Day to Pray to end Human Trafficking: Wednesday, January 11, 2012 is Human Trafficking Awareness Day, a day set aside by The Wesleyan Church as a special day of prayer for human trafficking victims.
Dale Walker, Wesleyan pastor to the Wesleyan Church, stated, “This special day, as a Wesleyan pastor, I will weep and pray for the victims and for my own denomination as I continue to plead for open eyes and repentant hearts for those guilty of promoting, profiting from, and propagating the continuation of this widespread form of modern slavery fueled by pornography and greed.”
Walker contends that the Wesleyan leadership is eerily silent about its lack of corporate holiness as they knowingly invest funds in companies that promote and profit from pornography to fund pensions for pastors who are required to preach against pornography.
“John Wesley himself would refuse to participate in this fund bearing his name as do I. Reverend Wesley once said, ‘Notwithstanding ten thousand laws, right is right and wrong is wrong still.’”
“The Wesleyan Church’s soiled investment strategy is nothing less than ‘Holy Hypocrisy,’ especially in a church which brands itself as one spreading hope and scriptural holiness, and empowering the poor,” said Walker, adding, “Hypocrisy is destroying the credibility of the church today. If the Wesleyan Church desires to be a culture changer called by God to empower the poor, it is past time the church stopped profiting from the very sins destroying our culture.”
Pastor Walker concluded, “On January 11, 2012, the Wesleyan Church would be well served to set this day aside to repent in sackcloth and ashes for the hidden role they’re playing in fueling human trafficking by profiting from the horrible sin of pornography.”
ABOUT PASTOR DALE WALKER…
Dale Walker is the pastor of Union Hill Wesleyan Church and has been privileged to serve the people of this small rural community on the Tennessee Kentucky border for nearly 6 years. Pastor Walker is a bi-vocational “tent-maker” pastor and serves to empower the poor and spread scriptural holiness, while holding down a job separate from his church. He is on mission to be the voice for the voiceless and cry out for the church to stop profiting from the moral decline of America and the world. Pastor Walker is married to Dr. Cynthia Walker.
#55: PLANNED PARENTHOOD PERFORMED 400 TIMES MORE ABORTIONS THAN ADOPTIONS IN 2010: Planned Parenthood performed 400 times as many abortion ‘services’ as they did adoption referrals.
That’s according to their newly released 2010 annual report, documenting they performed over 329,000 abortions or abortion related services, and a token 841 adoption referrals. This official release reveals a startling 83 percent drop in adoption referrals compared to their 2007 numbers, showing clearly how they live up to their street names of “Planned Barrenhood” and “Pro-death” because as their own statistics prove they are Pro-abortion,” “Anti-Life” and Anti-Adoption.”
Available to be your Talk Show interview guest on this topic is Chris Slattery, founder of Expectant Mother Care FrontLine Pregnancy Centers, the crisis pregnancy centers on the East Coast.
During your interview Chris shares how Planned Parenthood has a strong financial agenda to encourage abortion over adoption, and the planning of parenthood is not part of the agenda.
The Susan B. Anthony List, a Political Action Committee which aims to elect pro-life candidates, advocates defunding Planned Parenthood. Their president, Marjorie Dannenfelser, stated, “With over a billion in net assets and a business model centered on abortion and government subsidies, it is time for Planned Parenthood to end its reliance on taxpayer dollars.” Several candidates are listed on their site as pro-life, including Senator Rick Santorum, Newt Gingrich, Ron Paul and Governor Mitt Romney.
Fortunately, the Hyde Amendment of 1977 is still in existence, which allows abortion only in certain circumstances for women on Medicare, which technically means taxpayer money is not completely funding abortions; however, 46 percent of Planned Parenthood’s annual budget does come from the United States government through grants and reimbursements. The government has shown clear support of the program. What does taxpayer money fund at Planned Parenthood? 38 percent of Planned Parenthood’s budget goes to STD testing and treatment, while another 33 percent goes to birth control.
While government money may not be directly funding abortions, pro-life watchdog organization Americans United for Life states in a report that Planned Parenthood’s revenue from abortions accounts for about 38 percent of their annual revenue. Abortion is clearly a profitable business for Planned Parenthood whose misleading name keeps alluring young mothers into their web of high pressure pro-abortion indoctrination.
ABOUT YOUR EXPERT GUEST CHRIS SLATTERY:
Chris Slattery founded Expectant Mother Care, also known as EMC FrontLine Pregnancy Centers, in 1985 in Manhattan. EMC has grown to 15 office locations in six counties, including Westchester, Manhattan, Brooklyn, Queens, the Bronx, and Hudson County NJ.
Chris was honored with the “Champion for Life” award, a pro-life tribute, from John Cardinal O’Connor, and had the privilege of being the Confirmation sponsor of the famous Dr. Bernard Nathanson, the producer of the acclaimed videos, The Silent Scream and Eclipse of Reason.
Chris opened NYC’s first full-time crisis pregnancy center locations, and quickly implemented on-site clinic care with ultrasound and full pre-natal care programs, 25 years ago. He did this to supplement the main work of crisis pregnancy counseling. EMC’s counselors have served more 100,000 girls and women since they opened, and have saved more than 38,000 women and their babies from a certain abortion in that time. Thousands have turned to abstinent lifestyles as well. They provide one-on-one friendly counseling and, in many locations, on-site ultrasounds and medical care, in addition to referrals for adoption, housing and legal aid, and material supplies for mothers and babies.
Chris has been sued by two NY State Attorney Generals, Robert Abrahms and Elliott Spitzer, the former Governor (D) of NY, as well as by numerous abortion mills.
He also recently won a quick settlement of suit filed against a major NY abortion mill chain for their deceptive advertising in the Yellow Pages.
Chris has been a pro-life leader for more than 25 years—organizing Operation Rescue in NYC, prayer vigils, protests at Planned Parenthood conferences, board meetings and abortion sites, Marches, Life Chains, Truth Tours, training sessions, conferences, press conferences, and lawsuits against his opponents.
Chris has granted hundreds of TV, radio and print media interviews with local, national and international media in the past 20 years.
#56: “CORDRAY WILL SAVE US!”: While Obama Promotes More Nanny-Style Government, Chicago Event Promotes Power of Self Reliance (Guest in CST):Many experts don’t find the controversy over Obama’s appointment of Richard Cordray (shown) to lead the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) to be about the process of circumventing the Constitution. They find it to be about the entire concept of the Dodd-Frank birthed CFPB in the first place (see the link below, for example).
For those like Steve Beaman, successful entrepreneur and founder & chairman of The Steve Beaman Group, a personal development company, it comes down to a fundamental issue:
In troubled economic times like these, arming American consumers with knowledge they can use to make their own choices is much more powerful and productive than adding another bureaucratic, nanny-state agency to the status quo with a sales pitch that it will protect us from “the big bad banks.”
So, it’s not a coincidence that Beaman is launching his Arming America With Knowledge event in Chicago coming up this February 7th.
Whether it’s the CFPB, the Federal Reserve’s sneaky tactics to bail out Europe, the runaway U.S. debt, certain to grow at least one more year, or any other economic issue in the news right now, Beaman, a 25-year Wall Street veteran, can put it all into perspective for your audience as a preview to his Arming America show next month.
“We have to know that our nation today and, as a result, the entire Western world is set up for a state of change,” says Beaman. “…And if we don’t arm Americans today with the knowledge they need to grasp this and prosper from it, then we’re going to have a lost generation.”
Call Special Guests right away to book Steve Beaman for an enlightening analysis of current economic trends and a preview of his Arming America With Knowledge show.
In the meantime, visit www.ArmingAmerica.org to find out more.
THE FOLLOWING CHICAGO TRIBUNE EDITORIAL MAY BE USEFUL FOR SHOW PREP:
Steve Beaman is a self-taught, self-made millionaire and, presently, founder & chairman of The Steve Beaman Group (SBG), a personal development company working to help people along the five paths to a transformed life. He is the author of two published e-books, one print book to be published, a two-volume, 12 CD audio library, and more than 200 SBG-casts highlighting articles that have been published on each of the Five paths.
He has been the keynote speaker at numerous Chamber of Commerce events and industry conferences. He’s been a guest on televised financial programs and he hosts his own monthly radio program, Life Changes.
Prior to founding the Steve Beaman Group, Steve established DuPage Business Partners, a venture capital and private equity firm that used the capital he had accumulated through the sale of his prior company. Through DuPage Partners, he invested in several companies in various industries.
Beaman’s most public success was the co-founding, development and sale of Chicago Investment Analytics, the premier provider of independent research on Wall Street. In 2000, after a successful 10-year run, “CIA,” as it was known, was sold to Charles Schwab and became the foundation of what is now known as the Schwab Equity Rating. During his time there, Steve was called “the best in the business” by one of the largest money managers in the U.S.
Prior to founding CIA, Steve worked with Wharton Econometrics, Zacks Investment Research, and the E.F. Hutton Company. He is a licensed private pilot and a licensed scuba diver.
He studied political science and history at Purdue University and attends College Church in Wheaton, Illinois. He is the father of six children.
#57: NEW BOOK DEBUNKS GUN CONTROL ARGUMENT: 2nd Amendment Proponent Releases Shooting Blanks (Guest in PST):In the wake of the tragic shooting at Congresswoman Gabrielle Giffords (D-AZ) public event in Tucson one year ago, many were expecting a major Capitol Hill push for more gun control.
But it didn’t happen.
Some gun-control stalwarts in Wahsington tried. But the only major legislation to pass was, ironically, a bill that allowed concealed weapons permits to remain valid across state lines.
Most notably, even Ms. Giffords herself has not outwardly changed her pro-gun position.
Available for interviews to discuss the growing resolve for 2nd Amendment rights in this country—and the secret resolve the current President has to fight it—is the co-author of a new book that exposes the frailty of the gun control argument.
Alan Gottlieb is the executive vice president and founder of the Second Amendment Foundation, and his book is entitled, Shooting Blanks: Facts Don’t Matter to the Gun Ban Crowd.
Whether it’s the fact that a majority of Americans are concerned about the growth of government, or that they are becoming increasingly aware of the statistics showing gun-control cities consistently suffer higher violent crime rates, or some other factor, Gottlieb can deconstruct that debate that is seeing the “gun ban crowd” getting smaller.
And, building on that, he can then explain how in spite of majority opinion, the current White House administration intends to force a gun control agenda anyway, just as it’s done with the healthcare bill, lawsuits against states’ illegal immigration legislation and other political moves.
Call Special Guests today to book Alan Gottlieb.
ABOUT ALAN GOTTLIEB:
Dynamic and articulate are two accurate descriptions of Alan Gottlieb.
Alan is a Nuclear Engineering graduate of the University of Tennessee and has attended the Institute on Comparative Political & Economic Systems at Georgetown University.
He is recognized as a member of the working press, maintaining active membership in the Outdoor Writers Association of America. His articles have appeared in periodicals including USA Today, Seattle Times, Washington Post, Atlanta Journal-Constitution, San Francisco Examiner, Cincinnati Inquirer, Orlando Sentinel, and Chicago Tribune.
Alan is the Publisher of Gun Week and The Gottlieb-Tartaro Report. He is the Chairman of the Citizens Committee for the Right to Keep and Bear Arms, Founder of the Second Amendment Foundation, serves on the Board of Directors of the American Conservative Union, President of the Center for the Defense of Free Enterprise, President of the American Political Action Committee and President of NoInternetTax.org.
His handiwork has received notice in the New York Times, Washington Post, Cleveland Plain Dealer, Time, People, Rolling Stone, National Review and Outside magazine.
Alan has received the prestigious Golden Eagle Award from the American Federation of Police, and was commended by the Kentucky House of Representatives for his “outstanding leadership in preserving our American heritage of freedom.” He is listed in Who’s Who in America, Who’s Who in the World and Who’s Who in American Politics.
Alan has appeared on over 3,700 TV and radio talk shows, including the McNeil-Lehrer News Hour, ABC’s 20/20, The Michael Reagan Show, PBS All Things Considered, CNN Crossfire, Fox TV’s Crier Report, NBC Today Show, The O’Reilly Factor, ESPN, Larry King Live, CNN Special Reports, Hannity & Combs, CNN All Politics, Fox News Channel and Good Morning America.
Alan is President of Merril Associates, a noted direct-response advertising agency specializing in direct mail, fund raising and public relations. He is also President of Merril Press, a non-fiction book publishing company.
Alan is also President of radio stations KBNP in Portland, Oregon, KITZ in Seattle, Washington, KGTK in Olympia, Washington, and KSBN in Spokane, Washington and former Chairman of the Talk America Radio Network and former President of the Universal Talk Network.
In addition, Alan is the author of seventeen books, including Politically Correct Guns, Trashing the Economy and She Took a Village: The Unauthorized Biography of Hillary Clinton, Alan Gottlieb's Celebrity Address Book, Double Trouble: Daschle and Gephart Capitol Hill Bullies, and Gun Rights Affirmed, America Fights Back: Armed Self-defense in a Violent Age and These Dogs Don’t Hunt: The Democrats’ War on Guns.
Alan currently resides in Bellevue, Washington, with his wife Julianne, his daughters Amy Jean, Sarah Merril and Alexis Hope, and son Andrew Michael.
#58: The 9/11 COMMISSION REPORT – PART II: IMPLICATES IRAN:Walid Shoebat and Ben Barrack are available to discuss the following article they co-wrote.
If the government has Ten Commandments, what would be their First Commandment? Homeland Security? No. In government the First Commandment is: Playing Politics. With the Iowa Caucus behind us and the New Hampshire Primary just ahead, politicians are running for cover on certain sensitive issues. In other words, they’re ‘obeying’ their First Commandment by playing politics.
In a rush to play the game, the Obama Administration pulled out of Iraq in time for Christmas as it welcomed Iran’s puppets into the Oval Office. The Iraqi delegation, headed by Nouri al-Maliki, included a conspirator in Iran’s terror campaigns—the Iraqi Minister of Transportation, Hadi al-Ameri.
To quash the voices of survivors and victims' families who linked al-Ameri to American deaths in the 1996 Khobar Towers bombing, the Obama administration replied, “There is no evidence of Hadi al-Ameri's involvement in any act of violence against U.S. Citizens.”
However, when dots are connected, they point to al-Ameri being an Iranian agent—a first-class terrorist. Ten days after al-Ameri's visit to the White House, US District Judge George B. Daniels signed a 53 page document in Havlish v. Iran that included 276 Statements of Fact and 35 Conclusions of Law in his ruling that the 9/11 attacks were the result of an “Iran-Hezbollah-al Qaeda alliance.” The document showed one Abolghasem Mesbahi—who had defected years earlier after receiving a tip from a colleague that he was on the regime's kill list while working for Iran’s Ministry of Information and Security (MOIS)—testified that MOIS gave material support to Hezbollah. His credible testimony included three coded messages he received in the weeks leading up to the 9/11 attacks from contacts he had inside Iran.
The case revealed that Imad Mughniyah, once Iran's notorious Hezbollah leader, was involved in coordinating and facilitating the 9/11 attacks and committed “numerous terrorist operations against American citizens.” He cracked the FBI's “Most Wanted” list for twenty-one years but al-Ameri’s terrorist rap sheet puts him on par with Mughniyah, whose connection with the Iranian Revolution is not without significance. Arabic translations surfaced from Al-Malaf Net in Amman, Jordan; they uncovered top-secret documents years ago that identified Al-Ameri as:
“...the most prominent identity in this equation. He possesses all the keys relating to the connections with Iran and is in charge of the strongest security authority in Iraq at present—Badr Organization… [al-Ameri] is a high-ranking member in the Central Committee of the institution, known as the Central Authority; it is the largest security/military organization in Iraq that plans and executes dozens of military and security operations against Iran's opposition in various Iraqi cities, on a daily basis. He works directly under the command of Abdel Aziz Al Hakim.”
The documents show that al-Ameri’s Badr is the... “Central Authority, which receives its Fatwas for assassination operations directly from Khamenei's office. Targets are specified in coordination with the command of the Iranian Ramadan Base. Hence, any agreed upon operation is executed.”
One such document discusses working with the Badr terrorist forces for the purpose of liquidating opponents, controlling the media, and using weapons and provisions provided by the Iranian revolution, to combat “Anglo-American” forces.
Havlish identified Al Quds Brigade, of which al-Ameri is a member, as the “foreign division” of another defendant in Havlish, the Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps (IRGC). Al Quds is responsible for overseas terrorism and named one of the “most... violent terrorist organizations in the world.” Al-Ameri's membership in Al Quds was translated to include the names of agents and victims, as well as his Iranian Al Quds secret file number (10074) and bank account number (3014) into which over 2 million Iranian riyals a month was to be paid as blood monies for carrying out acts of terrorism. And if a picture is worth a thousand words, his religious obedience to Iran’s Islamist regime is quite visual in that al-Ameri can be seen bowing and kissing the hand of his Fuhrer—the Ayatollah himself. Iran's Foreign Affairs Committee of the National Council of Resistance of Iran identifies al-Ameri as having been responsible for 150 terrorist operations over a period of time during which the Khobar Towers were bombed.
Janice Kephart, former staff counsel to the 9/11 Commission, was interviewed for this article and explained why these recent discoveries were absent from the 9/11 Commission Report; there wasn't sufficient time to further develop the intelligence prior to its release. Kephart referred to pages 240 – 241, adding that al-Qaeda members avoided having their passports stamped by Iranian border inspectors; and between 8 to 10 of the 9/11 hijackers traveled into or out of Iran prior to 9/11. Kephart concluded that “The document signed by Judge Daniels really represents part two of the 9/11 Commission Report.” “We showed a tangential connection between al-Qaeda, Hezbollah, and Iran but after several years, the plaintiffs' attorneys in Havlish really got to the heart of that relationship, and it was extensive.” Senior Counsel for 9/11 Commission staff, Dietrich Snell also submitted an affidavit that corroborated this ‘Iranian connection’ evidence.
Al-Ameri's Oval Office visit occurred despite the 9/11 Commission's recommendation that the United States government (USG) explore Iran's involvement in 9/11. Instead, it took a private law firm spending several years doing what the USG would not, while the Secretary of Defense Leon Panetta falsely stated:
“...my view is that the region largely rejects Iran and its intentions and I think Iraq is at the top of that list.”
Accuracy in Media's Cliff Kincaid detailed Panetta's close personal friendship with Communist Party member Hugh DeLacy. The two exchanged letters revealing that then-congressman Panetta pledged to show DeLacy “a series of documents on military and foreign policy matters.”
While some might overlook the red carpet treatment given to terrorist al-Ameri as diplomacy, Obama's recent attempts to build ties with Egypt's notorious Muslim Brotherhood will eventually prove to be catastrophic; the entire Middle East has been presented to Islamists on an altar made bloody by thousands of American soldiers and civilians.
After all, it is an election year and playing politics is the first Commandment.
ABOUT WALID SHOEBAT…
Born in Bethlehem, Israel and as a young man, he became a member of the Palestinian Liberation Organization, and participated in acts of terror and violence against Israel, and was imprisoned in Jerusalem's central prison for enticement of violence.
After entering the U.S, he worked as a counselor for the Arab Student Organization in Chicago and continued his anti-Israel activities. Later he was active with the Muslim Brotherhood during 1980-1981 in Chicago.
In 1993, Walid did some critical thinking, studied the Bible in a challenge to convert his wife to Islam and after intense study, Walid realized that everything he had been taught about Jew hatred was a lie. Walid converted to Christianity and was convinced he needed to fight evil, he became an advocate for his former enemy.
Driven by a deep passion to shed his former life he set out to tirelessly to combat terrorism and Islamic Fundamentalism worldwide speaking at churches and synagogues, civic groups, government leaders and media.
Walid has written several books including For God or For Tyranny, God’s War on Terror, Why We Want to Kill You and Why I Left Jihad.
Walid is an American citizen and lives in the USA with his wife and children, under this assumed name. Walid has spoken all over America and the world including Chile, Mexico, Canada, UK, and South Africa. He has appeared on national television also all over the world including CNN, CNN International, FOX News, ITN, RTE, NBC, CBS, and ABC and ABC Australia. He has also been featured on BBC radio 4, 5 and the largest radio audience on the BBC World Service reaching 180 million people.
ABOUT BEN BARRACK...
Ben Barrack is an Investigative Radio Host and Blogger who broadcasts on 1400 KTEM from Temple, TX, honing his investigative skills there for nearly five years. On more than one occasion he has cultivated sources with important political information and insight generally not reported in the mainstream media. He provides listeners with accurate, timely, and shocking news heard nowhere else. Barrack is a strong critic of the mainstream media and supports patriotic and reliable bloggers who do much of the mainstream media’s work at no charge, with little recognition, while earning their living via other means. Ben maintains a website at http://www.BenBarrack.com
#59: JOBS SHADOW: Why Today’s Unemployment Gains Are Misleading (Guest in EST):After a November that saw the unemployment rate finally nudge below 9 percent and a December that recorded healthy holiday retail sales, the U.S. government has yet another positive announcement to trumpet going into January—weekly unemployment benefit applications are at a three-year low.
Sounds like the economy might just be picking up a little steam heading into this important election year. But economics analyst Phil Cioppa, Chief Investment Officer of Arbol Financial Strategies, says “not so fast.”
Much like the November figures were misleading because the drop in the unemployment rate was simply due to the number of people who stopped looking for work, Cioppa says the feds really need to tell the full story if they want to accurately project on the economy.
“One,” says Cioppa, “Seasonal and migrant workers, along with self-employed, small business owners and those who do not pay into the state unemployment system are NOT counted (in these statistics).
Two, Europe faces almost certain recession as the euro fell to 1.27 against the dollar as of yesterday. Not to mention, the French Bond Market sell-off may be as big a dud as the German Bond auction turned out to be.
And, three, the white collar middle- to upper-income unemployed numbers have not dropped, meaning the tax revenues for the government will not increase.”
And, as we all know by now, the $15 trillion albatross around America’s collective neck is not going to go away by itself.
So what does the thermometer really read on the economy? What kind of numbers do we need to see before we can expect an honest recovery? Will the numbers lag again now that the holiday shopping season is over?
Call Special Guests to schedule Phil Cioppa on your show and get the answers to these questions and more.
THE FOLLOWING ARTICLE MAY BE USEFUL FOR SHOW PREP:
Phil Cioppa is the Managing Principal and Chief Investment Officer of Arbol Financial Strategies, LLC (www.arbolfinancialstrategies.com), located in Norwalk, CT, Harrisburg, PA and Manhattan, NY.
With more than 10 years in financial service experience, he has served as a Certified Trust and Financial Advisor and has distinguished himself among his peers as a top advisor at Thrivent Financial for Lutherans prior to co-founding Arbol Financial Strategies.
Phil brings a proprietary and unique client-centered approach and a sense of humor to his work as a financial advisor. He is very passionate about his work with clients and as Chief Investment Officer, he specializes in asset management strategies, insurance planning and taxation issues.
Prior to starting his journey in financial services, Phil pursued his passion for religious studies with a Bachelor of Arts from State University of New York at Albany, Masters of Divinity at St. Bernard’s Institute in Rochester and his Doctor of Ministry from Graduate Theological Foundation in Mishawaka, Indiana. Phil served as a Roman Catholic Priest for 18 years, leaving active ministry in excellent standing to pursue his new passage.
Phil has recently appeared on the Michael McDonnell Show on WGN, The Lars Larson Show, The Leslie Marshall Show, The Georgene Rice Show on KPDQ-FM (Portland, OR) and the Small Business Advocate with James Burlingame Show.
He is also soon to be seen as a financial guest expert on The Brian Tracy Show, featured on ABC, NBC, CBS and FOX, and has been named as a “Trendsetter in the New Economy” by USA Today.
He is currently co-authoring a book with Brian Tracy, as well as another book with Jack Canfield, co-author of Chicken Soup for the Soul, which will be launched next year at The National Academy of Best Selling Authors in Hollywood. He also is set to host his own radio show on WGCH 1490 AM in Greenwich, CT.
Phil is also co-authoring a suspense fiction novel and screenplay with Johnny Blue Star of Palm Desert, CA, entitled The Resurrected dealing with the intrigue of the Catholic Church and near-death experience. Release is set for spring, 2011.
Phil is married to a wonderful wife, Janie, and lives in Danbury, CT with Janie, his niece Amanda and great-nephew Edrien.
#60: TURNING COUCH POTATOES INTO MARATHONERS! Starting a Mile and working up to the whole 41,145 Yards: There is an incredible new trend in 2012 of couch potatoes converting into Marathoners!
And a leader in this conversion process is an organization called Marathon Makeover that is launching its ninth season of its 40-week wellness program on January 21, 2012. Their program is designed for the person who has always wanted to complete a marathon or for those who have been sedentary and are looking to experience a more active, healthy lifestyle.
Available to be your Talk Show guests on this topic is Marathon Makeover founders Mark and Robin Simpson who founded Marathon Makeover in 2004 in Jackson, Mississippi with twenty-two participants and has since trained more than three thousand people, many of whom could barely walk a mile, to finish a half or full marathon. Today Marathon Makeover has programs in Alabama, Louisiana, Mississippi, Tennessee, Texas, and Oregon.
In addition to the local training teams, Marathon Makeover now has an online training program and has trained couch potatoes from as far away as Japan. It’s been said, “I know how to spell Mississippi but I don’t know when to stop.” The same might be said about the annual consumption of food per person in the Magnolia state because it currently has the dubious distinction of being the fattest state in America—but not for long with the Simpsons cracking the health whip!
MORE for longer interviews:
For the first ten weeks, online members will participate in informative, online educational meetings that teach them how to get started and train for a marathon. Special attention is paid to helping everyone connect with others online and develop a support team of other highly motivated people. The meetings will be followed by a training time of running and/ or walking that gradually increases each week. A daily training schedule is provided and online support is available to guide them through the entire process. After the first ten weeks, participants will continue to meet online for support and ongoing education and motivation.
Through experienced training, positive motivation, accountability with other trainees and the friendly online-group experience of Marathon Makeover, people from all walks of life and ages will achieve something many of us only dream. In many cases this fun and social-oriented team approach will be life-changing and life-saving.
“It’s exciting to see the transformation in people’s lives,” says Robin Simpson, Co-Creator of Marathon Makeover, LLC. “People get in tip-top shape, make incredible life-changing friendships, and lose their self-limiting beliefs. It’s a major life makeover!”
For more information visit www.marathonmakeover.com 888-64START
To schedule an interview, contact Michelle Dunmire at: 630-848-0750.
ABOUT MARK AND ROBIN SIMPSON…
Mark and Robin Simpson STARTED THE MARATHON Makeover program in 2004 when challenged to run their first marathon.
IN JANUARY OF 2004, THEY BEGAN THEIR TRAINING with 20 others with their goal of completing the Chicago Marathon. For the next 8 months, they trained at an intense level and made it to the starting line of the Chicago Marathon. Everyone who started the marathon finished.
It was an amazing experience for all and by the time they returned home, they were getting requests to do it again.
WITH A REVAMPED, MORE MODERATE TRAINING schedule and an organized system, Mark and Robin launched into the second year of training couch potatoes and took 54 to Chicago in 2005, and once again they succeeded. It was at this point they realized that Marathon Makeover wasn’t a fluke. They had a successful program that could really transform couch potatoes into marathoners.
TO DATE, MARATHON MAKEOVER HAS HELPED OVER 3,000 people go from couch potato to marathoner and is continuing to extend its impact by licensing operations to other parts of the country. In 2012, there will be training teams in Oregon, Texas, Louisiana and across the state of Mississippi.
Mark is a Professional & Personal Life Coach and has directed a vibrant practice for over twenty years, served as professor of counseling, and is a frequent conference and motivational speaker on subjects ranging from marriage and parenting to personal motivation and fitness. He has finished multiple marathons and half marathons.
Robin partners with Mark in the leadership and management of Marathon Makeover. As co-director, she oversees many of the organizational aspects of the program and writes much of the participant and team leader training materials.
Robin is a 3-time finisher of the Chicago Marathon and multiple half marathons. Mark and Robin both continue to train with their local teams and provide leadership for the Team Leaders across the country.
Mark and Robin’s dream is to see 50,000 couch potatoes from across the country get up, get moving and achieve their own marathon success through the training and support offered by each local Marathon Makeover program.
#61: SURGING SANTORUM: THE NEW NON-ROMNEY: Phyllis Schlafly available for Analysis of GOP Race: Rick Santorum came 8 votes short of winning the Iowa Caucus in the closes political race in the history of Iowa.
Available for analysis on the GOP race is Eagle Forum founder Phyllis Schlafly, show stated, “It’s clear the voters are looking for a candidate to oppose Romney. Santorum is the new non-Romney.”
ABOUT YOUR GUEST, PHYLLIS SCHLAFLY:
Phyllis Schlafly has been a national leader of the conservative movement since the publication of her best-selling 1964 book, A Choice Not An Echo. She has been a leader of the pro-family movement since 1972, when she started her national volunteer organization now called Eagle Forum. In a ten-year battle, Mrs. Schlafly led the pro-family movement to victory over the principal legislative goal of the radical feminists, called the Equal Rights Amendment. An articulate and successful opponent of the radical feminist movement, she appears in debate on college campuses more frequently than any other conservative. She was named one of the 100 most important women of the 20th century by the Ladies’ Home Journal.
Mrs. Schlafly’s monthly newsletter called The Phyllis Schlafly Report is now in its 41st year. Her syndicated column appears in 100 newspapers, her radio commentaries are heard daily on 460 stations, and her radio talk show on education called "Eagle Forum Live" is heard weekly on 45 stations. Both can be heard on the Internet.
Mrs. Schlafly is the author or editor of 20 books on subjects as varied as family and feminism (The Power of the Positive Woman and Feminist Fantasies), nuclear strategy (Strike From Space and Kissinger on the Couch), education (Child Abuse in the Classroom), child care (Who Will Rock the Cradle?), and phonics (First Reader and Turbo Reader). Her most recent book: The Supremacists: The Tyranny of Judges and How to Stop It.
Mrs. Schlafly is a lawyer and served as a member of the Commission on the Bicentennial of the U.S. Constitution, 1985-1991, appointed by President Reagan. She has testified before more than 50 Congressional and State Legislative committees on constitutional, national defense, and family issues.
Mrs. Schlafly is a Phi Beta Kappa graduate of Washington University, received her J.D. from Washington University Law School, and received her Master's in Political Science from Harvard University.
Phyllis Schlafly is America's best-known advocate of the dignity and honor that we as a society owe to the role of full-time homemaker. The mother of six children, she was the 1992 Illinois Mother of the Year.
#62: AMERICA TO THE BACKBONE: What Politicians and the Church can learn about the work ethic, racism and life from this 19th Century American Hero: With the Iowa GOP caucus being the closest in history and only 8 votes separating the two top contenders, we are reminded of the importance of every American in our Republic today.
Author, professor and historian Christopher Webber discusses the crucial need for nurturing character in Americans today, including their civic involvement and participation as citizens in everything from working hard to overcoming racism and advocating justice for all.
During your interview he explains why he wrote the incredible story of a forgotten hero of nineteenth century America—a former slave who became a Yale scholar, congregational pastor, and international leader of the Antebellum abolitionist movement, and what we need to learn from his example to see our nation flourish once again.
In his book, “America to the Backbone,” Professor Webber begins in 1827, chronicling the life of James Pennington, a 19-year-old who was scared and illiterate, having just escaped from slavery but soon became one of the leading voices against slavery prior to the Civil War.
In five years Pennington had become a school teacher and just ten years after his escape, he was ordained to the ministry after studying at Yale. He served congregations in Long Island, Hartford, and Manhattan and traveled three times to England, Scotland, and the continent of Europe as an anti-slavery advocate. He was so respected by European audiences that the University of Heidelberg awarded him an honorary doctorate, making him the first person of African descent to receive such a degree. After the Civil War, he served briefly in Mississippi during reconstruction and then in Portland, Maine, and finally in Jacksonville, Florida.
As he fought for equal rights in America, Pennington’s voice was not limited to the preacher’s pulpit. He wrote the first-ever “History of the Colored People” as well as a careful study of the moral basis for civil disobedience, which would be echoed decades later by Gandhi and Martin Luther King Jr. More than a century before Rosa Parks took her transformational bus ride, Pennington challenged segregated seating in New York City street cars. He was beaten and arrested, but eventually vindicated when the New York State Supreme Court ordered the cars to be integrated. In 1853, as African Americans struggled to define their role in America in the face of growing racism, Pennington was chosen to preside at a Negro National Convention in Rochester, New York. Leading white Americans attempted to define their country in mono-racial terms and many black Americans emigrated to Liberia or Haiti, but Pennington insisted “I am an American to the backbone” and am entitled to the same rights as anyone else.
Often deeply discouraged himself, Pennington retained a delightful sense of humor, intellectual vivacity, and inspiring faith. American to the Backbone brings to life this fascinating, forgotten pioneer, who helped lay the foundation for the contemporary civil rights revolution and inspire generations of future leaders.
The book, “America to the Backbone,” is available at Amazon or Barnes and Noble. Publication date: July 15, 2011.
Comments about the book, “America to the Backbone”:
“A richly detailed, wide-ranging biography of a modestly neglected black religious leader who was born a slave . . Webber’s decision to cast his net widely has produced an important biography as well as insight into their pre-Civil War free-black subculture . . .” -- Kirkus Reviews
” . . . a very necessary book.” --Graham Hodges, George Dorland Langland Jr. Professor of History and Africana Studies, Colgate University
” . . . a surprise disguised as a book. . . We need to hear this because it can change how we think and act today. Chris Webber tells the story clearly, carefully, thoroughly, wisely. This is reading that’s worth it.” --Sam Waterston, Actor and Director
” . . . a compelling account of an extraordinary American, one Christopher Webber chronicles through his adroit use of historical sources and imaginative skills as a story teller. . . . We can only be grateful to Webber for his meticulous work in voicing the witness of this c0mpelling American life with such clarity, care, and compassion.” --Mark Burrows, Professor of the History of Christianity, Andover Newton Theological School
” . . . historical biography at its best . . . accessible, engaging, and scholarly rigorous . . . an important addition to the historiography of the pioneers of the anti-slavery and civil rights movement.” --Sheryl A. Kujawa-Holbrook, Claremont School of Theology
ABOUT THE AUTHOR, CHRISTOPHER L. WEBBER…
Christopher L. Webber, a graduate of Princeton University and the General Theological Seminary in New York (with two earned degrees and an honorary doctorate from the latter) , is the author of a number of books ranging from a guidebook for Vestries to a study of Christian marriage. He has also written hymns included in several major hymnals in the United States and Canada. His most recent books are American to the Backbone, a biography of James W.C. Pennington, a remarkable pre-Civil War abolition leader, Welcome to Christian Faith, an introduction to Christian life and teaching, Beyond Beowulf, the first-ever sequel to the old English saga, Beowulf, and A Year with American Saints, co-authored with Lutheran Pastor G. Scott Cady, which presents, stories of 365 men and women of every Christian tradition who have helped shape American life over four centuries. Other books include A Traveler’s Prayer Book, an introduction to the Episcopal Church called Welcome to the Episcopal Church, and Re-Thinking Marriage, the complete background to the current debate over a definition of marriage.
Webber has given lectures and workshops on his various books in a number of states and has given readings from Beyond Beowulf in libraries and bookstores as well as on television. He has also lectured on Islam in the Connecticut area.
He has climbed Mt. Fuji as well as the highest peaks in New York and New England, traveled widely in Europe and Asia, and makes several gallons of maple syrup annually to distribute to family and friends.
Married to Margaret Elisabeth (Rose) Webber and the father of four children, he lives in Sharon in a house he and his wife built more than twenty years ago. He spends any spare time taking care of a vegetable garden and orchard.
#63: WHAT’S IN EURO WALLET?: Americans Wake Up to Find They’ve Bailed Out Greece (Guests in EST and CST):Technically speaking, it’s not a bailout. According to the Fed, it’s a “temporary U.S. dollar liquidity swap arrangement” with the European Central Bank (ECB). But even the most casual economics layman smells euphemism.
In simplest terms, as outlined by the Wall Street Journal, the Fed is literally trading dollars for Euros with the upfront, guaranteed fixed exchange agreement that the ECB will return the money later at an interest rate higher than the “overnight index swap rate.” (see the news article link below).
But let’s face it. While we then watch the ECB loan the money to select European banks, it looks an awful lot like a bailout. And, again, even that casual economics layman—the struggling American taxpayer who is underwriting these kinds of shady deals—is wondering why it’s a good investment and why the Fed can pull the trigger on it without Congressional oversight.
Available to provide a useful perspective on this outrageous dealing are two economics experts with a knack for breaking this complex world down so we can really understand what it means for our wallets.
Both guests are available individually, or together as a dynamic panel.
Phil Cioppa is a Certified Trust and Financial Advisor and the Chief Investment Officer of Arbol Financial Strategies, who says this currency swap is sadly lopsided on the risk–return scale:
“This is not a bailout, as much as it is to strengthen the U.S. dollar position against the Euro. It’s designed so we win with swapping for a higher interest rate benefit, and they win by infusing the European markets with dollars. The problem is, it won’t truly help the U.S. economy. The dollar needs strengthening abroad, but this won’t do it. The small amount of interest earned is nominal at best, given the exchange rate on the street is 71 euros for 100 U.S. dollars!”
Steve Beaman is a successful entrepreneur and the founder & chairman of The Steve Beaman Group (SBG), a personal development company.
Beaman isn’t surprised by this backdoor move by the Fed, and says, “Americans need to know about this.”
As a guest on your show, he can explain why, and offer more details about how this event fits perfectly in with his new “financial literacy tour” entitled Arming America With Knowledge that begins in Chicago on February 7th.
“We have to know that our nation today and, as a result, the entire Western world is set up for a state of change.”
Beaman is prepared to address this change, bring the variables like the Fed’s recent Euro swap down to earth, and construct how Americans can leverage this change to prosper in their own lives.
THE FOLLOWING ARTICLE MAY BE USEFUL FOR SHOW PREP:
Phil Cioppa is the Managing Principal and Chief Investment Officer of Arbol Financial Strategies, LLC (www.arbolfinancialstrategies.com), located in Norwalk, CT, Harrisburg, PA and Manhattan, NY.
With more than 10 years in financial service experience, he has served as a Certified Trust and Financial Advisor and has distinguished himself among his peers as a top advisor at Thrivent Financial for Lutherans prior to co-founding Arbol Financial Strategies.
Phil brings a proprietary and unique client-centered approach and a sense of humor to his work as a financial advisor. He is very passionate about his work with clients and as Chief Investment Officer, he specializes in asset management strategies, insurance planning and taxation issues.
Prior to starting his journey in financial services, Phil pursued his passion for religious studies with a Bachelor of Arts from State University of New York at Albany, Masters of Divinity at St. Bernard’s Institute in Rochester and his Doctor of Ministry from Graduate Theological Foundation in Mishawaka, Indiana. Phil served as a Roman Catholic Priest for 18 years, leaving active ministry in excellent standing to pursue his new passage.
Phil has recently appeared on the Michael McDonnell Show on WGN, The Lars Larson Show, The Leslie Marshall Show, The Georgene Rice Show on KPDQ-FM (Portland, OR) and the Small Business Advocate with James Burlingame Show.
He is also soon to be seen as a financial guest expert on The Brian Tracy Show, featured on ABC, NBC, CBS and FOX, and has been named as a “Trendsetter in the New Economy” by USA Today.
He is currently co-authoring a book with Brian Tracy, as well as another book with Jack Canfield, co-author of Chicken Soup for the Soul, which will be launched next year at The National Academy of Best Selling Authors in Hollywood. He also is set to host his own radio show on WGCH 1490 AM in Greenwich, CT.
Phil is also co-authoring a suspense fiction novel and screenplay with Johnny Blue Star of Palm Desert, CA, entitled The Resurrected dealing with the intrigue of the Catholic Church and near-death experience. Release is set for spring, 2011.
Phil is married to a wonderful wife, Janie, and lives in Danbury, CT with Janie, his niece Amanda and great-nephew Edrien.
ABOUT STEVE BEAMAN:
Steve Beaman is a self-taught, self-made millionaire and, presently, founder & chairman of The Steve Beaman Group (SBG), a personal development company working to help people along the five paths to a transformed life. He is the author of two published e-books, one print book to be published, a two-volume, 12 CD audio library, and more than 200 SBG-casts highlighting articles that have been published on each of the Five paths.
He has been the keynote speaker at numerous Chamber of Commerce events and industry conferences. He’s been a guest on televised financial programs and he hosts his own monthly radio program, Life Changes.
Prior to founding the Steve Beaman Group, Steve established DuPage Business Partners, a venture capital and private equity firm that used the capital he had accumulated through the sale of his prior company. Through DuPage Partners, he invested in several companies in various industries.
Beaman’s most public success was the co-founding, development and sale of Chicago Investment Analytics, the premier provider of independent research on Wall Street. In 2000, after a successful 10-year run, “CIA,” as it was known, was sold to Charles Schwab and became the foundation of what is now known as the Schwab Equity Rating. During his time there, Steve was called “the best in the business” by one of the largest money managers in the U.S.
Prior to founding CIA, Steve worked with Wharton Econometrics, Zacks Investment Research, and the E.F. Hutton Company. He is a licensed private pilot and a licensed scuba diver.
He studied political science and history at Purdue University and attends College Church in Wheaton, Illinois. He is the father of six children.
#64: NO CONFIDENCE VOTE ON ERIC HOLDER: Resolution Introduced by Congressman Paul Gosar : Representative Paul Gosar (R-AZ) recently introduced a resolution expressing “no confidence” in the Attorney General of the United States for his role in the Fast and Furious scandal.
Conducting Talk Show interviews on this topic is Gun Owners of America (GOA) Executive Director Larry Pratt.
During your interview Larry shares how Attorney General Eric Holder has been hauled before Congress multiple times to explain a government operation that led to thousands of firearms going to violent drug cartels in Mexico, and which have turned up at crime scenes on both sides of the border.
Pratt contends that Holder initially denied knowing about the operation before admitting that “mistakes” were made, yet he remains uncooperative with Congress’s efforts to get to the bottom of the gunrunning scheme.
The Department of Justice provided some carefully selected information to the House Judiciary Committee, but nothing that would reveal who authorized the multi-million dollar, multi-agency, international operation.
There are “materials we have not and will not produce,” Holder said defiantly in testimony before the committee last month.
In fact, no one within the Department of Justice is being held accountable for approving the operation. Rep. James Sensenbrenner (R-WI) told Holder during the December hearing that bureaucrats have put the wagons “in a pretty tight circle.”
“The American people need the truth,” added Rep. Sensenbrenner. “They haven’t gotten the truth from what has been coming out of the Justice Department in the last year.”
Holder’s refusal to provide any information regarding who is responsible for Fast and Furious has led many lawmakers to suspect that the Attorney General himself was intimately involved in the operation from the start.
The Gosar resolution sends a strong message to the Justice Department that the government’s reckless disregard of the law will not be tolerated. It will also help to raise public awareness of a misguided government operation that has contributed to the deaths of two U.S. law enforcement officers and some 200 Mexicans.
“It is imperative that the citizens of our nation have confidence in our Attorney General,” Congressman Gosar said in a statement. “After months of evasive answers, silence and outright lies it is time that Congress speak up on behalf of the many people who have or will fall victims to the firearms in the flawed gunrunning operation Fast and Furious.”
GOA, is rallying Congress to hold the government accountable for wrongdoing in Fast and Furious and applauds Rep. Gosar for authoring this resolution.
ABOUT YOUR EXPERT GUEST, LARRY PRATT: Larry Pratt has been Executive Director of Gun Owners of America for 30 years. GOA is a national membership organization of 300,000 Americans dedicated to promoting their second amendment freedom to keep and bear arms.
GOA lobbies for the pro-gun position in Washington and is involved in firearm issues in the states. GOA’s work includes providing legal assistance to those involved in lawsuits with the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms, the federal firearms law enforcement agency.
Pratt has appeared on numerous national radio and TV programs such as NBC’s Today Show, CBS’ Good Morning America, CNN’s Crossfire and Larry King Live, Fox’s Hannity & Colmes, MSNBC’s Phil Donahue and Dan Abrams show and many others.
Larry Pratt has debated Congressmen James Traficant, Jr. (D-OH), Charles Rangel (D-NY), Rep. Carolyn McCarthy (D-NY), Senator Frank Lautenberg (D-NJ), and Vice President Al Gore, among others.
Larry’s columns have appeared in newspapers across the country. Pratt published a book, Armed People Victorious, in 1990 and was editor of a book, Safeguarding Liberty: The Constitution & Militias, 1995. Pratt’s latest book is “On the Firing Line: Essays in the Defense of Liberty.” Pratt has held elective office in the state legislature of Virginia, serving in the House of Delegates. Pratt directs a number of other public interest organizations and serves as the Vice-Chairman of the American Institute for Cancer Research.
#65: HOLDER AS INTERNET ‘CZAR’: Congress Poised to Grant DOJ Unprecedented Authority (Guest in PST):Lawmakers in Washington are well known for using the calendar to sneak past the American voters political decisions certain to be unpopular. Take the holiday season, for example, when we’re all preoccupied with events completely unrelated to politics.
According to attorney Gary Kreep, President of the United States Justice Foundation (USJF), this season is no different, as Senate Majority Leader Harry Reid (R-NV) is preparing to fast track through the Senate a bill that has Constitutionalists like Kreep very concerned.
Last week, Kreep was already on his toes, sending red-alert announcements about House Bill H.R. 3261 that would allow the Department of Justice to essentially investigate and prosecute those who are “dishonest” on the Internet—a power Kreep argues is “ripe for government abuse.”
Now, after learning from his Washington insiders that Reid has planned a snap final vote on the Senate version of this bill immediately upon returning from holiday break, Kreep has shifted his Paul Revere warning run into overdrive. He explains:
“This bill (S. 968) is disguised as a measure to stop online piracy. However, there are already plenty of laws on the books to protect copyrighted material on the Internet. This is an Internet takeover bill, pure and simple.
This measure will give Eric Holder and Barack Hussein Obama the power to ‘police’ the Internet, “sanitize” web searches and shut down anti-Obama websites.
Just one ‘complaint’ from a liberal activist, or a government agent, that you are indirectly violating an obscure copyright rule, and your website could be fined huge sums, and it could be blacklisted.
Meanwhile, the left-wing mainstream media companies are campaigning all out for this bill, too. They want the government to shut down all the blogs, political forums, and independent news sites, so that they, once again, have a monopoly on the news you and I are allowed to see.”
So, how can this bill, so ominous in its potential, be on the verge of becoming law? What’s next and how should we respond? Get to the bottom of this serious issue with Gary Kreep. Call Special Guests to book him for a supercharged interview.
VISIT THE UNITED STATES JUSTICE FOUNDATION AT: http://usjf.net
ABOUT YOUR GUEST, GARY KREEP:
A 1972 graduate of the University of California at San Diego with a Bachelor of Arts Degree in Economics, Mr. Kreep graduated from the University of San Diego School of Law in 1975 with a Juris Doctor. He passed the California State Bar Examination on his first try, and started practicing law in 1975.
He has been in private practice since that time, both as a sole practitioner and as the sole owner of a small law firm, employing as many as three attorneys and ten staff members. Mr. Kreep co-founded the UNITED STATES JUSTICE FOUNDATION (USJF) in 1979 with two other California attorneys. Since that time, he has served as the President and Executive Director of USJF.
In 1992, Mr. Kreep reduced his private practice to part-time status to work full-time for USJF. USJF is a nationwide, nonprofit, conservative, legal action foundation. Mr. Kreep co-founded the JUSTICE POLITICAL ACTION COMMITTEE (JPAC) in 1985 with two other conservative activists. He has served as President of JPAC since then. JPAC is a federal political action committee registered with the Federal Election Commission.
Mr. Kreep co-founded the CALIFORNIA JUSTICE POLITICAL ACTION COMMITTEE (CALJPAC) in 1996 with two other conservative activists. He has served as President of CALJPAC since then. CALJPAC is a California political action committee registered with the California FPPC.
Mr. Kreep co-founded the FAMILY VALUES COALITION in 1998 with two other conservative activists. He has served as President of FVC since then. FVC is a nonprofit California corporation organized under IRC 501 (c)(4).
Mr. Kreep currently serves as General Counsel to the Minuteman Civil Defense Corps, an unpaid position.
Political/Civic: Mr. Kreep served on the California Delegations to the 1976 and 1980 Republican National Conventions. He has been a member of a number of Republican organizations, including several California Republican Assembly Chapters. Mr. Kreep also served as elected General Counsel to Region 16 of the Young Republican National Foundation, and General Counsel to the California Young Republicans.
Mr. Kreep served for one year on the San Diego County, California PUBLIC WELFARE ADVISORY BOARD (PWAB). PWAB is an advisory board to the San Diego County Board of Supervisors concerning the San Diego County Department of Social Services. Mr. Kreep served for two years on the SAN DIEGO HUMAN RELATIONS COMMISSION (HRC). HRC is an advisory board to the San Diego City Council, charged with the task of enforcing the San Diego City non-discrimination ordinances, including its gay rights ordinance.
Mr. Kreep was a member from 1969 until 1984 of YOUNG AMERICANS FOR FREEDOM (YAF). He served as San Diego County Chairman, California State Vice-Chairman, California State Chairman, and a Member of the National Board of Directors of YAF. Mr. Kreep served in the BIG BROTHER Program for four years.
Legal: Mr. Kreep is admitted to practice before the United States Supreme Court, the United States Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals, the United States Federal Court for the Eastern District of California, the United States Federal Court for the Northern District of California, the United States Federal Court for the Central District of California, the United States Federal Court for the Southern District of California, and all state courts in California. He is also admitted to the United States Court of Appeals for the Eleventh Circuit and for the Sixth Circuit.
Published Articles/Radio and Television Appearances: Mr. Kreep has written a number of articles published by a variety of newspapers and other publications. This includes the San Diego Union Tribune, the Escondido Times Advocate, the North County Times, the Christian American, the Arizona Star, Media Bypass, and many more. Mr. Kreep regularly appears on a variety of radio and television programs. These include radio programs such as the ROGER HEDGECOCK SHOW, the WEISSBACH SHOW, ISSUES IN EDUCATION, the MASON WEAVER SHOW, the BOB NOONAN SHOW, the DUFFY SHOW, and the MICHAEL LAW SHOW.
Mr. Kreep regularly speaks at conferences. These include the annual CONSERVATIVE POLITICAL ACTION CONFERENCE (CPAC), the annual CONSTITUTIONAL COALITION CONVENTION, and the annual CHRISTIAN COALITION CONVENTION.
#66: SHOOTING HOLES IN GUN CONTROL: 2nd Amendment Foundation Leader Releases New Book (Guest in PST) :When the National Law Enforcement Officer Memorial Fund released its 2011 statistics this past week, reflecting a 13 percent increase in the number of officers killed in the line of duty over 2010, Attorney General Eric Holder responded by saying, “Too many guns have fallen into the hands of those who are not legally permitted to possess them.”
As shocked as any other gun rights advocate would be, Second Amendment Foundation executive vice president and founder, Alan Gottlieb, is not surprised to hear Holder politicize the Memorial. After all, contends Gottlieb, political spin is the only bullet gun control proponents like those in the Obama administration can fire in their fight to erode citizens’ gun rights.
Starting with the hypocrisy in Holder’s statement, given the disturbing Fast & Furious scandal unfolding on the Attorney General’s watch, Gottlieb can elaborate on his argument, citing his new book co-written with Dave Workman, entitled Shooting Blanks: Facts Don’t Matter to the Gun Ban Crowd.
In the book, Gottlieb and Workman methodically debunk what they label the so-called facts the gun ban crowd uses to push through more regulations and more laws, and file more lawsuits to take away the Second Amendment right to keep and bear arms.
As we head into what many classify as the most significant election year our country has had in decades, call Special Guests to schedule an interview with Alan Gottlieb, and find out what we stand to lose if Obama wins a second term.
ABOUT ALAN GOTTLIEB:
Dynamic and articulate are two accurate descriptions of Alan Gottlieb.
Alan is a Nuclear Engineering graduate of the University of Tennessee and has attended the Institute on Comparative Political & Economic Systems at Georgetown University.
He is recognized as a member of the working press, maintaining active membership in the Outdoor Writers Association of America. His articles have appeared in periodicals including USA Today, Seattle Times, Washington Post, Atlanta Journal-Constitution, San Francisco Examiner, Cincinnati Inquirer, Orlando Sentinel, and Chicago Tribune.
Alan is the Publisher of Gun Week and The Gottlieb-Tartaro Report. He is the Chairman of the Citizens Committee for the Right to Keep and Bear Arms, Founder of the Second Amendment Foundation, serves on the Board of Directors of the American Conservative Union, President of the Center for the Defense of Free Enterprise, President of the American Political Action Committee and President of NoInternetTax.org.
His handiwork has received notice in the New York Times, Washington Post, Cleveland Plain Dealer, Time, People, Rolling Stone, National Review and Outside magazine.
Alan has received the prestigious Golden Eagle Award from the American Federation of Police, and was commended by the Kentucky House of Representatives for his “outstanding leadership in preserving our American heritage of freedom.” He is listed in Who’s Who in America, Who’s Who in the World and Who’s Who in American Politics.
Alan has appeared on over 3,700 TV and radio talk shows, including the McNeil-Lehrer News Hour, ABC’s 20/20, The Michael Reagan Show, PBS All Things Considered, CNN Crossfire, Fox TV’s Crier Report, NBC Today Show, The O’Reilly Factor, ESPN, Larry King Live, CNN Special Reports, Hannity & Combs, CNN All Politics, Fox News Channel and Good Morning America.
Alan is President of Merril Associates, a noted direct-response advertising agency specializing in direct mail, fund raising and public relations. He is also President of Merril Press, a non-fiction book publishing company.
Alan is also President of radio stations KBNP in Portland, Oregon, KITZ in Seattle, Washington, KGTK in Olympia, Washington, and KSBN in Spokane, Washington and former Chairman of the Talk America Radio Network and former President of the Universal Talk Network.
In addition, Alan is the author of seventeen books, including Politically Correct Guns, Trashing the Economy and She Took a Village: The Unauthorized Biography of Hillary Clinton, Alan Gottlieb's Celebrity Address Book, Double Trouble: Daschle and Gephart Capitol Hill Bullies, and Gun Rights Affirmed, America Fights Back: Armed Self-defense in a Violent Age and These Dogs Don’t Hunt: The Democrats’ War on Guns.
Alan currently resides in Bellevue, Washington, with his wife Julianne, his daughters Amy Jean, Sarah Merril and Alexis Hope, and son Andrew Michael.
#67: VERDICT: IRAN BEHIND 9/11: Federal Judge finds Iran and Hezbollah Culpable in Attacks:There are two names that are at the center of a case that helped lead U.S. District Court Judge George Daniels to sign documents that identify the state of Iran, Hezbollah, the Ayatollah, and others as being very involved in the September 11th attacks. Janice Kephart, Director of National Security Policy at the Center for Immigration Studies, and former counsel for the 9/11 Commission provided a written affidavit for the case.
Abolghasem Mesbahi, an Iranian who fled that country when he was tipped off by a colleague that he was on the regime's kill list, provided what Daniels deemed credible testimony. According to court documents, after Mesbahi left Iran, he received coded messages three times within two months prior to the 9/11 attacks; those messages demonstrate Iran's foreknowledge of an operation known as “Satan in Fire,” a term used to describe an attack on the United States that ultimately succeeded.
The other individual who was instrumental in connecting Iran to the 9/11 attacks was a man named Imad Mughniyah, who essentially served as the Hezbollah leader that worked with al-Qaeda while receiving direction from Iranian officials. Mughniyah was assassinated in Syria in February of 2008.
The case, known as Havlish v. Iran, may provide the clearest evidence yet of Iran's involvement in the worst attack on American soil. Documents show that Mughniyah and 9/11 attackers traveled on flights together and that individuals involved were repeatedly allowed to pass through Iran without having their passports stamped.
Kephart, an immigration expert, warns that with Hezbollah's increased presence to America's south, the facts about Iran's involvement in 9/11 are now more important than ever.
Then, call Special Guests at the number above to book her on your show and spread the word about this incredibly alarming news that is dangerously flying way under the radar of the mainstream media.
ABOUT YOUR GUEST, JANICE KEPHART:
Ms. Kephart is an internationally recognized border and ID security expert, who served as counsel to the 9/11 Commission and was a key author of the Staff Monograph, 9/11 and Terrorist Travel, as well as the immigration-related facts and recommendations in the 9/11 Commission Report.
Prior to 9/11, she was responsible for conducting factual investigations into counterterrorism issues and conducting oversight of the Immigration and Naturalization Service (before the creation of the Department of Homeland Security) as a counsel to the Senate Judiciary Subcommittee on Technology and Terrorism.
Her focus is on assuring implementation of 9/11 Commission border recommendations, as her extensive work on the REAL ID Act demonstrates.
Her website, 911securitysolutions.com, is a one-stop shop for border issues relating to 9/11, and Ms. Kephartʼs personal library on the subject. Ms. Kephart speaks regularly at conferences, to international media, publishes articles and op-eds around the world, and has testified before Congress ten times on issues of border and ID security. She attended Duke University and Villanova Law School.
#68: POLL: WHAT TALK SHOW TOPICS DO YOU WANT IN 2012?:What Talk Show interview topics do YOU want most in 2012?
In 2012 it is our aim at Special Guests to provide you with expert interview guests on topics that YOU are interested in for YOUR Talk Show.
Please be so kind as to select which of the topics below that you feel would be of greatest interest to your listening audience, and email back your response.
Regardless of whether you want a child prodigy or an expert on Senior Citizen issues, or anything in between, we want to hear your topic choices so we can best provide you with Special Guests on themes of your choice.
Thanks in advance for your time!
TALK SHOW TOPICS LIST:
Celebrities ___
Conservatism ___
Conspiracy Theories ___
Constitutional Issues ___
Culture Wars ___
Current News ___
Education ___
Family ___
Financial and Economic ___
Government Downsizing/Reform ___
Gun Rights ___
Health & Beauty ___
Hobbies ___
International Issues ___
Israel ___
Libertarian Issues ___
Liberal Issues ___
Movies ___
Music ___
Paranormal ___
Personal Responsibility issues ___
Politics ___
Pro-life ___
Religion ___
Real Estate ___
Science ___
Self-help ___
Sports ___
Technology ___
Terrorism/National Security ___
Travel ___
Television or YouTube ___
Water Cooler/feature topics ___
Other (list as many topics as you wish):
___
___
___
___
___ Or: We don’t take guests.
Also, are you interested in links to YouTube videos or other social media content for your web site? ___
#69: CANCER BREAKTHROUGHS IN 2012: Using a Patient’s Own Cells to Cure Leukemia: 2012 holds great promise for cancer cures and treatments.
Nationally respected oncologist physician and researcher, Pat Maguire, M.D. is available to discuss the current state of the art cancer treatment techniques and research for 2012 and beyond.
Dr. Maguire shares one extremely exciting breakthrough in cancer research that involves using a patient’s own immune cells to cure leukemia.
Here’s a statement from Dr. Maguire about this:
Doctors from the Hospital of the University of Pennsylvania used modified (revved up) versions of three patients’ own white blood cells, called CART19 cells, to treat their chronic lymhocytic leukemia (CLL). The manuscript form the New England Journal of Medicine (link above) reviewed the detailed results of one of these treatments. After chemotherapy to decrease the volume of lymphocytes (a type of white blood cell), the patients received infusions of CART19 T cells, originally from their own immune system. In the patient case discussed, at less than one month after treatment, there was already no residual CLL in the bone marrow and complete resolution of multiple enlarged lymph nodes. The patient remained cancer free 10 months after treatment (at the time the doctors’ wrote their paper). So, are CART19 T cells the answer for CLL? Only time will tell. Clearly more patients will need to be treated at other major cancer centers, where hopefully these results will be duplicated by other investigators. However, the promise of this new type of gene therapy using modulated T cells to potentially cure a potentially deadly leukemia is exciting. This novel treatment is a perfect example of bench research from the laboratory working magic at the bedside! - Patrick Maguire MD
More information about this amazing cancer treatment breakthrough:
Since completing his cancer specialty training at Duke University Medical Center, Dr. Patrick Maguire has been caring for patients with cancer in coastal North Carolina for 11 years.
Dr. Maguire has published multiple scientific articles on the treatment of cancers including those of the head and neck, lung, prostate and soft tissues.
He is the principal investigator of two major five-year Cancer Disparities Research Partnership grants awarded by the National Cancer Institute.
Along with his partners and staff, Dr. Maguire was awarded the prestigious American Society of Clinical Oncology Clinical Trials Participation Award for 2010.
#70: CULT OF JIHAD: The Blood of Many vs. the Blood of One:In the religion of Islam, followers are taught that the best way to salvation is through the blood of unbelievers. In essence, the innocent blood of non-Muslims needs to be shed so that the guilty Muslim murderers can be rewarded.
Ted Shoebat, son of a former PLO member and Muslim Brotherhood activist has studied Islam for years and draws some extremely interesting contrasts between Islam and Christianity. “For the most part,” says Shoebat, “Christians are at peace because they know and believe that their savior shed is blood for them; all they have to do is accept that.”
Shoebat maintains that once Christians adopt this view, there is simply no need for anyone else to die. “When you contrast that reality with the teachings of Islam, you see a significant number of people who have been brainwashed to believe that the only way they can achieve salvation is to do to innocent people what guilty people did to Christ.”
Shoebat insists that's a lot of pressure and the view is rapidly becoming mainstream in the Muslim world.
Theodore (Ted) Shoebat is the son of Walid Shoebat, a former PLO terrorist. At age 16, Ted released his first book In Satan’s Footsteps, which has been followed up with, For God or For Tyranny, available now. Ted grew up in the U.S., in Northern California, attending the public school system. Because of his conservative and religious upbringing, he often struggled with his teachers and fellow students. He personally witnessed Holocaust denial, anti-Semitism and anti-Zionism in the schools and his defense of Israel and the Jewish people made him a victim of ridicule and mockery.
At such a young age, Ted was inspired due to challenges and frustrations he faced from public schools he attended. Not only was he bombarded with criticism for his conservative and religious beliefs, but they also attempted to squelch his expression by labeling him with a psychological condition known as Asberger’s syndrome.
Though the educational community thought it a stigma, Ted took it with pride, since it is said that Bill Gates and Albert Einstein were also diagnosed with Asberger’s, a personality that includes such positive human behaviors as loyalty, honesty and bluntness. Ted is the primary contributor for this amazing work of research and polemic—For God or For Tyranny. It is a timely work, based on the current state of our nation and the pivot point in the direction that America might take. What is even more amazing is Ted Shoebat was only 18 years old when this, his second book, went into publication.
ABOUT SHOEBAT’S BOOK, FOR GOD OR FOR TYRANNY
“For God or For Tyranny: When Nations Deny God’s Natural Law,” by Ted Shoebat and Walid Shoebat, picks up where the bestselling book Liberty and Tyranny left off, a Judeo Christian polemic on why God is vital in the equation of freedom for America and humanity. Best-selling author Walid Shoebat and his son Ted Shoebat (only 18 years old at the time of publication) have written an extraordinary book on anti-God ideologies, comparing them to countries that base their laws on Judeo Christian principals. As America and many Western nations seem to desire to move away from their Judeo Christian foundations and embrace multi-culturalism, this book gives all the answers to dispel all the anti-God myths and equip people to stand for their Judeo Christian heritage.
#71: Senior Organization calls for Maher’s Cancellation: AMAC, the 250,000 member Association of Mature American Citizens today called for the cancellation of Bill Maher’s TV show on HBO after Maher used the F word describing what Jesus did to Tim Tebow following the loss of his Denver Broncos to Buffalo on Saturday.
“It is one thing to mock a religious figure for a few cheap laughs, it is another thing to blaspheme Jesus, a young man, who many believe gave his life as a sacrifice for all humankind.” said Dan Weber, AMAC’s president. “Maher evidently doesn’t think Jesus is the divine Son of God, but he has no right to insult millions of Christians who do”.
Dan Weber, who is available for Talk Show interviews on this topic asks, “Has American society sunk so low that nothing is considered sacred? If we fail to denounce Maher and stand up for decency what will become of us? Should we tolerate this kind of ill mannered behavior and ignore our responsibility to provide our children with a world where respect and dignity are virtues to be strived for?
“Whether you are a member of AMAC or not, please call, write and email HBO and demand the Bill Maher show be cancelled.”
ABOUT AMAC:
AMAC is a vibrant, vital alternative to those traditional organizations, such as AARP, that dominate the choices for mature Americans who want a say in the future of the nation. Where those others may boast of their power to set the agendas for their memberships, AMAC takes its marching orders from its members. We act and speak on their behalf, protecting their interests, and offering a conservative insight on how to best solve the problems they face today.
#72: IRAN’S FINGERPRINTS ON 9/11: Defectors Reveal Startling Evidence in Federal Court:If you suspect anyone in your audience may doubt the threats that a nuclear Iran or an unresolved U.S. immigration problem present to the security of our nation, you need to call Special Guests right now and book Janice Kephart, Director of National Security Policy at the Center for Immigration Studies.
In a recent post on her organization’s website, Kephart addresses testimony, just now coming to light in a federal court, that links Iran and Hezbollah to the 9/11 attacks. As a guest on your show, Kephart can provide the case details and explain precisely why it is imperative that they shape our immigration policy going forward.
She writes:
“…Much of the material witness testimony in the case comes from three Iranian defectors whose affidavits remained under seal during the course of the case.
What we do know publicly is that Iran and Hezbollah not only provided terrorist travel assistance for the 9/11 hijackers to travel through Iran to attend Afghan terror training camps, but also that Hezbollah’s most senior operational leader, and chief liaison with Iran, Imad Mughniyah—and other Hezbollah operatives—traveled with the 9/11 hijackers in and out of Lebanon and in and out of Iran after these same hijackers had been issued visas to visit the United States.
The purpose of the hijackers’ travel into Iran after acquiring U.S. visas was made clear by Iranian defector testimony under seal. The defectors, in turn, were vetted by two CIA veterans who reviewed numerous hours of tape to determine the credibility of persons who stated they had knowledge of Iran’s involvement in 9/11, including those claiming to have participated in planning meetings in Iran with other Iranian officials on executing the terrorist plot that became 9/11.”
Then, call Special Guests at the number above to book her on your show and spread the word about this incredibly alarming news that is dangerously flying way under the radar of the mainstream media.
ABOUT YOUR GUEST, JANICE KEPHART:
Ms. Kephart is an internationally recognized border and ID security expert, who served as counsel to the 9/11 Commission and was a key author of the Staff Monograph, 9/11 and Terrorist Travel, as well as the immigration-related facts and recommendations in the 9/11 Commission Report.
Prior to 9/11, she was responsible for conducting factual investigations into counterterrorism issues and conducting oversight of the Immigration and Naturalization Service (before the creation of the Department of Homeland Security) as a counsel to the Senate Judiciary Subcommittee on Technology and Terrorism.
Her focus is on assuring implementation of 9/11 Commission border recommendations, as her extensive work on the REAL ID Act demonstrates.
Her website, 911securitysolutions.com, is a one-stop shop for border issues relating to 9/11, and Ms. Kephartʼs personal library on the subject. Ms. Kephart speaks regularly at conferences, to international media, publishes articles and op-eds around the world, and has testified before Congress ten times on issues of border and ID security. She attended Duke University and Villanova Law School.
#73: 2011 ENDS, TAKES LIBERTY WITH IT: Constitutional Attorney Recaps a Rough Year:Whether it was flirting with hand cramps signing all his executive orders, or the record-shattering team of unelected czars he unilaterally planted in power positions within his administration, Obama signaled very early on in his administration that he had his own Constitution.
Available for interviews to deconstruct how those early days have gone on to play out in 2011, is attorney Gary Kreep, president of the United States Justice Foundation (USJF).
As a guest on your show, Kreep can run down the laundry list of liberty intrusions, explain what he and his organization are doing to fight it, and project on a new year that may be Obama’s last.
Kreep can tackle any of these 2011 issues from a Constitutional perspective, including:
• Ongoing immigration enforcement lawsuits between the Eric Holder DOJ and the states • Federal court rulings on ObamaCare, likely headed to the Supreme Court • Obama’s entry into the Libyan revolution without Congressional consent • The White House’s recent attempt to use the Computer Fraud and Abuse Act (CFAA) as a means to incriminate people who “lie on the Internet.” • A stunning Supreme Court ruling that authorizes the police to enter a residence without a warrant under certain circumstances —and more.
Call Special Guests today for a fascinating interview that will have your audience wondering if they should wave goodbye to the Bill of Rights as they ring in 2012.
VISIT THE UNITED STATES JUSTICE FOUNDATION AT: http://usjf.net
ABOUT YOUR GUEST, GARY KREEP:
A 1972 graduate of the University of California at San Diego with a Bachelor of Arts Degree in Economics, Mr. Kreep graduated from the University of San Diego School of Law in 1975 with a Juris Doctor. He passed the California State Bar Examination on his first try, and started practicing law in 1975.
He has been in private practice since that time, both as a sole practitioner and as the sole owner of a small law firm, employing as many as three attorneys and ten staff members. Mr. Kreep co-founded the UNITED STATES JUSTICE FOUNDATION (USJF) in 1979 with two other California attorneys. Since that time, he has served as the President and Executive Director of USJF.
In 1992, Mr. Kreep reduced his private practice to part-time status to work full-time for USJF. USJF is a nationwide, nonprofit, conservative, legal action foundation. Mr. Kreep co-founded the JUSTICE POLITICAL ACTION COMMITTEE (JPAC) in 1985 with two other conservative activists. He has served as President of JPAC since then. JPAC is a federal political action committee registered with the Federal Election Commission.
Mr. Kreep co-founded the CALIFORNIA JUSTICE POLITICAL ACTION COMMITTEE (CALJPAC) in 1996 with two other conservative activists. He has served as President of CALJPAC since then. CALJPAC is a California political action committee registered with the California FPPC.
Mr. Kreep co-founded the FAMILY VALUES COALITION in 1998 with two other conservative activists. He has served as President of FVC since then. FVC is a nonprofit California corporation organized under IRC 501 (c)(4).
Mr. Kreep currently serves as General Counsel to the Minuteman Civil Defense Corps, an unpaid position.
Political/Civic: Mr. Kreep served on the California Delegations to the 1976 and 1980 Republican National Conventions. He has been a member of a number of Republican organizations, including several California Republican Assembly Chapters. Mr. Kreep also served as elected General Counsel to Region 16 of the Young Republican National Foundation, and General Counsel to the California Young Republicans.
Mr. Kreep served for one year on the San Diego County, California PUBLIC WELFARE ADVISORY BOARD (PWAB). PWAB is an advisory board to the San Diego County Board of Supervisors concerning the San Diego County Department of Social Services. Mr. Kreep served for two years on the SAN DIEGO HUMAN RELATIONS COMMISSION (HRC). HRC is an advisory board to the San Diego City Council, charged with the task of enforcing the San Diego City non-discrimination ordinances, including its gay rights ordinance.
Mr. Kreep was a member from 1969 until 1984 of YOUNG AMERICANS FOR FREEDOM (YAF). He served as San Diego County Chairman, California State Vice-Chairman, California State Chairman, and a Member of the National Board of Directors of YAF. Mr. Kreep served in the BIG BROTHER Program for four years.
Legal: Mr. Kreep is admitted to practice before the United States Supreme Court, the United States Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals, the United States Federal Court for the Eastern District of California, the United States Federal Court for the Northern District of California, the United States Federal Court for the Central District of California, the United States Federal Court for the Southern District of California, and all state courts in California. He is also admitted to the United States Court of Appeals for the Eleventh Circuit and for the Sixth Circuit.
Published Articles/Radio and Television Appearances: Mr. Kreep has written a number of articles published by a variety of newspapers and other publications. This includes the San Diego Union Tribune, the Escondido Times Advocate, the North County Times, the Christian American, the Arizona Star, Media Bypass, and many more. Mr. Kreep regularly appears on a variety of radio and television programs. These include radio programs such as the ROGER HEDGECOCK SHOW, the WEISSBACH SHOW, ISSUES IN EDUCATION, the MASON WEAVER SHOW, the BOB NOONAN SHOW, the DUFFY SHOW, and the MICHAEL LAW SHOW.
Mr. Kreep regularly speaks at conferences. These include the annual CONSERVATIVE POLITICAL ACTION CONFERENCE (CPAC), the annual CONSTITUTIONAL COALITION CONVENTION, and the annual CHRISTIAN COALITION CONVENTION.
#74: PAYROLL TAX DEAL DONE—NOW WHAT?: Economist Gets at the Nuts & Bolts of the Issue :For all its political pundit fodder, the latest Congressional fiasco that is the two-month extension of the Payroll Tax Cut has been monopolizing headlines for weeks. But, as Phil Cioppa, Chief Investment Officer of Arbol Financial Strategies, points out, the operative word is “political.”
While news programs continue to feature experts commenting on who “won” the policy matchup between President Obama and House Speaker John Boehner (R-OH), Cioppa is available to be a guest on your show for the sake of asking the overlooked, but most fundamental, question underlying the entire issue:
Now that the Payroll Tax Cut has been extended, what kind of economic effect can Americans expect to see?
Can two months make any difference at all? What kind of investment or hiring decisions could employers theoretically make as a result? What happens on the cusp of March when the debate has to start up again? Being that it’s a reduction in Social Security withdrawals—not an income tax—aren’t Americans just borrowing money from themselves rather than enjoying a “tax cut”? What does this latest debacle mean for the U.S. debt crisis and credit rating? With this legislation also comes yet another extension of federal unemployment benefits. Is that good for the economy?
Call Special Guests to schedule Phil Cioppa on your show and get the answers to these questions and more. THE FOLLOWING ARTICLE MAY BE USEFUL FOR SHOW PREP:
Phil Cioppa is the Managing Principal and Chief Investment Officer of Arbol Financial Strategies, LLC (www.arbolfinancialstrategies.com), located in Norwalk, CT, Harrisburg, PA and Manhattan, NY.
With more than 10 years in financial service experience, he has served as a Certified Trust and Financial Advisor and has distinguished himself among his peers as a top advisor at Thrivent Financial for Lutherans prior to co-founding Arbol Financial Strategies.
Phil brings a proprietary and unique client-centered approach and a sense of humor to his work as a financial advisor. He is very passionate about his work with clients and as Chief Investment Officer, he specializes in asset management strategies, insurance planning and taxation issues.
Prior to starting his journey in financial services, Phil pursued his passion for religious studies with a Bachelor of Arts from State University of New York at Albany, Masters of Divinity at St. Bernard’s Institute in Rochester and his Doctor of Ministry from Graduate Theological Foundation in Mishawaka, Indiana. Phil served as a Roman Catholic Priest for 18 years, leaving active ministry in excellent standing to pursue his new passage.
Phil has recently appeared on the Michael McDonnell Show on WGN, The Lars Larson Show, The Leslie Marshall Show, The Georgene Rice Show on KPDQ-FM (Portland, OR) and the Small Business Advocate with James Burlingame Show.
He is also soon to be seen as a financial guest expert on The Brian Tracy Show, featured on ABC, NBC, CBS and FOX, and has been named as a “Trendsetter in the New Economy” by USA Today.
He is currently co-authoring a book with Brian Tracy, as well as another book with Jack Canfield, co-author of Chicken Soup for the Soul, which will be launched next year at The National Academy of Best Selling Authors in Hollywood. He also is set to host his own radio show on WGCH 1490 AM in Greenwich, CT.
Phil is also co-authoring a suspense fiction novel and screenplay with Johnny Blue Star of Palm Desert, CA, entitled The Resurrected dealing with the intrigue of the Catholic Church and near-death experience. Release is set for spring, 2011.
Phil is married to a wonderful wife, Janie, and lives in Danbury, CT with Janie, his niece Amanda and great-nephew Edrien.
#75: NEW MEANING TO NEW YEAR’S ‘RESOLUTION’: Solve the Abortion Dilemma / Adopt in 2012:When high school physics teacher and songwriter, Richard Anthony, considered adopting a child, he thought of all the reasons why he wasn’t ready. His home was too small. He wasn’t sure he could sacrifice the time. He had doubts about whether he was prepared to be responsible for another human being.
But, as he stands where he is today, three years later, he can resoundingly confirm that our biggest regrets in life are always the things we didn’t do.
As a guest on your show, Anthony is eager to tell his profound leap-of-faith story as an attempt to inspire members of your audience to make a New Year’s resolution unlike any other before—one that will demand a great deal, and cannot be broken but, nonetheless, will be immensely rewarding for every life it touches.
“At the beginning, while my son, Nick, was my foster child,” says Anthony, “his goal was to be reunited with his mother. My family didn’t understand how I could go through with it anyway and foster a child that I knew might go home at any time. I couldn’t argue with them, knowing it would hurt if I ever had to let him go. But I also knew the time we shared would still be worth the pain.”
In the end, Anthony was able to proceed with adoption and complete a full-circle experience, complete with a wide range of intense feelings that inspired him to write and publish the song Even If—available on iTunes and RichardAnthonyMusic.com, with all proceeds supporting foster parenting charities.
“My advice to anyone considering adopting or fostering is to just do it. Don’t keep asking if you’re ready. If you have the heart, it will work out. Make this the year it happens. Touch a child’s life forever in 2012.”
Call Special Guests today for a heart-warming conversation about the invaluable benefits of foster parenting and adoption. Ask to book an interview with singer/songwriter Richard Anthony.
INTERVIEW QUESTIONS FOR MR. ANTHONY COULD INCLUDE:
1. What inspired you to become a foster parent in the first place, especially having no parenting experience at all? 2. What was your family’s reaction to the idea? 3. Tell us about the experience and the growth in your relationship with Nick. 4. How did the song Even If come to be? At what moment did you feel compelled to write it? 5. You’ve since legally adopted Nick. Have you had any thoughts about fostering again? Any hopes of having your own children some day? 6. How important is foster parenting in your mind today? For society, for the child, for the parents? 7. If you had a chance to sell foster parenting to those who have never done it, what would you say? 8. If you could give a new foster parent one piece of advice, what would you tell him/her? 9. Which charities did you select and why? 10. Tell our audience how they can purchase the song.
ABOUT YOUR GUEST, RICHARD ANTHONY:
Anthony is a solo singer/songwriter who’s been writing songs for more than 10 years. Influenced by singers ranging from Stevie Wonder to Pet Shop Boys to James Taylor to Michael Jackson, Anthony’s musical range of motion covers many styles.
He was born in a suburb of Chicago, and currently resides in Joliet, Illinois (about 45 minutes south of Chicago)
His latest CD, Connected, all started with the song Even If. It was written in response to family members who asked him how he could foster a child, knowing he would be creating a bond and becoming attached to this child and possibly having to let go in the end.
He wrote this song to help support foster children by donating 100 percent of proceeds to such charities. Before releasing Connected, Anthony released the Even If single, hoping to influence others to foster and to raise money.
The song was recorded in Canada with producer Victor Crowl. After recording the song, Victor convinced Anthony to work on a complete CD and, after much work, it turned into 2 CDs—one released this past April, and the other due out in 2012.
More of Anthony’s music can be heard at: www.richardanthonymusic.com www.reverbnation.com/richardanthony
#76: 7 QUICK TIPS FOR EFFECTIVE TALK SHOW INTERVIEWS FOR THE NEW YEAR:1) BE PRO-ACTIVE. Don’t wait for the host to promote you or your book. That’s not their job. Their job is to deliver interesting talk shows to keep their existing audience and attract new listeners or viewers. Interviewing you will either hurt them or help them do their job. So, do your job (selling a book, widget, service or cause). Be pro-active. For example, if the host asks you, “What color is the sky?” Don’t tell them, “Blue.” Rather, say something like, “That is an excellent and insightful question. Thank you for asking it. On my web site www.BlueLight.com your listeners can download the first two chapters of my new book, “Avoiding Blue Light and Embracing New Light.” It’s free but only available today you’re your listeners. The first One chapter is titled, ‘Hidden spectrums of blue light” and it shows you how to change your life for the better forever, making you a magnet for personal, financial and emotional prosperity.” The second chapter shows how to avoid common pitfalls that stop personal growth and choke finances. It’s called, “6 temptations bubbling up from the dark shades of blue that lead to doom.” They’re both free and available at www.BlueLight.com
2) PRE-PREPARED TALKING POINTS: Have your top 7 most important points you want to make during your interview written on 3x5 cards and when you are done with one point, drop the card to the floor and keep doing this until you have nothing left in your hands. Pro-actively bring up each point or dovetail the points from a question or point raised by the host.
3) THINK FROM THEIR SHOES. Put yourself in the shoes of the listener. Don’t think from your own selfish perspective. Ask, “What’s in it for me?” (the listener) Make each point so vital that the listener is willing to be late for an appointment if necessary to hear the life enhancing message you have. Frankly, if you don’t have a message that important, you probably should reconsider even being on talk shows. Offer the most positive, life changing, life enhancing stuff they heard this week or even this year. Don’t waste the time of the host or their audience with fluff. This takes real thought to extract the best nuggets from your book, product, service or cause.
4) GIVE SOMETHING AWAY. A free chapter by download, a handy reference guide or something useful. But capture info in exchange for the giveaway and follow up later on each lead.
5) MAKE IT GO VIRAL. Help them help you sell others on what you have. Don’t just sell one book or widget. Package something that the listener will want to share instantly and widely with their friends, family and coworkers. A free book chapter or a how to list, something engaging. Give them something that has secret knowledge or can save their life or enhance the health or bring them wealth in a quick and easy package to pass on. Either a video or an article or something easy to pass on. Keys: It has to either be: emotional enough to make them cry, or it has to have a component to induce righteous rage to the point where they need to shout out to warn the world. Or it has to be laugh out loud funny so people want to pass it on. Or it has to be something that makes them look smart or important or caring to others when they pass it on. Or it has to appeal to one of their innate urges or desires to be wealthy, healthy, wise, or reciprocally, how to avoid illness or death. But whatever it is, it must be intriguing and compelling that they will want to send it to their friends and family—NOW, not later.
6) Never say, “In my book” or “on my web site.” Mention the name of the book and the web site URL directly.
7) Bond with the host and audience before getting too commercial too fast. But don’t wait too long before the sales pitch either. This requires discernment. You must earn the right to sell but you must not squander your time either. Otherwise you may hear the dreaded words: “Thanks for being with us. We’ve got to have you back soon.” Click. (They may mean it when they say it but rarely call back.)
#77: EXCUSE ME WHILE I TAKE THIS CALL: Etiquette Expert Examines Rudeness in the Digital Age:Technology is changing our way of life in more ways than we realize. With the infusion of cell phones, laptops, iPods and the Internet has come a whole new yet-to-be-written manual on social etiquette and good manners.
Is it okay to text on a date? And, if not, how should you handle it when you’re the victim?
When is it time to pull the headphones out of your ears?
And then there’s the novel world of social media with all the dilemmas we never had to even ponder before, such as, what do you do if someone blocks you on Facebook?
For a refreshing interview that is both entertaining and intrinsically useful, call Special Guests to book a slot with certified life coach and etiquette expert, Marie Dubuque, who has the unique ability to break down and solve life’s most perplexing social-interaction gotcha moments.
Is “vibrate” mode okay in a movie theater? What’s the best way to ask a friend to stop sending you chain emails? Is it always rude to cancel a commitment via text?
From one high-tech blunder to another, Marie deals with every aspect of life in the digital age, when we all live among loud, obnoxious people glued to their cell phones and rudeness is an undeniable way of life.
Call now to get the answers to these and many other questions and find out how you can be polite and kind and still get ahead in this world!
ABOUT YOUR EXPERT GUEST, MARIE DUBUQUE:
Certified as a life coach and the author of two books, Marie Dubuque is your etiquette/social interaction expert. She is based in St. Louis, Missouri, happily married for 17 years, and loves to write and speak about dealing with “life’s tricky situations,” particularly those that couples and dating singles face. She also is a unique specialist with regard to examining “rudeness in the digital age.”
#78: NO PEACE FOR THE PRINCE OF PEACE IN BETHLEHEM : After close to twenty years of Palestinian Authority (PA) rule in Bethlehem, the birthplace of Jesus, the Christian community is under increasing attack and is fading away to near oblivion.
The Christian community that just a few decades ago comprised 80% of the population has now dwindled to barely 15% under PA rule. Why has this happened?
Israeli author, political analyst, and terrorism expert David Rubin explains that this problem wasn’t created in a vacuum. Rubin criticizes the persecution that the Christians have suffered under from their Muslim neighbors, including, but not limited to, beatings, denial of employment, kidnappings, sexual harassment, forced marriages, and firebombing of churches.
Rubin points out, “There is the undeniable influence of Islamic Sharia Law in the Palestinian Authority and Hamas-run territories. The inferior (dhimmi) status officially accorded to Christians under Islam has created an intolerable situation for Christians in Bethlehem. They are continuing to vote with their feet, leaving Bethlehem in droves. Jesus and his family, as persecuted non-Muslims, would have been among them.”
David Rubin, your guest commentator from the front lines in Israel, is the author of the groundbreaking new book, The Islamic Tsunami (Israel and America in the Age of Obama). He is the former Mayor of Shiloh, Israel and the Founder and President of Shiloh Israel Children's Fund, established after he and his three-year-old son were wounded in a vicious terrorist attack.
As an American-Israeli who has been living in Israel for twenty years, David Rubin sees the current events and their ramifications from a unique perspective and explains them clearly to your audience.
The following talking points might be helpful:
1. If Bethlehem is known as the birthplace of Jesus, how did it become a Muslim city?
2. Why is Islamic Sharia Law a problem for the Christians living under the Palestinian Authority and Hamas?
3. Isn’t there persecution in other parts of the world? Why focus on Bethlehem?
4. Many Palestinians blame Israel’s occupation of Judea and Samaria (the West Bank) for the sad plight of the Christians under the Palestinian Authority. How do you respond to that?
5. How do you respond to the statement by the late head of the Palestinian Authority Yasser Arafat, that “Jesus was a Palestinian”?
6. Are there other parts of the Middle East and the world that have seen the rise of Islamic Sharia Law?
7. Can you cite specific examples in other parts of the Middle East of what you call “legally-sanctioned persecution” under Sharia Law?
8. Is there a way to reverse the process so that Christians will once again feel comfortable and secure in Bethlehem?
9. Are the Palestinians “an invented people”, as Newt Gingrich has said? Are Christians a part of that people?
10. Is an independent Palestinian state a fait accompli, a process that can’t be reversed?
ABOUT DAVID RUBIN:
David Rubin is the former Mayor of Shiloh, Israel in the region of Samaria, known to most of the world as the West Bank. He is founder and president of Shiloh Israel Children’s Fund, dedicated to easing the trauma of children who have been victims of terrorist attacks, as well as rebuilding the biblical heartland of Israel. The Fund was established after Rubin and his three-year-old son were wounded in a vicious terrorist attack while driving home from Jerusalem. He vowed to retaliate not with hatred or anger, but with compassion, to affect positive change for Israel and its children.
David is the author of the groundbreaking new book, The Islamic Tsunami (Israel and America in the Age of Obama), which exposes the attempts of the Islamic ideologues to destroy Judeo-Christian civilization. He illustrates the deep roots and the biblical basis of the Israel-United States alliance and shows how those two countries are the only force on Earth that can realistically stop the Islamic Tsunami. He also demonstrates how Barack Obama typifies the strange collusion between the Islamic ideologues and the radical secular Left, in their simultaneous attempts to fundamentally change America and steer it away from its roots.
Rubin’s previous book, God, Israel, and Shiloh: Returning to the Land, recounts the struggles and the triumphs of Israel’s complex history. He also illustrates the inspiring journey of the people of Israel returning to their biblical heartland, with all of the difficult challenges that they have faced.
A featured speaker throughout North America and in Israel, David Rubin has appeared on many national and international radio and television programs.
Born and raised in Brooklyn, New York, Rubin currently resides in Israel with his wife and children on a hilltop overlooking the site of Ancient Shiloh, the hallowed ground where the Tabernacle stood 369 years in the time of Joshua, Hannah and Samuel the Prophet.
ABOUT THE BOOK:
David is the author of the groundbreaking new book, The Islamic Tsunami: Israel and America in the Age of Obama (available at Amazon.com), which exposes the attempts of the Islamic ideologues to destroy Judeo-Christian civilization.
David illustrates the deep roots and the biblical basis of the Israel–United States alliance and shows how those two countries are the only force on Earth that can realistically stop the Islamic Tsunami. He also demonstrates how Barack Obama typifies the collusion between the Islamic ideologues and the radical secular Left, in their simultaneous attempts to fundamentally change America and steer it away from its roots.
Rubin’s previous book, God, Israel, and Shiloh: Returning to the Land, recounts the struggles and the triumphs of Israel’s complex history. He also illustrates the inspiring journey of the people of Israel returning to their biblical heartland, with all of the difficult challenges that they have faced.
A featured speaker throughout the United States and in Israel, David Rubin has appeared on national and international radio and television programs.
Born and raised in Brooklyn, New York, Rubin currently resides in Israel with his wife and children on a hilltop overlooking the site of Ancient Shiloh. This is the hallowed ground where the Tabernacle stood for 369 years in the time of Joshua, Hannah and Samuel the Prophet.
#79: EXTENDED OCCUPATION: Wall Street Movement Just Keeps on Moving:Arguably on the downward slope of its news cycle, the Occupy Wall Street story has some observers on the outside wondering if it might get a second wind—if for no other reason than the fact that the core movement continues to linger (see a sampling of links below).
For a twist of an interview, Special Guests invites you to consider one of those observers, who also happens to earn his living as a financial advisor and business owner.
Phil Cioppa is the Chief Investment Officer of Arbol Financial Strategies and, from his vantage point, all the spotlight-magnet anarchists and flakes aside, there is an undercurrent of the OWS collective that simply cannot be ignored.
“They are not leaving,” says Cioppa, “and the crowds continue together not only in NYC, but in various cities around the country. It’s interesting that the momentum has not waned, as Americans have short memories. Yet, this group is persevering, and at times, spiking in growth.
Just wait. When Wall St. bonuses are announced in a couple weeks, this crowd will get larger and angrier.”
As a guest on your show, Cioppa can put the movement into a larger perspective with regard to the economy, both here in the States and around the world, given other recent events—from the ongoing budget shenanigans in Congress to the sudden likely power struggle in North Korea.
Plus, he can weigh in on how close the 2012 Presidential candidates—including Obama—should get to this diehard protest.
“If the crowds do not go away, and even grow, I think the 2012 elections will be affected,” adds Cioppa. “The Republican candidates stumble over the ‘protestor’ question all the time. President Obama keeps his comments at a distance. It will be interesting to see how much of a role they will play, but they will play somewhat a role as they represent the shrinking Middle Class’ faith in Wall St., the economy and the federal government.”
THE FOLLOWING ARTICLES MAY BE USEFUL FOR SHOW PREP:
Phil Cioppa is the Managing Principal and Chief Investment Officer of Arbol Financial Strategies, LLC (www.arbolfinancialstrategies.com), located in Norwalk, CT, Harrisburg, PA and Manhattan, NY.
With more than 10 years in financial service experience, he has served as a Certified Trust and Financial Advisor and has distinguished himself among his peers as a top advisor at Thrivent Financial for Lutherans prior to co-founding Arbol Financial Strategies.
Phil brings a proprietary and unique client-centered approach and a sense of humor to his work as a financial advisor. He is very passionate about his work with clients and as Chief Investment Officer, he specializes in asset management strategies, insurance planning and taxation issues.
Prior to starting his journey in financial services, Phil pursued his passion for religious studies with a Bachelor of Arts from State University of New York at Albany, Masters of Divinity at St. Bernard’s Institute in Rochester and his Doctor of Ministry from Graduate Theological Foundation in Mishawaka, Indiana. Phil served as a Roman Catholic Priest for 18 years, leaving active ministry in excellent standing to pursue his new passage.
Phil has recently appeared on the Michael McDonnell Show on WGN, The Lars Larson Show, The Leslie Marshall Show, The Georgene Rice Show on KPDQ-FM (Portland, OR) and the Small Business Advocate with James Burlingame Show.
He is also soon to be seen as a financial guest expert on The Brian Tracy Show, featured on ABC, NBC, CBS and FOX, and has been named as a “Trendsetter in the New Economy” by USA Today.
He is currently co-authoring a book with Brian Tracy, as well as another book with Jack Canfield, co-author of Chicken Soup for the Soul, which will be launched next year at The National Academy of Best Selling Authors in Hollywood. He also is set to host his own radio show on WGCH 1490 AM in Greenwich, CT.
Phil is also co-authoring a suspense fiction novel and screenplay with Johnny Blue Star of Palm Desert, CA, entitled The Resurrected dealing with the intrigue of the Catholic Church and near-death experience. Release is set for spring, 2011.
Phil is married to a wonderful wife, Janie, and lives in Danbury, CT with Janie, his niece Amanda and great-nephew Edrien.
#80: THOMAS EDISON'S LIGHT BULB IS LEGAL AGAIN!: Many people are in the dark on how close America came to Thomas Edison's invention, the incandescent light bulb, never again seeing the light of day in America.
Apparently when government gets too big, it has nothing better to do than engage in such medaling mischief. For inexplicable reasons, politicians ganged up to use the power and might of government to force Americans to use only florescent bulbs, laden with toxic mercury, and to make it a crime to use good ol' fashion incandescent bulbs.
By thanks to Phyllis Schlafly, founder and president of the conservative public policy organization, Eagle Forum, and Joseph Farah of WND.com, and other like minded liberty-loving patriots, the force-fed mercury lights are turned out. Long live Thomas Edison's brilliant bulb!
Available for Talk Show interviews is Phyllis Schlafly, founder of Eagle Forum, who praises House leadership and Senate conservatives for saving the incandescent light bulb.
“Congress has no business telling us what types of consumer products we can and cannot buy,” Schlafly stated. “We easily advanced from kerosene lamps to Edison's light bulbs, from horse and carriage to automobiles, and from cassettes to CDs and DVDs, without any laws to mandate those changes. We are thrilled that Congress listened to the American people and reversed the 2007 ban on the incandescent light bulb.”
“Eagle Forum and our army of grassroots activists worked hard to keep the light bulb ban on the radar screen, urging calls, emails and gathering more than 10,000 signatures for a petition, urging Congress to overturn the ban before it was set to take effect January 1, 2012,” Schlafly noted.
“The Edison light bulb is a beloved household staple and a symbol of American invention; we could not let liberals outlaw it without a fight!” Schlafly declared.
“On behalf of Eagle Forum and the thousands of families we represent, we send our most sincere thanks to the Members of Congress who fought so hard to overturn this absurd ban, especially, Speaker of the House John Boehner (R-Ohio), Representative Joe Barton (R-Texas), Representative Marsha Blackburn (R-Tennessee), Representative Michael Burgess, M.D. (R-Texas), Representative Hal Rogers (R- Kentucky), Senator Mike Enzi (R-Wyoming), Senator Rand Paul (R-Kentucky) and Energy and Commerce Committee Chair Fred Upton (R-MI), who initially supported the light bulb ban in 2007.” Schlafly added, “We welcome legislators changing their minds in the right direction, and we are very thankful for his leadership.”
“We know this ban was among the major sticking points between liberals and conservatives in negotiating the Omnibus Appropriations bill,” said Schlafly. “We are so thankful to House Leadership for sticking to their guns and insisting that this language remain in the bill.”
ABOUT YOUR GUEST, PHYLLIS SCHLAFLY:
Phyllis Schlafly has been a national leader of the conservative movement since the publication of her best-selling 1964 book, A Choice Not An Echo. She has been a leader of the pro-family movement since 1972, when she started her national volunteer organization now called Eagle Forum. In a ten-year battle, Mrs. Schlafly led the pro-family movement to victory over the principal legislative goal of the radical feminists, called the Equal Rights Amendment. An articulate and successful opponent of the radical feminist movement, she appears in debate on college campuses more frequently than any other conservative. She was named one of the 100 most important women of the 20th century by the Ladies’ Home Journal.
Mrs. Schlafly’s monthly newsletter called The Phyllis Schlafly Report is now in its 41st year. Her syndicated column appears in 100 newspapers, her radio commentaries are heard daily on 460 stations, and her radio talk show on education called "Eagle Forum Live" is heard weekly on 45 stations. Both can be heard on the Internet.
Mrs. Schlafly is the author or editor of 20 books on subjects as varied as family and feminism (The Power of the Positive Woman and Feminist Fantasies), nuclear strategy (Strike From Space and Kissinger on the Couch), education (Child Abuse in the Classroom), child care (Who Will Rock the Cradle?), and phonics (First Reader and Turbo Reader). Her most recent book: The Supremacists: The Tyranny of Judges and How to Stop It.
Mrs. Schlafly is a lawyer and served as a member of the Commission on the Bicentennial of the U.S. Constitution, 1985-1991, appointed by President Reagan. She has testified before more than 50 Congressional and State Legislative committees on constitutional, national defense, and family issues.
Mrs. Schlafly is a Phi Beta Kappa graduate of Washington University, received her J.D. from Washington University Law School, and received her Master's in Political Science from Harvard University.
Phyllis Schlafly is America's best-known advocate of the dignity and honor that we as a society owe to the role of full-time homemaker. The mother of six children, she was the 1992 Illinois Mother of the Year.
#81: SENATE PASSES BILL AUTHORIZING MILITARY TO IMPRISON AMERICANS INDEFINITELY: The Federal government seems to care little about the rule of law under the United States Constitution.
A recent bill drafted and sponsored by Senators John McCain (R-AZ) and Carl Levin (D-MA) has expanded the “war on terror” to America’s own backyard and authorized the military to make war targets out of United States citizens, without regard to due process protections in the United States Constitution.
The Senate actually passed this bill. Americans are more at risk than ever of arbitrary and uncontrolled executive power against Americans. Author/speaker Rob Roselli, is available to be your Talk Show guest on this troubling topic.
Are you a homeschooler? Are you a ‘controversial’ (a.k.a. conservative) talk show host? Are you pro-gun? Be afraid. Be very afraid. Or here’s a better idea: Have faith in God and not government.
Rob also comments on the new mini-documentary, “The Day Habeas Corpus Died,” for which he was a research consultant.
Watch the eye-opening video:
ABOUT YOUR EXPERT GUEST, ROBERT ROSELLI
Bachelors of Science Degree in Civil Engineering from Vanderbilt University, Nashville, Tennessee and in 1997 a Masters Degree in Civil Engineering from the New Jersey Institute of Technology, Newark, NJ. A licensed professional engineer in three states, New Jersey, New York and Connecticut currently working in southern New York state and residing with my wife in Bergen County, New Jersey.
Raised Roman Catholic and practiced on and off with regularity until college. Introduction into Biblical Christianity dates back to the early nineties but never took the “conspiratorial view” of history seriously enough until the last few years as events are seemingly leading us to the Lord’s return to “Mother Earth”, a descent “To the Mouth of Madness”, or both. Self taught and, quite often, many of his sources came about as a result of the bibliographies and footnotes of earlier sources. The sources of Rob’s acquired knowledge run the gamut from many famous “conspiracy theorists” to the most ardent “New” Agers to the Dalai Lama himself to “Ascended Masters” Djwhal Khul and The Count of Saint Germain. “The THEorYofLIVEvolution” is my first book.
#82: CONGRESSMEN BANNED FROM SAYING "MERRY CHRISTMAS": Sometimes when trying not to offend anyone, you end up offending everyone.
So it seems with the most ban on allowing Congressmen to say "Merry Christmas" in any in any official U. S. Post Office mail, e-mail, or social networking posts.
Attorney Gary Kreep of the U.S. Justice Foundation is incensed and available to be your passionate interview guest on this topic.
Gary explains that the House Committee on Administration is responsible for overseeing rules like this, and it can overturn this ban if it wants to. Congress is coming back into session this week, so the Committee can meet and easily change this anti-Christmas rule before Christmas!
But will they? A lot of that depends on how much heat these lawmakers feel from the phone lines burning up during your talk show interview with Gary Kreep.
Oh, and remember one more thing: It is a REPUBLICAN-controlled House.
ABOUT YOUR GUEST, GARY KREEP:
A 1972 graduate of the University of California at San Diego with a Bachelor of Arts Degree in Economics, Mr. Kreep graduated from the University of San Diego School of Law in 1975 with a Juris Doctor. He passed the California State Bar Examination on his first try, and started practicing law in 1975.
He has been in private practice since that time, both as a sole practitioner and as the sole owner of a small law firm, employing as many as three attorneys and ten staff members. Mr. Kreep co-founded the UNITED STATES JUSTICE FOUNDATION (USJF) in 1979 with two other California attorneys. Since that time, he has served as the President and Executive Director of USJF.
In 1992, Mr. Kreep reduced his private practice to part-time status to work full-time for USJF. USJF is a nationwide, nonprofit, conservative, legal action foundation. Mr. Kreep co-founded the JUSTICE POLITICAL ACTION COMMITTEE (JPAC) in 1985 with two other conservative activists. He has served as President of JPAC since then. JPAC is a federal political action committee registered with the Federal Election Commission.
Mr. Kreep co-founded the CALIFORNIA JUSTICE POLITICAL ACTION COMMITTEE (CALJPAC) in 1996 with two other conservative activists. He has served as President of CALJPAC since then. CALJPAC is a California political action committee registered with the California FPPC. He also co-founded the FAMILY VALUES COALITION in 1998 with two other conservative activists. He has served as President of FVC since then. FVC is a nonprofit California corporation organized under IRC 501 (c)(4).
Mr. Kreep currently serves as General Counsel to the Minuteman Civil Defense Corps, an unpaid position. He served on the California Delegations to the 1976 and 1980 Republican National Conventions. He has been a member of a number of Republican organizations, including several California Republican Assembly Chapters. Mr. Kreep also served as elected General Counsel to Region 16 of the Young Republican National Foundation, and General Counsel to the California Young Republicans.
Mr. Kreep served for one year on the San Diego County, California PUBLIC WELFARE ADVISORY BOARD (PWAB). PWAB is an advisory board to the San Diego County Board of Supervisors concerning the San Diego County Department of Social Services. Mr. Kreep served for two years on the SAN DIEGO HUMAN RELATIONS COMMISSION (HRC). HRC is an advisory board to the San Diego City Council, charged with the task of enforcing the San Diego City non-discrimination ordinances, including its gay rights ordinance.
Mr. Kreep was a member from 1969 until 1984 of YOUNG AMERICANS FOR FREEDOM (YAF). He served as San Diego County Chairman, California State Vice-Chairman, California State Chairman, and a Member of the National Board of Directors of YAF. Mr. Kreep served in the BIG BROTHER Program for four years.
Legal: Mr. Kreep is admitted to practice before the United States Supreme Court, the United States Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals, the United States Federal Court for the Eastern District of California, the United States Federal Court for the Northern District of California, the United States Federal Court for the Central District of California, the United States Federal Court for the Southern District of California, and all state courts in California. He is also admitted to the United States Court of Appeals for the Eleventh Circuit and for the Sixth Circuit.
Published Articles/Radio and Television Appearances: Mr. Kreep has written a number of articles published by a variety of newspapers and other publications. This includes the San Diego Union Tribune, the Escondido Times Advocate, the North County Times, the Christian American, the Arizona Star, Media Bypass, and many more. Mr. Kreep regularly appears on a variety of radio and television programs. These include radio programs such as the ROGER HEDGECOCK SHOW, the WEISSBACH SHOW, ISSUES IN EDUCATION, the MASON WEAVER SHOW, the BOB NOONAN SHOW, the DUFFY SHOW, and the MICHAEL LAW SHOW.
Mr. Kreep regularly speaks at conferences. These include the annual CONSERVATIVE POLITICAL ACTION CONFERENCE (CPAC), the annual CONSTITUTIONAL COALITION CONVENTION, and the annual CHRISTIAN COALITION CONVENTION.
#83: ISLAMIC DEMOCRACY: Two Words that Simply do not Go Together: When the inaptly named 'Arab Spring' dawned earlier this year, the liberal media was intoxicated on something it thought was the fresh air of Democracy. After all, isn't that what happens when a tyrant is deposed? Uh, not really. Many of the protesters likely believed brighter days were ahead but the powers that want Sharia law installed in those countries actually despise Democracy.
Ted Shoebat, son of a former Muslim terrorist and PLO member, points out that Islamists are simply using the portion of the human spirit that yearns to be free so that an even more repressive form of tyranny can be installed.
As a liberal western media champions what it believes is the birth of social justice, Islamists who have different plans believe social justice can only come to pass once Islamic law is the law of the land. That brand of social justice is devoid of freedom of religion because proponents of Islamic Democracy reject other forms of religion. Is that any kind of justice that isn't unjust?
Nobel Peace Prize laureate, Tawakul Karman has insisted that all religions respect democracy. One can only be left to conclude that Karman has a different definition of Democracy than the one found in Webster's. Democracy, in its purest form, is majority rule. Yet, Islamists don't care what the majority wants if they desire Sharia law.
To further demonstrate this absurdity, the elections in Arab countries that elect Islamists into power may be Democratic in that majority rules.... once. After Islamists are voted into power, Democracy is often banned. Yet, despite this, Karman says Islam is no threat to Democracy.
Contact Special Guests today to schedule Ted Shoebat to discuss this blatant oxymoron that left wing media simply will not only ignore but help to promote.
Theodore (Ted) Shoebat is the son of Walid Shoebat, a former PLO terrorist. At age 16, Ted released his first book In Satan’s Footsteps, which has been followed up with, For God or For Tyranny, available now. Ted grew up in the U.S., in Northern California, attending the public school system. Because of his conservative and religious upbringing, he often struggled with his teachers and fellow students. He personally witnessed Holocaust denial, anti-Semitism and anti-Zionism in the schools and his defense of Israel and the Jewish people made him a victim of ridicule and mockery.
At such a young age, Ted was inspired due to challenges and frustrations he faced from public schools he attended. Not only was he bombarded with criticism for his conservative and religious beliefs, but they also attempted to squelch his expression by labeling him with a psychological condition known as Asberger’s syndrome.
Though the educational community thought it a stigma, Ted took it with pride, since it is said that Bill Gates and Albert Einstein were also diagnosed with Asberger’s, a personality that includes such positive human behaviors as loyalty, honesty and bluntness. Ted is the primary contributor for this amazing work of research and polemic—For God or For Tyranny. It is a timely work, based on the current state of our nation and the pivot point in the direction that America might take. What is even more amazing is Ted Shoebat was only 18 years old when this, his second book, went into publication.
ABOUT SHOEBAT’S BOOK, FOR GOD OR FOR TYRANNY
“For God or For Tyranny: When Nations Deny God’s Natural Law,” by Ted Shoebat and Walid Shoebat, picks up where the bestselling book Liberty and Tyranny left off, a Judeo Christian polemic on why God is vital in the equation of freedom for America and humanity. Best-selling author Walid Shoebat and his son Ted Shoebat (only 18 years old at the time of publication) have written an extraordinary book on anti-God ideologies, comparing them to countries that base their laws on Judeo Christian principals. As America and many Western nations seem to desire to move away from their Judeo Christian foundations and embrace multi-culturalism, this book gives all the answers to dispel all the anti-God myths and equip people to stand for their Judeo Christian heritage.
#84: New book: “ROMANS 13: The True Meaning of Submission”: What happens in society when its religious leaders do not speak out against unjust laws and teach their congregations that God requires them to submit to those laws?
Constitutional attorney, writer and Christian, Timothy Baldwin puts forth a very important, if not controversial, question: Are American Christians aware that the exercise of tyranny and injustice disguised as an edict from God is being taught and implemented in religious and political institutions today in America?
As a guest on your show, Baldwin can tackle this complex, but extremely underestimated, issue head on, citing the new book he has co-authored with his father, the renowned Christian pastor, Chuck Baldwin.
In the book, entitled Romans 13: the True Meaning of Submission, Baldwin combines his command of constitutional law, jurisprudence and political philosophy with his father’s command of Biblical scripture and history, to deconstruct, arguably, the most abused chapter in the Bible.
While correctly interpreting Saint Paul’s “true meaning of submission” in his letter to the Romans, the Baldwins also expose examples of how everyone from Adolf Hitler to many modern-day Christian leaders have and continue to use Romans 13 to summon up the misguided “divine right of kings” argument as a tool to subjugate the masses.
But really? Modern-day Christian leaders are guilty of this too?
“These people are doing more to bring America and the rest of the world into slavery than, perhaps, anything else,” say the Baldwins. “They are creating self-fulfilled prophecies of America’s destruction—all in the name of Romans chapter 13.”
Find out more about this bold statement, the common thread of rising up against tyranny that runs throughout the Bible—a truth completely counter to those manipulating Romans 13—and how the Baldwins’ book stands as a perfect example of its own conviction to always challenge ungodly authority.
Call Special Guests to schedule an interview with the incredibly astute Timothy Baldwin.
For more about Baldwin’s book, Romans 13: the True Meaning of Submission, visit: Amazon Listing
ABOUT THE BOOK: "Romans 13: The True Meaning of Submission"...
The premise of the book, "The True Meaning of Submission," is that the Bible Does Not Teach Unconditional Submission to Government.
The Problem:
Many Christian pastors and leaders today are erroneously reviving the divine-right-of-kings argument used in the Dark Ages, which created some of the most horrific human affairs in history. They, like the grandfather of Communism, Georg Hegel, argue that government is Divinely sanctioned to do anything it pleases and that God requires people to submit regardless of God’s standards of justice. This argument has been used by virtually every tyrant since Jesus, including Adolf Hitler.
This false doctrine is doing more to bring America and the rest of the world into slavery than perhaps any other thing. Holders of this doctrine are creating self-fulfilling prophecies of America’s destruction–all in the name of Romans chapter 13.
This absurd interpretation of the Bible and Romans chapter 13 has not gone unchallenged: it is Romans 13-The True Meaning of Submission.
The Response:
Romans 13: The True Meaning of Submission shows with overwhelming evidence that submission to government is limited and that the obey-government-no-matter-what argument is false! It discusses sound rules of interpretation and construction, incorporates biblical reasoning, and uses hundreds of Scriptural proofs for its conclusions.
Perhaps more than any other resource, Romans 13: The True Meaning of Submission will help you achieve a much greater and deeper understanding of and appreciation for the Biblical teaching regarding a person’s duty of submission and relationship towards government. There is hardly a subject today more needed in political, philosophical, and theological studies.
“This is a book that should be in the home of every Christian who is concerned about liberty and who desires to help others understand that Paul was not advocating passivity in the face of growing tyranny.” –Joel Skousen, editor of World Affairs Brief
ABOUT TIM BALDWIN:
Timothy is licensed to practice law in Florida and Montana and owns a private law practice in Montana. He is a former Assistant State Attorney for the state of Florida, where he tried more than 50 jury trials and handled thousands of criminal cases. Timothy has handled constitutionally significant cases including the Montana Firearms Freedom Act federal case, as well as other constitutional cases affecting individual and states rights.
Timothy is the webmaster of Liberty Defense League and authors political columns, which are published and distributed throughout the United States in various forums, including NewsWithViews and The New American Magazine.
Timothy is also a public speaker on political and constitutional issues and has spoken at various events; such as tea party rallies, political party annuals, citizen education seminars and Christian services, to name a few.
Timothy has been the guest on innumerable radio shows across America, including the Alex Jones Show. In addition to his latest release of Romans 13: The True Meaning of Submission, Timothy is the author of the political science book, Freedom For A Change, which is an energetically charged treatise on freedom and government from a political, historical, American and Christian perspective.
He is actively involved in matters that concern the moral, social and political well-being of the States in America, and is uniquely educated and qualified in the areas of law, jurisprudence and political philosophy.
Education Timothy graduated from the University of West Florida (UWF) with a Bachelor of Arts degree in 2001, where he majored in English and minored in Political Science. From UWF, Timothy attended Cumberland School of Law at Samford University in Birmingham, Alabama. He graduated from Cumberland receiving his Juris Doctor degree in 2004.
Family Timothy Baldwin, born in 1979, is Chuck Baldwin’s youngest child. Timothy married his wife, Jennifer, in November 2007. He and Jennifer have two children; and they live in Kalispell, Montana.
#85: CAN YOUNG KIM JUNG-UN NAVIGATE KOREA’S COMMUNIST PROPAGANDA STEAMROLLER?:With the passing of North Korean dictator Kim Jong II, the question remains: Can Kim Jung-Un, only in his 20’s, effectively navigate his dad’s Communist propaganda machinery?
With the North Korean economy in shambles, and Communism being an abysmal failure in that poverty-stricken nuclear armed nation, there are two main forces strong enough to keep the Commie regime in place: 1) Force of personality, as in the cult-life charisma embodied in Kim Jong II, and 2) Force, as in military force.
If young Un fails at #1, either the forces in #2 will likely revolt, or the people will.
So just how does a dictator do it? How is it in the past that people have fallen in love with their dictator?
Conducting Talk Show interviews on this intriguing topic is propaganda expert, author and personal development expert, Dr. Jim Richards, who says it all distills down to a a vision and how a leader sells that vision to the masses.
But beyond simply talking about far away nuclear-armed dictators, Dr. Richards eerily takes the discussion back home to the United States in transition. He explains during your interview that there are 3 visions for the United States:
1) The vision of our founding fathers of states’ rights, small federal government and personal responsibility, based on the bedrock of truth and morality. 2) The Obama vision which is based upon the lie that when one person succeeds another must fail, fomenting class warfare and Robin Hood mentality. 3) The vision for the future of America, which needs to be closer to #1 than #2 if America is to survive.
Jim is also able to comment on a the following new mini-documentary video released Dec. 19, 2011 that shows the similarity in propaganda techniques used by Barack Obama Adolf Hitler and Kim Jong II, each who effectively implemented the timeless techniques of propagandist extraordinaire, Joseph Goebbels.
Transcript of video:
Obama vs. Goebbels: Any Difference? You be the Judge By Ken Kaplan, guest columnist
What do you think? Many have made comparisons to today's socialist Democrat party to the German Workers Party of Nazi Germany. Is this an accurate comparison?
One has to admit actions such as Hitler's taking over the auto, banking and many other institutions are eerily similar to modern day realities of Obama's actions with controlling these mass industries through so called "Bail-outs".
And not only are the Democrat's actions similar to Nazi Germany but the Propaganda technique of this administration seems to be blatantly knocking off their entire propaganda playbook.
Listen to these quotes. They come from Hitlers Propaganda minister Joseph Goebbel's. You be the judge. Remember these quotes come from Germany - in ....1933.
The most brilliant propagandist technique will yield no success unless one fundamental principle is borne in mind constantly - it must confine itself to a few points and repeat them over and over” Joseph Goebbels quote
[In Obama's "Pass this Bill speech" this exact technique was used]
And don't forget this Goebbels' quote: “If you tell a lie big enough and keep repeating it, people will eventually come to believe it. The lie can be maintained only for such time as the State can shield the people from the political, economic and/or military consequences of the lie. It thus becomes vitally important for the State to use all of its powers to repress dissent, for the truth is the mortal enemy of the lie, and thus by extension, the truth is the greatest enemy of the State.” ["The lie can be maintained only for such time..."] Many believe that It is for this very reason that Obama care is delayed until after 2012 elections.
Here are a couple more Goebbels' quotes - do they remind you of anything you have seen recently?
“Think of the press as a great keyboard on which the government can play.”
"Whoever can conquer the street will one day conquer the state, for every form of power politics and any dictatorship-run state has its roots in the street.” Does this sound anything like the Occupy Wall street movement philosophy?
In a 1932 article from Der Angriff, Goebbels openly favored a Nazi dictatorship. He presented it in a way that made the Nazi Party and Hitler appear to be the ideal agents of such rule. The article is dated 1 September 1932.
The article is titled - - - Advice for a Dictator And for Those Who Want to Become One ------ by Joseph Goebbels
Listen to just a few of the 20 points that Goebbels raises in the article. Again - ask yourself - do these points remind you of the Obama regime philosophies and activities?
A dictator’s first task is to make what he wants popular, bringing the will of the nation in tune with his own will. Only then will the broad masses support him in the long run and join his ranks.
Many believe that this is exactly how Obama got his Obama care passed and why he continues to engage in open and shameless class - warfare. He is gathering unto himself those broad masses who will support him in the long run.
A dictator’s highest duty is social justice. If people sense that the dictator only represents a thin upper class that has nothing to do with them, they will see the dictator as a hateful enemy and quickly overthrown him.
Obama continually uses the phrase - social justice as he unleashes incessantly upon those evil "millionaires and billionaires." This point is one of Obama's main playbook marching points...
But there is more.....
Goebbel says - A dictator does not need to follow the will of the majority. He must however have the ability to use the will of the people.
Might I add here...Obama has learned that dictatorships do not need to follow the Constitution or the Law - Which used to be the expressed will of the majority - no... Obama has learned that he only needs to USE the will of the people as HE CONTINUALLY ATTEMPTS TO SHAPE THAT WILL!
Dictatorships must be able to survive on their own spiritual reserves. It will not work if what is good in their ideas comes from their opponents, and what does not come from their opponents is bad. AND OF COURSE - this is par for the course - standing operating procedure for the Obama regime. Rather than ANY attempt at bipartisanship...every day is a continual barrage of accusations against, Congress, Bush, Wall-street, American Corporations, various and Individual states, the Constitution itself and even the American people as a whole...especially the middle and working class of America.
ONE MORE OF Goebbel's concepts that is steadfastly employed by the Obama regime... Nothing is more foreign to dictatorial thinking than the bourgeois concept of objectivity. A dictatorship is by its very nature subjective. It takes sides by its nature. Since it is for one thing, it must be against another. If it does not do the latter, it runs the risk of having people doubt its honesty about the first.
SO...we ask the question again...When we make comparisons to today's socialist Democrat Party in America and the current regime that runs that Party and the White House - do YOU see any comparison to the German Worker's Party of Nazi Germany? The comparisons are striking. The comparisons are startling. The comparisons are real.
Can America stand another 4 years...or MORE...of this? In November 2012 it will be the time for...you to be the Judge. Perhaps...for one last time.
ABOUT JIM RICHARDS…
Dr. James B. Richards is a bestselling author, teacher, theologian and businessman. His success in these arenas has placed him in demand as a speaker and personal advisor to business, clergy and political leaders. His personal process of emerging from years of pain, dysfunction and deep bitterness has given him proven tools for success in life, ministry and business.
While he holds degrees in theology, human behavior and medicine, Jim’s teaching is simple, well rounded, understandable and easy to apply. The results have been proven in 30 years of personal, professional and clinical application. The end-result of applying his teachings and methods? A peaceful, productive life of loving, meaningful relationships.
Jim is the president and founder of Internal Life Resources, an organization committed to developing people to fulfill their potential. As a pioneer in the field of personal transformation and through many years of groundbreaking research and clinical application, Dr. Richards has discovered the keys to unlock painless, permanent, positive transformation! Through a revolutionary program called Heart Physics, he has combined spiritual insight with scientific and medical knowledge to develop a life transformation program that addresses the needs of the whole man.
He has doctorates in Theology, Oriental Medicine and Human Behavior, with many certifications, including as a substance abuse counselor, a detox specialist and a handwriting analyst.
#86: CHRISTIAN DOESN'T BALE: Hollywood Actor's Bravery in Attempting to Visit Pro-Life, Political Prisoner in China gets Noticed:A-list Hollywood actor Christian Bale has developed quite the reputation for having a temper but he may have stumbled across a way to channel that energy in a more productive direction during a recent trip to China. He simply decided he wasn't going to look the other way in the case of a man named Chen Guangcheng and it appears to have truly opened the former's eyes.
“Bale has done something that is both heroic and incredibly important to the pro-life movement,” said Chris Slattery, founder of EMC Front Line Pregnancy Centers and active pro-life advocate, who is available for interviews to help draw attention to the sickening human rights abuses that are taking place in China right now.
Chen is a human rights and pro-life activist who is desperately trying to put a stop to the rampant number of forced abortions in China. What he got for his trouble was a four-year prison sentence for “disturbing traffic.” He has been a victim of consistent persecution and physical abuse. Even after he finished serving his sentence last year, he has been placed under strict house arrest with non-uniformed guards stationed at every corner of his house 24 hours per day.
Chen is also blind.
While in Beijing to promote the opening of his latest film about the Japanese invasion of China in the 1930's, Christian Bale decided to get in the car for an eight hour ride to visit Chen to shake his hand and thank him for his courage. What Bale found when he got there were secret police guards who aggressively prevented the actor from setting foot anywhere near the pro-life activist's home.
Call Special Guests to schedule an interview with Chris Slattery to discuss this incredible story of both a brave pro-life activist in China as well as the courageous decision of a Hollywood actor. In the case of Bale, the decision to go against Chinese authorities may have only been trumped by his decision to put himself in danger of being blacklisted in Hollywood.
Chris Slattery founded Expectant Mother Care, also known as EMC FrontLine Pregnancy Centers, in 1985 in Manhattan. EMC has grown to 12 office locations, including Westchester, Manhattan, Brooklyn, Queens, the Bronx, and Hudson County NJ. Chris was honored with the “Champion for Life” award, a pro-life tribute, from John Cardinal O’Connor, and had the privilege of being the Confirmation sponsor of the famous Dr. Bernard Nathanson, the producer of the acclaimed videos, The Silent Scream and Eclipse of Reason.
Chris opened NYC’s first full-time crisis pregnancy center locations, and quickly implemented on-site clinic care with ultrasound and full pre-natal care programs, 26 years ago. He did this to supplement the main work of crisis pregnancy counseling. EMC’s counselors have served more 110,000 girls and women since they opened, and have saved more than 40,000 from a certain abortion in that time. Thousands have turned to abstinent lifestyles as well. They provide one-on-one friendly counseling and, in many locations, on-site medical care, in addition to referrals for adoption, housing and legal aid, and material supplies for mothers and babies.
Chris has been sued by two NY State Attorney Generals, Robert Abrahms and Elliott Spitzer, the former Governor (D) of NY, as well as by numerous abortion mills. He also recently won a quick settlement of suit filed against a major NY abortion mill chain for their deceptive advertising in the Yellow Pages. Chris has been a pro-life leader for more than 30 years—organizing Operation Rescue in NYC, prayer vigils, protests at Planned Parenthood conferences, board meetings and abortion sites, Marches, Life Chains, Truth Tours, training sessions, conferences, press conferences, and lawsuits against his opponents.
Chris has been leading the charge against Bill #371 in the NYC Council to regulate pregnancy centers with onerous unconstitutional speech regulations.
Chris has granted thousands of TV, radio and print media interviews with local, national and international media in the past 30 years.
#87: EGYPT IS POWERTRIPPING: Expert Projects on When/How Dust Will Settle:Looking at the latest uprisings against the military rule in Egypt that startlingly mirror the revolution to oust Mubarak almost one year ago, some see them as part of the growing pains that come with a fledgling democracy.
But others observe further evidence that the country is destined to fall for the only organized political faction it has—none other than the Muslim Brotherhood that, together with other more conservative Islamist groups, won the majority of seats in recent elections.
The trouble with that scenario, says Middle East affairs analyst, Dr. Robert Greer, is that, in spite of proclaiming intentions to be moderate, the Brotherhood is hardwired to take the nation toward a Sharia-style rule—dangerous for non-Muslims in the region and the West.
What makes him say this? …Dr. Greer is a theologian who has extensively studied the Qur’an and has authored the new book, Leadership Secrets of Muhammad, which examines recent events from both a Muslim Brotherhood and a “moderate” Muslim perspective.
“Bottom line,” projects Greer, “the long-term impact of a Muslim Brotherhood rule in Egypt will be the pressing upwards of the formation of a caliphate that will encompass the Middle East. Egypt is now a base of operations to expand the Brotherhood and Sharia law to other nations. It will include political, cultural and military jihad.
The Brotherhood will also strategize how to overcome Israel. Any comments about peaceful coexistence are nothing but a ruse. The trajectory of this group is toward a caliphate run government that stretches across international boundaries (that is, throughout the Middle East). Getting there will take time, but that is undeniably the trajectory. This is clear due to its belief in the Quran.”
For a fascinating discussion to examine this issue more closely, call Special Guests to book an interview. Greer is your source for a highly reasoned, professorial angle on the subject.
#1:
JUST DESERTS FOR OBAMA: Why AZ’s Gov Had Every Right to Scold the Prez (Guest in CST):By now, everyone who pays even peripheral attention to current events has seen the photo (shown) that so clearly captures the tension between the personalities of President Barack Obama and Arizona Governor Jan Brewer.
#2:
THE MARKET OR YOU: WHICH ONE IS GETTING PLAYED?— Expert Advises Investors on Current Economic Yo-Yo (Guest in EST):For everyone from the most active investors to the common working stiff with a 401k, the longest lagging economic recovery since the Great Depression has been difficult enough without economists’ recent start-stop predictions about brighter days ahead.
#3:
FACT-BASED FAITH: Author Reveals the Scientific Proof Behind the Messiah:Ironically, it’s a book not written for Christians. After all, they already have their faith.
#4:
‘SENIORS FEEL THE PAIN OF OBAMA’S ENERGY POLICIES,’ Dithering while China and Cuba Tap Our Oil Resources: “Older Americans are getting clobbered by the Obama Administration’s energy policies aimed at steadily increasing gasoline prices until they reach ‘the levels in Europe’,” according to Dan Weber, president and founder of the Association of Mature American Citizens [AMAC]. Mr. Obama’s aim is to wean America off of fossil fuels in favor of green projects, he explained.
#5:
EASY AS DON JUAN, TWO, THREE: Winning the Game of Love on Valentine’s Day:The craft of courtship isn’t mastered overnight. For that matter, even most married couples swing and miss on more than a few occasions, especially when it comes to the trickier events like this coming Valentine’s Day, when the stakes and the expectations are higher.
#6:
TAMING OF THE CONSERVATIVE SHREW: New book exposes the sellout Ann Coulter has become in her own words: Principled conservatives are wondering how the candidate who signed into law taxpayer-funded abortions for just $50, promoted gay youth pride days as governor, and created the blueprint for Obamacare is winning the Republican presidential primary race?
#7:
WILL YOU PLEASE BE MY VALENTINE? Etiquette Expert: Know Your Manners on Cupid’s Tricky Holiday: The game of love is no place for a rookie, but it has its way of making us all feel like one from time to time—especially under the make-or-break litmus test that is Valentine’s Day, when expectations and nerves can both run high.
#8:
WHEN TWO HEARTS MEAT: Spicing Up Valentine’s Day With Omaha Steaks:It’s the quickest way to a man’s heart. But, of course, women enjoy a fine meal as well. And nothing combines flavor with class, both worthy of a romantic dinner for two, better than Omaha Steaks, America’s leading provider of direct, premium-quality steaks and assorted gourmet food packages.
#9:
WHAT IS THE BEST INVESTMENT STRATEGY FOR AMERICANS RIGHT NOW?: We’ve all heard the say, “90% of the people retire dead or dead broke.” But the reason old sayings are still with us is that they’re often true. Is this the case when it comes to the retirement in America? Unfortunately, it’s painfully true. 
#10:
AMAC SAYS GOP CANDIDATES SHOULD LISTEN TO OLDER AMERICANS: The Association of Mature American Citizens [AMAC] is calling on the GOP candidates to focus on issues that are important to older Americans in their primary and caucus campaigns in the months ahead. 
#11:
ECONOMIC RECOVERY SPUTTERS AGAIN: Chicago Conference Preps Americans for Changing Times (Guest in CST):Call it another false alarm. After an encouraging Christmas spending season, several weeks of job gains, some relative stability in the stock market and a few other factors, the experts were cautiously optimistic about the start of a real economic recovery in 2012.
#12:
A LOOK PAST THE FLORIDA PRIMARIES: How are Pro-gun rights candidates looking? : Looking past the Romney win in Florida, what do the next primary races look like for candidates espousing Second Amendment rights?
#13:
DEMOCRAT PARTY TRIES TO BAN ADS OF DEMOCRAT CANDIDATE OPPOSING OBAMA: Did you know that there is a Democrat Presidential candidate running against Barack Obama for President? And it’s not not Hillary Clinton. 
#14:
MINISTRY DEFYING ODDS IN PAKISTAN: Amazing Female Christian Preacher Winning Over Crowds in Lion’s Den of Islam: Time Magazine has identified Karachi, Pakistan, as the most dangerous city in the world, inside a largely Muslim country dealing with tremendous political upheaval and a web of tensions between hardline Islamists, terrorist factions and those trying to maintain diplomatic relations with the West.
#15:
"SCANDAL" HIDING IN ROMNEY’S TAXES: But Media Says Nothing, Because He Paid Too MUCH (Guest in MST):No doubt, as President Obama peddles a class warfare strategy going into this year’s reelection campaign, his administration and the media shilling for it were salivating over the prospect of reviewing the tax returns of wealthy GOP challenger Mitt Romney.
#16:
COPTS AND ROBBERS: 3,000 Muslims Burn, Loot Egyptian Christian Village:On the surface, it’s another attack on a Coptic Christian village by a Muslim mob, this time 3,000 of them, burning homes and shops to the ground and looting where they can.
#17:
FLORIDA PRIMARY: “2 QUESTIONS, ONE ANSWER,” Says Spokesman of Super PAC supporting Gingrich: “When you boil it down to reality – there are only two questions that Florida voters are really concerned about” says C. EDMUND WRIGHT of Winning Our Future, a Super PAC supporting Newt Gingrich and other conservative causes. C. Edmund, who is available to be your Talk Show interview guest, says, “Question one is: Who has shown a vision for defeating Barack Obama and other liberals? And question two is: Who can shake up Washington once Obama is defeated? Everything else is really just a distraction. 
#18:
INTERNET TAKEOVER PLAN B: After SOPA, PIPA Stall,Obama Goes Over Congress’ Head (Guest in PST):This is one bowl of alphabet soup that’ll make you sick. Before the dust has even temporarily settled on SOPA and PIPA, the House and Senate anti-Internet-piracy laws that stalled in Congress last week under intense public pressure, the White House is at it again.
#19:
ARMAGEDDON IN 2012: Daniel's Ram-Goat prophecy of Iran (ancient Persia), Kurds (ancient Medes) and the Antichrist: What will it take for America to declare war on Iran before Iran sets the Persian Gulf ablaze? There is one attitude that clouds the United States strategy in the Middle East: the belief that Iran is a troublesome, out of control, third rate country. The Iranians see themselves as more than “troublesome”; their objective is to become the sole Superpower in the Persian Gulf. 
#20:
ISSA HOLDER: Fast and Furious Scandal May Reach a Tipping Point on February 2nd:When Rep. Darrell Issa subpoenaed the testimony of Patrick Cunningham, head of the criminal division at the US Attorneys Office in Arizona, Cunningham responded by invoking his fifth amendment right not to testify. Since then, Issa has demanded the testimony of Cunningham's subordinate, Michael Morrissey. He did so with a letter to Attorney General Eric Holder and gave him a deadline of January 26th (link below).
#21:
AARP HEADED FOR RETIREMENT?: Upstart Alternative Closing Fast in Just Two Years (Guest in EST):It’s fitting that when the GOP Presidential primary race has moved into the retirement haven of the Sunshine State, the first real alternative to AARP has released its membership numbers for the past two years. 
#22:
RESPONSE TO “OBAMNEY” STATE OF THE UNION ADDRESS: “Many conservatives will rightly be criticizing President Obama's State of the Union speech, but the inconvenient truth is that if Mitt Romney actually did a state of the union speech citing his record in Massachusetts and every political position he took prior to running for president, it would some remarkably similar to Obama's list of so-called ‘achievements.’ The speech was just another futile exercise in unmet expectations and failed leadership masquerading as hope and change,” (as would be a Romney Presidency.) 
#23:
OSCAR NOMINEES ANNOUNCED: How does Today’s Academy Compare to its Founders?: The 84th annual Academy Award for best picture goes to: “The Artist”!
#24:
OBAMA USES HORSE AND BUGGY LOOPHOLE TO SHRED CONSTITUTION with More Recess Appointments, By Phyllis Schlafly: Barack Obama’s latest unconstitutional action is his attempt to make four so-called recess appointments to high-level, well-paying jobs in the federal bureaucracy when the Senate was not in recess. He appointed three people to the National Labor Relations Board, plus Richard Cordray to head the newly created Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, even though the Senate had declined to confirm his nomination.
#25:
SUPREME COURT SCORES ONE FOR LIBERTY: 9–0: Police Cannot Use GPS Without a Warrant:Sometimes it is remarkable how the most serious and dramatic news stories remain buried under the latest gossip about Kim Kardashian or the season premier of American Idol.
#26:
THE PRESIDENTIAL CHASE WITH STEVE DEACE: Six Lessons from South Carolina: Interview political analyst/talk show host Steve Deace (DAYSS; rhymes with Chase) is available for interviews on the topic of his continuing series, “The Presidential Chase with Steve Deace.” Steve asks, “What lessons did we learn from the crucial South Carolina primary held over the weekend?” Steve’s analysis: 
#27:
WHY SALES PEOPLE FAIL IN THIS MODERN ERA: Let’s face it. There’s a little salesman in most of us. And even if there isn’t, the rest of us probably have some strong opinions about sales people!
#28:
MUSLIM MAYHEM IN NIGERIA: Islamist Group Attacking Christians and Government:Just weeks after a shocking Christmas Day bomb attack on a Catholic church that killed or wounded nearly 100 people, Nigeria has erupted again in violence ignited by an aggressive Islamist group.
#29:
ROMNEY EXPERT CALLS SC LOSS DEVASTATING BUT NOT SURPRISING: Romney's loss in South Carolina, while not surprising, was devastating to the Romney campaign whether they want to admit it or not. That’s according to conservative bestselling author Gregg Jackson, who covered Mitt Romney on the radio on Boston powerhouse WRKO during Romney's administration and introduced Romney at the Conservative Political Action Conference in 2007. 
#30:
OBAMA OFF THE 2012 BALLOT IN GA? Court to Hear Formal Case Challenging His Eligibility: With a legal team not sold thus far on Barack Obama’s attempts to quiet the “Birther” question and a state that is a real stickler for upholding its laws in regard to whom it will officially nominate for the President, Barack Obama may find himself in an unusual position come March.
#31:
NEWT TO MUSLIMS: Sharia Law Not Welcome in the GOP Tent: While speaking to potential voters in South Carolina, former Speaker Newt Gingrich said that he could not support a Muslim candidate for public office who doesn’t disavow Sharia (Islamic Law). Was Gingrich being intolerant by making it clear that Sharia law is not welcome in the GOP tent? Was he revealing a bigoted side that would make him unfit to be president?
#32:
39 YEARS OF "LEGALIZED" ABORTION IN AMERICA: Jan. 22, 2011 marks dubious anniversary:
#33:
PALESTINIAN PROVOCATION— Islamic Leader: Muslims’ Destiny Is to Destroy Israel (Guest in EST):In September, the Palestinian Authority (PA) made a spiteful snub at peace talks with Israel by trying to achieve statehood recognition in the United Nations—a maneuver that few experts saw as constructive.
#34:
HOLDER DAYS AWAY FROM INTERNET TAKEOVER: Congress Seeing Grassroots Backlash Before Vote But Senate Leader Reid’s Pushing for It Anyway (Guest in PST):BREAKING NEWS: HOLDER PUTS INTERNET TAKEOVER ON HOLD DUE TO HUGE BACKLASH FROM GOOGLE, WIKIPEDIA, ETC.
#35:
MUSLIM UGLYHOOD: Website of Group coming to Power in Egypt full of Anti-Semitism and Holocaust denial: About this time one year ago, the inaptly named 'Arab Spring' was underway across northern Africa. As it became apparent that the Egyptian regime of Hosni Mubarak was about to be toppled, the western media cheered. This was a sign of Democracy, they said.
#36:
NEWT TARGETED: Mainstream Media Goes after Gingrich as Former Speaker Surges:After clearly winning the Fox News debate in South Carolina, presidential candidate Newt Gingrich began to surge in the polls. Former Alaska Governor Sarah Palin helped by encouraging South Carolinians to cast their vote for the former Speaker.
#37:
IS RON PAUL DEFENDING ISLAM? Presidential Candidate Continues to Hold Positions that Benefit America's Enemies:When the subject in South Carolina's Republican presidential debate turned toward America's war with Islamic terrorists, Rep. Ron Paul echoed a position he's held for some time. He blamed America first and suggested that as president, he would employ his version of the 'Golden Rule,' treating other countries as we would like to be treated.
#38:
REDUCING CHILD OBESITY: New Song: “I Love to Sweat” Makes Exercising Fun!: KAREN SOKOLOF JAVITCH, songwriter, singer and playwright, has released a new song, “I Love to Sweat,” aimed at getting our kids in shape by summer.
#40:
BRINGING UP OSCAR, THE MEN AND WOMEN WHO FOUNDED THE ACADEMY: The Academy Awards are upon us again this year. Many of us know a lot about the films being nominated, but what do your viewers and listeners know about the Academy itself? Virtually nothing.
#41:
$16 TRILLION, HERE WE COME: Should America Really Be Worried About the Debt? (Guest in EST):When Barack Obama and the Democrats fought to raise the debt ceiling last summer, there wasn’t another news story that could drown out the fervor on that issue. But, now that the national debt has ballooned to $15 trillion dollars and grown to the size of the entire U.S. annual economy, and Obama is already talking about raising the ceiling again, where is the same fervor?
#42:
WHITE HOUSE TO POLICE INTERNET: Holder Set to Take Control January 24 (Guest in PST):It’s like a political blindside to the American voter. Somehow, with virtually no coverage in the press, the White House has managed to close in on the unthinkable… bending online piracy laws to give the Department of Justice abusive power over the Internet.
#43:
BLOOMBERG BLITZ ON CHURCHES: NY Mayor Says Party’s Over for Those Using Public Schools (Guest in PST):Like any other social organization, Christian churches in New York City often use public school spaces to host services, events, charitable drives and other community engagement activities. They have for years.
#44:
SEE, NO EVIL: Pro-Lifers Say New TX Sonogram Law Will Reduce Abortions (Guest in EST):After a classic legal volley between the Texas state legislature, a federal district court and an abortion advocacy group, the Texas Attorney General and the 5th Circuit Court of Appeals, a new law in the Lone Star State has the pro-life contingent feeling victorious.
#45:
RON PAUL, IRAN'S CHOICE: Terrorist State found Guilty of 9/11 Attacks by Federal Judge Appears to be Supporting Truthers' Candidate:Kenneth Timmerman, an expert witness in Havlish v. Iran, an eight year case that resulted in a federal judge ruling that Iran and Hezbollah were behind the 9/11 attacks, has chronicled the actions of Iran's Press TV and concludes that the regime seems to support Ron Paul's candidacy more than any other (LINK BELOW).
#46:
FREE FINANCIAL POWER SEMINAR: Self-Reliance Initiative Coming to Chicago February 7:Steve Beaman, successful entrepreneur and founder & chairman of The Steve Beaman Group, a personal development company, is gearing up to host a FREE public event scheduled for the AMC Yorktown Theaters in Chicago suburban Lombard next month!
#47:
TARGETING "EX" AMERICANS: New Bill Would Allow Government to Revoke Citizenship in Order to Identify Terrorists:When someone is in danger of drowning, the best thing for that person to do is to calm down but often fear of death induces panic that ultimately makes drowning more likely. Proponents of bizarre bills in the name of National Defense seem to be exhibiting similar traits. The National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA), signed by President Obama, allows for American citizens to be detained indefinitely and without cause if they are determined to be terrorists. In reality, the definition of 'terrorist' ultimately becomes more important. Americans are potentially placed in more danger if it is defined incorrectly.
#48:
BIG VICTORY FOR RELIGIOUS LIBERTY: Supreme Court Gives Churches More Latitude to Fire Staff:Talk about an ironic twist in the separation-of-church-and-state argument that laces the culture war to secularize America… In a very intriguing 9–0 unanimous Supreme Court decision this week, the justices clearly came down on the side of religious liberty, ruling that churches are exempt from the bindings of job discrimination lawsuits.
#49:
YANKEES WIN 1960 WORLD SERIES!: Faction’s Dangerous Agenda Makes Elections Just as Absurd (Guest in CST):Virtually every election year, some segment of the voters on the losing end outwardly protests the Constitution’s Electoral College process as stupid and unfair. In years like 2000, when Republican George W. Bush narrowly defeated the popular vote winner, Democrat Al Gore (shown on the right), the segment gets measurably larger and louder.
#50:
BIG BRO OBAMA WANTS CONTROL OF THE INTERNET: Will Americans Surrender Their Last Domain of Freedom?: Following close on the heels of Congress’ passage of the National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA) which has been said to be the death of the Bill of Rights carried out conspicuously on Bill of Rights Day, December 15, 2011, we now learn that the “Obama Administration Reportedly Plans to Create Internet ID for All Americans.” 
#51:
DEMYSTIFYING HR: Remember the good old days in America when you as a budding entrepreneur could bootstrap yourself from a shoestring budget into a flourishing company but simply finding a need an filling it? And as you grew you'd just add more workers? And let them figure out the minor amount of paperwork to satisfy the then-small government?
#52:
YUGO-TAMPA TERRORIST: Apprehended Jihadist Shows that Islamic Terror not Reserved only for Arabic Muslims:Add another to the growing list of would-be Muslim terrorists who intend to attack America. When it comes to failed attempts, the shoe bomber, the underwear bomber, the Times Square bomber, and now the Yugo bomber all have two things in common. One is that they intended to kill innocent people. The other is that they are all Muslim. Sami Osmakac, who was apprehended in Tampa, Florida before he could carry out his attack, is slightly different – he is from Yugoslavia.
#53:
GOP CANDIDATE MISFIRE: Romney, Huntsman Snubbing Gun Rights Groups (Guest in EST):With numerous TV ads, interviews and debates in the can for all the GOP Presidential candidates—not to mention the Iowa Caucus—it would be reasonable to assume that voters have a fairly good idea of where each candidate stands on the issues heading into Tuesday’s New Hampshire primary.
#54:
HUMAN TRAFFICKING AWARENESS DAY Wednesday, January 11, 2012: A Day to Pray to end Human Trafficking: Wednesday, January 11, 2012 is Human Trafficking Awareness Day, a day set aside by The Wesleyan Church as a special day of prayer for human trafficking victims. 
#55:
PLANNED PARENTHOOD PERFORMED 400 TIMES MORE ABORTIONS THAN ADOPTIONS IN 2010: Planned Parenthood performed 400 times as many abortion ‘services’ as they did adoption referrals.
#56:
“CORDRAY WILL SAVE US!”: While Obama Promotes More Nanny-Style Government, Chicago Event Promotes Power of Self Reliance (Guest in CST):Many experts don’t find the controversy over Obama’s appointment of Richard Cordray (shown) to lead the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) to be about the process of circumventing the Constitution. They find it to be about the entire concept of the Dodd-Frank birthed CFPB in the first place (see the link below, for example).
#57:
NEW BOOK DEBUNKS GUN CONTROL ARGUMENT: 2nd Amendment Proponent Releases Shooting Blanks (Guest in PST):In the wake of the tragic shooting at Congresswoman Gabrielle Giffords (D-AZ) public event in Tucson one year ago, many were expecting a major Capitol Hill push for more gun control.
#58:
The 9/11 COMMISSION REPORT – PART II: IMPLICATES IRAN:Walid Shoebat and Ben Barrack are available to discuss the following article they co-wrote.
#59:
JOBS SHADOW: Why Today’s Unemployment Gains Are Misleading (Guest in EST):After a November that saw the unemployment rate finally nudge below 9 percent and a December that recorded healthy holiday retail sales, the U.S. government has yet another positive announcement to trumpet going into January—weekly unemployment benefit applications are at a three-year low.
#60:
TURNING COUCH POTATOES INTO MARATHONERS! Starting a Mile and working up to the whole 41,145 Yards: There is an incredible new trend in 2012 of couch potatoes converting into Marathoners! 
#61:
SURGING SANTORUM: THE NEW NON-ROMNEY: Phyllis Schlafly available for Analysis of GOP Race: Rick Santorum came 8 votes short of winning the Iowa Caucus in the closes political race in the history of Iowa.
#62:
AMERICA TO THE BACKBONE: What Politicians and the Church can learn about the work ethic, racism and life from this 19th Century American Hero: With the Iowa GOP caucus being the closest in history and only 8 votes separating the two top contenders, we are reminded of the importance of every American in our Republic today.
#63:
WHAT’S IN EURO WALLET?: Americans Wake Up to Find They’ve Bailed Out Greece (Guests in EST and CST):Technically speaking, it’s not a bailout. According to the Fed, it’s a “temporary U.S. dollar liquidity swap arrangement” with the European Central Bank (ECB). But even the most casual economics layman smells euphemism. 
#64:
NO CONFIDENCE VOTE ON ERIC HOLDER: Resolution Introduced by Congressman Paul Gosar : Representative Paul Gosar (R-AZ) recently introduced a resolution expressing “no confidence” in the Attorney General of the United States for his role in the Fast and Furious scandal.
#65:
HOLDER AS INTERNET ‘CZAR’: Congress Poised to Grant DOJ Unprecedented Authority (Guest in PST):Lawmakers in Washington are well known for using the calendar to sneak past the American voters political decisions certain to be unpopular. Take the holiday season, for example, when we’re all preoccupied with events completely unrelated to politics.
#66:
SHOOTING HOLES IN GUN CONTROL: 2nd Amendment Foundation Leader Releases New Book (Guest in PST) :When the National Law Enforcement Officer Memorial Fund released its 2011 statistics this past week, reflecting a 13 percent increase in the number of officers killed in the line of duty over 2010, Attorney General Eric Holder responded by saying, “Too many guns have fallen into the hands of those who are not legally permitted to possess them.”
#67:
VERDICT: IRAN BEHIND 9/11: Federal Judge finds Iran and Hezbollah Culpable in Attacks:There are two names that are at the center of a case that helped lead U.S. District Court Judge George Daniels to sign documents that identify the state of Iran, Hezbollah, the Ayatollah, and others as being very involved in the September 11th attacks. Janice Kephart, Director of National Security Policy at the Center for Immigration Studies, and former counsel for the 9/11 Commission provided a written affidavit for the case.
#68:
POLL: WHAT TALK SHOW TOPICS DO YOU WANT IN 2012?:What Talk Show interview topics do YOU want most in 2012?
#69:
CANCER BREAKTHROUGHS IN 2012: Using a Patient’s Own Cells to Cure Leukemia: 2012 holds great promise for cancer cures and treatments. 
#70:
CULT OF JIHAD: The Blood of Many vs. the Blood of One:In the religion of Islam, followers are taught that the best way to salvation is through the blood of unbelievers. In essence, the innocent blood of non-Muslims needs to be shed so that the guilty Muslim murderers can be rewarded.
#71:
Senior Organization calls for Maher’s Cancellation: AMAC, the 250,000 member Association of Mature American Citizens today called for the cancellation of Bill Maher’s TV show on HBO after Maher used the F word describing what Jesus did to Tim Tebow following the loss of his Denver Broncos to Buffalo on Saturday.
#72:
IRAN’S FINGERPRINTS ON 9/11: Defectors Reveal Startling Evidence in Federal Court:If you suspect anyone in your audience may doubt the threats that a nuclear Iran or an unresolved U.S. immigration problem present to the security of our nation, you need to call Special Guests right now and book Janice Kephart, Director of National Security Policy at the Center for Immigration Studies.
#73:
2011 ENDS, TAKES LIBERTY WITH IT: Constitutional Attorney Recaps a Rough Year:Whether it was flirting with hand cramps signing all his executive orders, or the record-shattering team of unelected czars he unilaterally planted in power positions within his administration, Obama signaled very early on in his administration that he had his own Constitution.
#74:
PAYROLL TAX DEAL DONE—NOW WHAT?: Economist Gets at the Nuts & Bolts of the Issue :For all its political pundit fodder, the latest Congressional fiasco that is the two-month extension of the Payroll Tax Cut has been monopolizing headlines for weeks. But, as Phil Cioppa, Chief Investment Officer of Arbol Financial Strategies, points out, the operative word is “political.” 
#75:
NEW MEANING TO NEW YEAR’S ‘RESOLUTION’: Solve the Abortion Dilemma / Adopt in 2012:When high school physics teacher and songwriter, Richard Anthony, considered adopting a child, he thought of all the reasons why he wasn’t ready. His home was too small. He wasn’t sure he could sacrifice the time. He had doubts about whether he was prepared to be responsible for another human being.
#76:
7 QUICK TIPS FOR EFFECTIVE TALK SHOW INTERVIEWS FOR THE NEW YEAR:1) BE PRO-ACTIVE. Don’t wait for the host to promote you or your book. That’s not their job. Their job is to deliver interesting talk shows to keep their existing audience and attract new listeners or viewers. Interviewing you will either hurt them or help them do their job. So, do your job (selling a book, widget, service or cause). Be pro-active. For example, if the host asks you, “What color is the sky?” Don’t tell them, “Blue.” Rather, say something like, “That is an excellent and insightful question. Thank you for asking it. On my web site www.BlueLight.com your listeners can download the first two chapters of my new book, “Avoiding Blue Light and Embracing New Light.” It’s free but only available today you’re your listeners. The first One chapter is titled, ‘Hidden spectrums of blue light” and it shows you how to change your life for the better forever, making you a magnet for personal, financial and emotional prosperity.” The second chapter shows how to avoid common pitfalls that stop personal growth and choke finances. It’s called, “6 temptations bubbling up from the dark shades of blue that lead to doom.” They’re both free and available at www.BlueLight.com 
#77:
EXCUSE ME WHILE I TAKE THIS CALL: Etiquette Expert Examines Rudeness in the Digital Age:Technology is changing our way of life in more ways than we realize. With the infusion of cell phones, laptops, iPods and the Internet has come a whole new yet-to-be-written manual on social etiquette and good manners. 
#78:
NO PEACE FOR THE PRINCE OF PEACE IN BETHLEHEM : After close to twenty years of Palestinian Authority (PA) rule in Bethlehem, the birthplace of Jesus, the Christian community is under increasing attack and is fading away to near oblivion. 
#79:
EXTENDED OCCUPATION: Wall Street Movement Just Keeps on Moving:Arguably on the downward slope of its news cycle, the Occupy Wall Street story has some observers on the outside wondering if it might get a second wind—if for no other reason than the fact that the core movement continues to linger (see a sampling of links below).
#80:
THOMAS EDISON'S LIGHT BULB IS LEGAL AGAIN!: Many people are in the dark on how close America came to Thomas Edison's invention, the incandescent light bulb, never again seeing the light of day in America.
#81:
SENATE PASSES BILL AUTHORIZING MILITARY TO IMPRISON AMERICANS INDEFINITELY: The Federal government seems to care little about the rule of law under the United States Constitution. 
#82:
CONGRESSMEN BANNED FROM SAYING "MERRY CHRISTMAS": Sometimes when trying not to offend anyone, you end up offending everyone.
#83:
ISLAMIC DEMOCRACY: Two Words that Simply do not Go Together: When the inaptly named 'Arab Spring' dawned earlier this year, the liberal media was intoxicated on something it thought was the fresh air of Democracy. After all, isn't that what happens when a tyrant is deposed? Uh, not really. Many of the protesters likely believed brighter days were ahead but the powers that want Sharia law installed in those countries actually despise Democracy.
#84:
New book: “ROMANS 13: The True Meaning of Submission”: What happens in society when its religious leaders do not speak out against unjust laws and teach their congregations that God requires them to submit to those laws?
#85:
CAN YOUNG KIM JUNG-UN NAVIGATE KOREA’S COMMUNIST PROPAGANDA STEAMROLLER?:With the passing of North Korean dictator Kim Jong II, the question remains: Can Kim Jung-Un, only in his 20’s, effectively navigate his dad’s Communist propaganda machinery?
#86:
CHRISTIAN DOESN'T BALE: Hollywood Actor's Bravery in Attempting to Visit Pro-Life, Political Prisoner in China gets Noticed:A-list Hollywood actor Christian Bale has developed quite the reputation for having a temper but he may have stumbled across a way to channel that energy in a more productive direction during a recent trip to China. He simply decided he wasn't going to look the other way in the case of a man named Chen Guangcheng and it appears to have truly opened the former's eyes.
#87:
EGYPT IS POWERTRIPPING: Expert Projects on When/How Dust Will Settle:Looking at the latest uprisings against the military rule in Egypt that startlingly mirror the revolution to oust Mubarak almost one year ago, some see them as part of the growing pains that come with a fledgling democracy.